Division 15 Mechanical IBS PLUMB

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Division (15) Mechanical work
DIVISION 15: MECHANICAL

A.
PLUMBING AND FIRE FIGHTING
Section 15010:
Basic Requirements For Plumbing And Fire Fighting.
Section 15030:
Electrical Requirements For Plumbing And Fire

Fighting
Section 15040:
Builders Work For Plumbing And Fir Fighting
Section 15060:
Pipes And Pipe Fittings
Section 15100:
Valves
Section 15120:
Piping Specialties
Section 15135:
Meters And Gauges
Section 15145:
Hangers And Supports
Section 15190:
Mechanical Identification
Section 15300:
Fire Protection
Section 15311:
FM 200 System
Section 15410:
Plumbing Piping
Section 15411:
Water Distribution System
Section 15412:
Soil And Waste System
Section 15413:
Storm Water System
Section 15440:
Plumbing Fixturers
Section 15444:
Packaged booster pump
Section 15445:
Sewage pumps
Section 15446:
Sump pumps
Section 15450:
Potable water storage tanks
Section 15460:
Water Heaters
Section 15471:
Water filteration equipment
Section 15960 :
Preamble and Definitions
Section 15965 :
General Conditions
Section 15970 :
Pump Room
Section 15973 :
Alarm Devices
Section 15974 :
Sprinklers
Section 15975 :
System Accessories
Section 15976 :
Hydrant System
Section 15977 :
Pipes
1
Al LABINA / AL MANAR
in partnership with Hamza/ ECH/ LCE JV
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15960
Division 15- Mechanical work

Section
15960 - Preamble & Definitions
Part 1 - General
1 01 Related Documents
A.
Drawings and general provisions of contract, including general and special conditions and
Division-1 (General requirements), apply to work of this section.
B.
General Provisions for fire fighting works, Section 15960, applies to work of this section.
C.
Its the Contractor responsibility to be fully aware of and comply with all of the requirements of
the above.
1 02 Works Description
A.
The requirements of the contract documents, including the general conditions and special
conditions and general requirements apply to the work of this division.
B.
In case of conflict between these requirements and the general requirements of Division 1, refer
the issue to engineer for directions.
C.
Drawings are diagrammatic and are a graphic representation of contract requirements to the
best available standards at the scale required.
D.
Fire fighting riser diagrams and schematic diagrams generally indicate equipment connections
to be used. Provide all works shown on diagrams whether or not it is duplicated on the plans.
E.
Specifications include incomplete sentences. Words or phrases such as "the contractor shall,"
"shall be," "furnish," "provide," "a," "an," "the," and "all" have been omitted for brevity.
F.
Except where modified by a specific notation to the contrary, the indication and/or description of
any item, in the drawings of specifications or both, carries with it the instruction to furnish and
install the item complete with all appurtenances or accessories necessary to complete any
required system, regardless of whether or not this instruction is explicitly stated as part of the
indication or description.
G.
Specifications, bill of quantities and drawings are complimentary and are to be taken together
for a complete interpretation of works.
H.
Drawings of necessity utilize symbols and schematic diagrams to indicate various items of
work. Neither of these have any dimensional significance nor do they delineate every item
required for the intended installation.
Install the work in accordance with the diagrammatic intent expressed on the fire fighting and
mechanical drawings, and in conformity with the dimensions indicated on final architectural and
structural working drawings and on equipment shop drawings.
I.
Certain details appear on the drawings, which are specific with regard to the dimensioning and
positioning of the work. These details are intended only for the purpose of establishing general
feasibility. They do not obviate field coordination for the indicated work.
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15960
J.
Derive information as to the general construction from structural and architectural drawings and
specifications.
K.
Where a discrepancy exists between the drawings and / or other parts of the contractor
documents or where the interpretation of either is in doubt, the contractor shall obtain written
clarification from the owner's authorized representative on such matters before beginning the
work.
1 03 Preparation of Contractor 'S Drawings

A.
The contractor's drawings shall be prepared by staff experienced in such works and the
contractor shall submit for consultant review and approval evidence of the suitability and
number of his staff who will undertake these tasks.
B.
The construction drawings indicate the approximate position of equipment, etc., and the
contractor shall allow for any minor modifications to location that may be necessary.
1 04 Commissioning And Performance Testing

A.
Should the Contractor propose that the commissioning and performance testing be carried out
by a specialist firm, full details of the capability and experience of such firm shall be submitted
to the consultant for review and approval
1 05 Conditions Relating To Suppliers

A.
Submit a detailed list of manufacturers' names and addresses for materials and equipment
proposed for the Work.
B.
Once accepted by the consultant materials and equipments shall not be purchased from other
sources without the prior written agreement of the consultant.
1 06 System Maintenance Contract

The contractor shall submit a supplementary proposal for an annual system maintenance
contract under which the contractor would undertake, is addition to his obligations under this
contract, to fully maintain the system in efficient working order, including routing checks,
adjustments, lubrication and replacement of consumable spares, etc.,
The proposal shall set out the terms of the offer, the work to be carried out, the guarantees of
performance, the inclusive price for the twelve months following practical completion, and terms
under which annual maintenance may be carried out thereafter.
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15960
PART 2 : DEFINITIONS
2.1 General Definitions And Abbreviations
A.
The following initials, words and phrases shall have the following meanings:
DIN
BS
EN
NFPA
UL
FM
ANSI
German Standard Institute.

British Standards.
European Standards.
National Fire Protection Association.
Underwriters Laboratories.
Factory Mutual.
American National Standard Institute.
"The work"
"The works"
"Directed"
"Inspected"
Submitted or submit
"Specification"
That part of the project dependent upon or subsequent to the

statement.
The works referred to in the Specification and which are fully shown
and described in the Contract Documents.
Directed by the Owner's authorized representative
Inspected by consultant.
Submitted to or submit to the Owner's authorized representative
The description of performance requirements, materials and
workmanship contained in the Contract Documentation.
2.2 Definition Of "Agreement", Acceptance" And "Approval"

"Agreement"
- Acceptance" and "Approval" shall have the following meanings:
"Agreed" or
"Agreement"
- Agreed by or agreement of the consultant in writing
"Accepted" or
"Acceptance"
- Accepted or acceptance by the consultant in writing
"Approved" or
"Approval"
- Approved by or approval of the consultant in writing
"Agreement", "Acceptance" or "Approval" by or of the consultant shall have the following limitation:
A. When given in respect to samples of materials, workmanship or methods of construction
submitted in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents shall not be
construed as denoting any degree of satisfaction with the materials used in, or the execution
of the Works.
B. When given in respect of drawings, documents or schemes called for by the contract
Documents or proposed by the Contractor, is only for conformance with the design intent
and information given in the Contract Documents or contained in subsequent Instructions.
C. When given in respect to the methods of keeping records shall mean those methods are
satisfactory.
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15960
Part 3: Installation
3 01 Installation
This requisition covers the supply and installation of fire protection equipment and materials which
will be executed by a local contractor to install and erect.
This document is only related to the following main items:
Main electric fire pump + stand by electric fire pump + Jockey pump
Pipe network
External Hydrant system
Internal Hose system
Sprinkler system
CO Cylinder system
It is recommended that:
All equipments and materials shall be brought together by one supplier.
This requisition should be read in conjunction with all other terms and conditions as
stipulated by the owner.
3 02 Approved Material:
Designated material, apparatus and methods of installing material and apparatus which are
approved and listed in the Factory Mutual (FM) Approval Guide, and /or by the Underwriters
Laboratories (UL) .or equal approved systems
3 03 Approved Equal:
Refers to materials or products, either as a unit component or a complete unit assembly of a make
(brand name or other proprietary designation) other than those approved/listed by FM/UL or equal
approved systems
and of a size, composition, grade or quality equal to those materials of products which subject to the
consultant approval, as a substitute for the materials or products approved / listed by FM/UL. or
equal approved systems
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15965
Division
15- Mechanical Work
Section
15965 - General Conditions
Part 1: Scope of Work

It is required to supply, erect; test and commission of fire pump station, main loop, and external
hydrant system and internal hose system.
The work includes - but not limited to - the supply of all material, equipment, tools and all
incidents for the completion of work to the owner's satisfaction in accordance with the fire
fighting system specified in the tender documents, bill of quantities & drawings.
Part 2: Examination of Site and Documents

The contractor shall visit the site and shall fully acquaint himself to the prevailing conditions
during the tendering period and before submitting his offer, and shall satisfy himself of any
condition which might in any way affect the work as no claim of any nature shall be allowed for
lack of knowledge in this respect.
Part 3: Factory Test

For air cooled water chiller in attendance of consultant & owner representatives, no
of (4) four engineers should attend this factory test
Part 4: Expenses
The contractor will bear all expenses of transportation and accommodations.
Part 5: Standard Products

Materials and equipment to be provided shall be standard catalogue products of
manufacturers regularly engaged in the manufacture of products, conforming to the
specifications.
Part 6: Submissions
Complete and detailed information of all materials and equipment to be incorporated in the
work shall be submitted to the engineer for approval.
Detailed description and specification shall be submitted including catalogues, dimensions,
controls, charts and any other data required to demonstrate compliance with contract
documents. Each item submitted shall be referenced to the applicable paragraph in the
specifications or bill of quantity.
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15965
Part 7: Submission Of Samples

At the engineer's or his representatives request, the contractor shall submit samples of any
materials or equipment for further study before approval.
Only approved materials and equipment shall be employed. Any equipment or materials
installed without being approved shall be removed and reinstalled by approved ones at the
expense of the contractor.
Part 8: Shop Drawings

The contractor shall prepare and submit for the approval of the engineer shop drawings of 1:100
scales or larger to clearly show all details, dimensions, space clearances, methods of
installation and hanging or fixing to building structures ...etc. Shop drawings supported by
hydraulic calculation shall be submitted for, but not limited to the following:
- Risers, check valves, flow indicator switches and electrically
supervised valves
- Pipes and fittings.
- Pipe sleeves, hangers, side wall supports for horizontal and vertical pipe sections.
- Test and drain connections, test and flush connections and air release valves.
Part 9: Approval
Approved material
Designated material, method of installing to be approved and listed in the Factory Mutual (FM)
and or Underwriter Laboratories (UL). or equal approved systems
Approval of municipality fire brigade authority
After completion of all the work and shop drawings, the contractor shall do all required
communications with the concerned fire brigade authorities for getting their approval for the
equipment, drawings as well as any other documents that are deemed necessary for their
approval.
Part 10: Time Schedule And Execution Program

The contractor shall submit his time schedule for the supply of materials installation program
using time line or primavera.
Part 11: As Built Drawings

The contractor shall furnish and keep at all times, on the job site, one complete and separate
set of blue prints of the fire protection works on which any changes, revisions and/or additions
made to the fire protection works other than as shown on the contract drawings, shall be clearly,
neatly and properly noted.
Record drawings shall also indicate the daily progress of work by coloring in the day-to-day
completed work.
At the conclusion of the work, the contractor shall prepare at his expense, one set of
transparent print and seven sets of as installed drawings (blue prints) to be handed to the
engineer's representative.
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15965
Part 12: Operating Instructions And Maintenance Manuals

The contractor shall instruct the owner's personnel on the proper operation, servicing and
maintenance of all components of the fire protection systems. He shall also furnish and forward
to the engineer or his representative the following:
Description of operating principle, engineering calculations as may be related and
applicable, operation and maintenance instructions for all parts of the installed
systems.
Installation instructions for specific components such as control valves, switches,
flow indicators, electrically supervised valves...etc.
Manufacturers operation and maintenance manuals,
drawings and illustrated parts lists for all equipment,
instruments and apparatus used in the works.
Part 13: Guarantee

-
The contractor shall guarantee that all elements of the systems are of sufficient
capacity to meet the specified performance requirements as set forth herein and as
indicated on the drawings.
During the guarantee period, and upon receipt of a notice from the owner of failure of
any part of the system or equipment, the affected part or parts shall be duly replaced
by the contractor at no extra cost on the owner.
Before the final payment is made, the contractor shall furnish and hand the engineer
a written guarantee covering the above requirements.
Part 14: Valve Identification/Supervisor

Each valve on main or branch line of piping should have a 30 mm. diameter brass tag with a
black filled engraved number and letter. Tags shall be affixed to valves by means of brass "S"
shaped books. Tags on different services shall be identified by a letter and a number
designation of a type to be approved by the engineer. All valves will be electrically supervised
with tamper switch connected to C.P.
Part 15: Welding

-
Standards, Qualifications And General Requirements

All welding will be performed according to the application standards. Only qualified
welders who are holding valid welding certificate will be allowed to carry out the
welding work.
In general, prior to performing any welding, the surfaces to be welded will be
thoroughly cleaned of any oxides, layout coating, dirt, grease and any other foreign
matters. Cleaning will be done mechanically no chemical cleaning is used which
might affect the physical chemical or mechanical properties of the welded material or
the weld cracks, pinholes, excessive under coatings and/or any welding defects shall
be duly removed and the joint re-welded.
Checking And Testing
All welding shall be carried out in the contractor's work area under strict supervision.
All welding shall be constantly checked by the engineer's representative and any bad
or defected welds discovered during the fabrication and/or installation, work shall be
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15965
rejected and to be completely cut, reground and properly re welded. If the discovery
of bad welds is repeated, the engineer or his representative shall order 10 welds to
be taken randomly for X-ray testing by any approved specialized agency. The
contractor shall bear all costs of X-ray testing and the re welding of the failing welds.
Part 16: Protective Coating And Painting

-
All ferrous materials whose surfaces are subject to rust, petting and/or corrosion
from ambient atmospheric conditions shall be painted and/or coated for protection
against such conditions. Such items shall include all piping, tubing, hangers, clamps,
ground and/or side-wall supporting elements, valves and any other mechanical
equipment of steel and/or iron construction.
All galvanized steel piping, fittings, hangers, clamps... etc. shall be treated with one
coat of inorganic zinc silicate (primer) and two coat of micaceous iron or (finish coat).
The colors of the finish coat shall be designated by the engineer's representative.
All underground steel pipes shall be treated with one coat of an approved bitumen
base primer, two coats of coat tar enamel, and then wrapped with two layers of
bituminized dense PVC tapes with 40% overlap for each layer.
Part 17: Cleaning and Adjustment

-
All apparatus, accessories and piping shall be thoroughly cleaned of all dirt after
installation and just prior to substantial completion to the full satisfaction of the
engineer's representative.
All valves, equipment and controls shall be adjusted to ensure proper operation.
Part 18: Protection

The contractor shall be responsible for the protection of his works and equipment until finally
inspected, tested and accepted. All materials and equipment, which are not immediately
installed after delivery to the site, shall be carefully stored according to suppliers'
specifications.
All open ends of work shall be closed with temporary covers or plugs during construction to
prevent entry of abstract materials or foreign bodies.
The contractor shall do his best to protect the work and material of other existing trades from
damages that might be caused by his work or workmen and shall repair any damages thus
caused at his own expense.
Part 19: Site Safety and Fire Protection

The fire protection contractor shall take all measures required to ensure safety and accident
prevention for his work locations. Safety clothing, equipment and materials should be made
available in sufficient amounts for the use of his staff and labors. Safety sins and instructions
shall be displayed when and whenever required.
Fire protection and prevention measures shall also be provided at all work locations. No open
flame, welding, cutting, soldering and/or other work of hot nature shall be carried out adjacent
to inflammable materials unless such materials are removed, insulated and/or sufficiently
wetted to prevent catching fire from sparks. Ample fire extinguishers and/or water should be
made available work shall be started unless the contractor receives a written permit duly
signed by the engineer or his representative.
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15965
Part 20: Tests

The contractor shall furnish all labor, material, instruments, supplies/power sources and
services and bear all costs for the accomplishment of the tests herein specified.
The contractor shall correct all defects appearing during the tests, repeat the tests until no
defects are disclosed, and then clean the test sites and leave the equipment clean and ready
for use.
The contractor shall also perform all tests other than those herein specified which may be
required by the local fire authorities.
Unless otherwise specified, assembled piping shall be flushed and tested as follows:
20 01 Flushing
Flushing shall be carried out at flows of 750 GPM for 6-inch (150mm) pipes and smaller.
1500 GPM for 8" (200mm).
20 2 Hydrostatic Tests
piping
NFPA
These tests shall be made for all piping sections at not less than 225 p.s.i. for not less than
a period of 24 hours. All aboveground piping leakage shall be stopped. Other test for
materials & mechanical equipment shall be performed to fulfill all requirements of
13, chapter 8, 1991.
20 03 Leakage Tests
These shall be made for all pipe sections at a pressure 150% (one and half times) of the
working pressure of the system for a continuous period of 24 hours (Twenty four hours).
No
visible leakage of above ground piping shall be allowed and should be completely
stopped.
Leakage from under ground piping should not exceed the permissible values as
per NFPA.
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15040
Division 15- Mechanical Work

Section 15970 - Pump Room
Part 1: Design Criteria - Fire Water Pumping Systems
-
The fire water pumping system is designed according to N.F.P.A No. 20 and shall supply
fire fighting water to both of the automatic sprinkler network and the fire hydrants and hose
reels networks. The fire water pumping system consists of two fire pump units and one
jockey pump for pressurizing the piping mains. Either one or both fire pumps can run
simultaneously or together depending on flow / pressure demands. Both pumps can start
automatically, but once they start, they shall continue in running until manually stopped.
The jockey pump shall maintain the design pressure in the system and shall have the
characteristics of running and stopping automatically by the action of the pressure switch it
shall start when the pressure drops to 0.5 bar less than design point to compensate for any
minor leaks the networks and shall automatically stop again when the pressure is restored
back to its original value. If one or more sprinklers, or hose reels or one fire hydrant is
opened the discharge shall be greater than the capacity of the jockey pump.
Thus the pressure drop shall be greater than that which can be covered by the jockey
pump.
The main fire pump shall automatically start when the pressure drops to one bar less than
design value. If the discharge from the system is still greater than the capacity of the main
pump; or when the main fire pump fails, for any reason, to operate the pressure in the
system shall drop to less than value design pressure at which the Auxiliary fire pump shall
automatically start.
Starting of any of the three pumps shall be signaled to the fire alarm control panel at which
the fire alarm sounders can be actuated in the case of real fire occurring.
Fire water pump capacity & total discharged as per design.

Jockey pump capacity & total discharge head as per design.
Part 2: Fire Water Pumps Specifications

-
The fire protection subcontractor shall furnish and install where shown on plans, Main
electric fire pump units complete with pump, driver, controller, and accessories. The
pumping units shall be listed by "Underwriters Laboratories U.L. listed and/or approved by
associated factory mutual "F.M. Approved" or equal approved systems
and shall meet all requirements of the National. Fire protection Association , "NFPA" Code
No. 20 .
Each fire pump shall be designed to deliver the design from operating at design load, It
shall have the characteristics to deliver not less than 150% of the rated capacity at a
pressure not less than 65% of the rated pressure. The shut off pressure shall not exceed
120 % of the rated pressure when operating at the maximum synchronous speed of 2900
PRM section head shall be 2m (6.6 ft).
The fire pumps shall be horizontal case mounted, horizontal split case, bronze fitted, single
stage single suction centrifugal pump.
The driver shall be horizontal, foot mounted, (TEFC) total enclosed fan cooled, ball bearing
type, A.C. induction, squirrel cage motor, wound for 380 volts, 3-phase, 50cycles. Locked
motor current shall not exceed the values specified in NFPA Code No 20.6
Pump and motor shall be mounted on a common base plate of formed steel and shall be
checked for alignment after the pump base is installed and grouted in place.
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15040
Casing of pumps shall be cast iron of appropriate tensile strength of not less than 35000
Lbs. The bearing housing supports, and suction and discharge flanges shall be integrally
cast with the lower half of the casing so that removing the upper half of the casing shall
allow removing the rotating elements without disconnecting the section and discharge
flanges.
Impellers shall be of the enclosed type and shall be of vacuum cast

bronze. They shall be dynamically balanced, keyed to the shaft and
held in place with threaded shaft sleeves.
The pump shaft shall be made of stainless steel to ASTM-A296-CF-8M or equal ,

accurately machined to give 2 true running rotating element , and shall be protected by
bronze sleeves, key locked and threaded so that the sleeves tighten with the rotation of the
shaft. A gasket shall seal between the impeller hub and the shaft sleeve to protect the
pump shaft.
The pump shall be equipped with renewable casing rings so designed that hydraulic
pressure will seat the against the pump casing and shall be suitably locked to prevent
rotation. The rotating elements shall be equipped with heavy duty grease lubricated ball
bearings and water slingers, and with bearing housings so designed to allow lubricant
being flushed through the bearing.
Each pumping unit shall include the following accessories:

1. Eccentric tapered reducer to fit suction side, size.
2. Concentric tapered increase to fit discharge side size.
3. Suction and discharge pressure gauges.
4. Main relief valve.
5. casing relief valve
6. Circulation relief valve.
7. Automatic air releaser .
8. Splash shield.
Each fire pump motor control shall be completely assembled, wired and tested by the
manufacturer before shipment from the factory. The controller shall be located as close to
as practical and within sight of the motor, and shall be protected from water escaping from
the pumps or connections . The controller shall be of the combined manual and automatic,
primary resister type, suitable for reduced voltage start and complete with: externally
operable disconnect switch, circuit breaker with an interrupting capacity of design current
magnetic starter, pressure switch, pilot lamps to indicate circuit breaker closed and power
available, ammeter test link and voltmeter test studs and a two position selector switch
marked "Automatic and manual.
The pump driver, controller and all accessories shall be purchased under and unit contract.
The pump shall be given a complete performance test under "positive suction pressure"
and with a design suction lift. "Certified performance curves for the positive suction
pressure and lift test shall be prepared and submitted for approval by the Engineer prior to
shipment.
The pumps shall also be hydrostatic tested to at least twice the shut
off pressure.
Part 3: Jockey Pump Specifications

The fire protection subcontractor shall furnish and install as shown on basement plans one
jockey pump, electrically driven and having design rated capacity when operating at a total
discharge design pressure of water at a maximum speed of 2900 RPM and design positive
suction head.
The pump shall be bronze fitted with cast iron casing, integral relief valve, bronze impeller,
stainless steed shaft and mechanical seals.
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15040
It shall be mounted on a cast iron drip rim base plate and flexibly coupled to a three phase
380 volts, 50 cycles, 2900 RPM vertical totally enclosed fan cooled motor.
The pump control shall be by adjustable pressure switch, air circuit breaker, magnetic
across the line starter, a selector switch and a minimum run period timer.
Part 4: Spare Parts For Fire And Jockey Pumps
The supplier shall submit for the approval of the Owner or his representative a
spare part list for two (2) years operation of the pumps to be provided under this
section.
The spare parts to be furnished shall include, but not limited to the following:
a) Fire Water Pumps
Thrust bearings and line bearings.
Interstate bushints.
Complete set, case wear rings.
Complete set, packin/ mechanical seals.
Complete set, shaft sleeves and O-rings.
Complete set, all gaskets.
b) One complete unit, jockey pump and control (Option).
One set of bearings.
One set of channel rings.
Impeller complete.
Complete set of gaskets.
Complete set, mechanical seals.
Other spares as recommended by the suppliers shall be submitted to the Engineer

for review.
The spare parts furnished under above item shall not be used as replacement
parts during the guarantee period.
If any part type is used as replacement during this period, it shall be accordingly adjusted.
Part 5: In-Line Strainers

In-line strainers shall be furnished and installed on the suction sid of each fire pump. They
shall be of the Y Pattern strainers 100mm and above shall be cast iron body and cover,
stainless steel screen, brass plug, and flanged ends to ANSI B 16.1.
Strainers less than 100mm shall be all bronze body, screen and plug, and shall be
screwed ends.
Part 6: Flexible Couplings

These shall be installed on the suction headers of the pumps. They shall be of the flanged
rubber, double fold non collapsible type.
Part 7: Direct Reading Flow Meter And Test Connection

The direct reading flow meter and test connection shall be furnished and installed as shown
on the plans. It shall be of the shunt gap or any approved type which can read water flows
up to 3000 lit/min. The inlet of the test connection shall be from the common discharge
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15040
header of the fire pumps, the outlet shall be either to the fire water tank, or to the common
suction header of the pumps.
In the first, the test connection shall be provided by one stop valve to be installed at least
150 mm on the high pressure (up-stream) side of the flow meter.
In the second case, when the test connection outlet is to suction header of the pumps, the
test connection shall be provided by another stop valve to be installed at least 300mm on
the low pressure (down-stream) side of the flow meter. All valves installed on the test
connection shall be normally closed, and only opened when tests are carried out to verify
the flow capacities of the pumps.
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15973
Division 15 - Mechanical Work

Section 15973 - Alarm Devices
Part 1: Wet Pipe Sprinkler Alarm Valve
Alarm check valve shall be installed in the main distribution pipe as shown
in the drawings Operation of the valve shall activate a signal inside the
security console room .
Alarm Check valve shall be supplied for vertical installation and for variable pressure water
supply, With retarding chambers.
The valve shall be flanged and suitable for 12.5 bar . Max working water pressure, it shall
have a cast iron body, Clabber hanger Assembly and pilot valve assembly . All other
moving parts shall be of bronze .
The alarm check valve shall be supplied complete with the following attachments:
Retarding chamber .
Some angle main drain valve.
Upstream and down stream press. gauges with gauge coks.
Alarm control and test valve
Water Motor gonge
O S & Y gate valve .
Alarm Pressure Switch/ 24 V DC
The alarm valve Should be FM/UL approved of the maker Viking - model J1 with epoxy coated outside..
Part 2:
Water Flow Switch

The flow Switch shall be of vane pedal type with
Penumatical switch assembly
Flow switch shall be provided to activate a visual and audible alarm in
the main fire control panel.
Flow switch shall be of peddle type specially designed for service on
the Distribution piping of fire sprinkler system .
Flow switch shall have a single pole double throw switch wired to give
remote indication when flow occurs.
Flow switch shall be suitable for an operating press of 18 bar.
Contact with water shall be of brass. Switch sensitivity shall be readily
adjusted
Part 3: Pressure Switch

Three pressure switches of the adjustable type, 0-15 bars, shall be furnished and installed
as shown on the plans, and connected to the discharge headers of the pumps. Shut-off
ball valves shall be used to isolate the switches so that any one of them can be dismantled
for readjustment or repair without idling the water system.
The pressure switches shall be set to function the following:a)
To start the jockey pump to compensate for leak causing the drop of pressure
in the system sand to shut it off when the pressure is built up and restored.
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
b)
Section 15973
To start the main fire pump when the pressure drop in the system without
being restored by the jockey pump. i.e when one or more sprinklers or hose
reels or one hydrant are opened and the discharge is beyond the capacity of
the jockey pump.
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Division
Section
Section 15974
15- Mechanical Work

15974 - Sprinklers
All sprinklers to have automatic sprinkler head shall be supplied & installed in the indicated area as
shown in drawing the sprinkler to be approved type. UL/FM listed with specified rated temp & flow
rates.
Spare Sprinklers
36. NO. Spare sprinkler type to be supplied in the cabinet together
With Special wrench.
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Division
Section
Section 15975
15- Mechanical Work

15975 - System Accessories
Part 1: Drains and Test Connections

Drains and test connections shall be provided for the fire water systems as required and as
shown on the drawings.
As a rule, drain connections shall be provided at all low points of piping as at bases of
risers and whenever necessary to ensure that all portions of piping can be completely
drained.
Part 2: Automatic Air Release Valves

Automatic air release valves shall be gunmetal body suitable for fitting on 25 mm diameter
pipes, and shall be furnished and installed at all tops of risers and high sections of piping to
prevent the occurrence of air pocket and ensure complete charging of the water ring mains
and riser columns.
Part 3: Pressure Gauges

Pressure gauges shall be furnished and installed on the suction and discharge beaders of
the pumps up and down stream of the check valve, and on the pressure switches manifold.
They shall have 8.9 cm dial and shall be provided with snubber unions and shut off cocks.
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15976

Section 15976 - Hydrant System
Part 1: Fire Water Hydrants, Hose Reels & Fire Extinguisher
This shall cover all parts of the building up to the roof.
Cabinets housing fire hydrants landing valves and hose reels are located at strategic locations
suitable for covering all floor areas.
Water supplies required for the hydrants and hose reels are provided by a series of main and
auxiliary loops as shown on the plans and riser diagrams.
Besides the hose reels which can be used as first aid fire fighting by ordinary or slightly trained
persons, and the hydrants which can be used only by professional firemen or highly trained
persons, fire extinguishers shall be provided, at all areas, for first aid fire fighting at the early
stages of the fires.
Three types of fire cabinets shall be furnished and installed as shown on the plans. They shall
be either recessed or exposed according to locations and as approved by the owner or his
representative.
1 01
Fire Hydrant Stand Pipe

Pillar type stand pipe C.I. with under ground flanged connection, the hydrant fitted with
internal valve 4 & two 2 1/2 nozzles with BS coupling & chain.
1 02
Hose Cabinet Specifications

Mounting
on surface
Door
Cabinet with side hinged door.
Construction
High quality steel gauge 16
Finishing
red with lettering "FIRE HOSE"
Cabinet to be provided with two hose saddle for 30 m of

dia 2,5 fire hose.
1 03
Landing Valve Specifications

Type
Angle hose valve globe type
Inlet
Screwed BSP Female
Outlet
Screwed male with permanent 2,5" discharge

Instantaneous female connector complete with hronze
Balance cap, both to BS 336. Blank cap to be
chained to valve body.
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
1 04
Section 15976
Hoses Specifications
To be woven - jacketed (single) - length: 30m.
Jackets
synthetic wrap and filler
Lining
PVC
Couplings to be of the instantaneous snapping type according to BS 336
1 05
Nozzles&Accessories Specifications
2,5" adjustable spray to solid stream nozzle equipped with shut-off valve and
appropriate 2,5" hose coupling. One coupling spanner for 2,5" couplings.
1 06
Hose Reels Specifications

Wall mounted hose reel cabinet with 1.5" hose (axial feed) .
Hose length
Mounting
Door
30m with nozzle

:
On surface
Cabinet with side hinged door Construction: Steel
Finishing
Red enamel with lettering "Fire Hose Reel"
Dimension
Max. Dimension: H = 1000mm - W = 800mm
Inlet
1.5" with water quick opening shut-off valve (to be
included in the delivery).

Outlet
Three position nozzle: shut-off/straight

Stream-/fog
Part 2: Cabinet Types

2 01
Combined Fire Hose Cabinets (Cfc)

These shall be located as shown on the plans and shall be arranged to house the
following:
One No. fire hydrant landing valve, gunmetal,
globe type, 65mm (2.5in) nominal bore and
complete with 65mm instantaneous female
coupling to B.S, 336 The landing valve shall
be at 120 cm max height above the finished
floor level, and shall be feed by a 65 mm
branch pipe from the main or auxiliary risers
All landing valves shall be fitted with blind
caps and security chains.
One No. hose rack , swinging type and
complete with 30 meters long , 40mm
diameter, woven - jacketed synthetic wrap
hose and a three way straight stream shut-of
spray nozzle of chromium plated bronze or
stainless steel.
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15976
The hose racks shall be installed at a maximum height of

150mm above floor level.
One No. branch pipe with adjustable straight
stream/shut-off/for nozzle.
One Nos. fire extinguishers, the first being 5
kg. (12 LB) BCF extinguishers, and the
second being 9 liters (2 Imp. Gal) water/gas
extinguisher.
2 02
External Hydrant Cabinets (F.H.C.)

These shall be furnished and installed as shown on the plans and shall be Arranged to
house only the following:
Two Nos. fire hoses 2 30 M. Length.
Two No. adjustable multi-jet-nozzles 2.
One landing Valve 2
-
2 03
Yard Cabinets (F.H-2)

These shall be furnished and installed as shown on the plans and shall be Arranged to
house only the following:
Two Nos. fire hoses 2 30 M. Length.
Two No. adjustable multi-jet-nozzle 2.
One landing Valve 2
Part 3: Fire Hose Rack Cabinets (FHRC)

Shall be installed as shown on the plans and shall be arranged to house the following:
One No. Hose rack complete with Valve, hose and nozzle.
One Nos. Portable fire extinguishers.
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15977

Section 15977 - Pipes
Part 1: Pipes Fittings, Hangers and Supports
1 01
Pipes and Fitting

Pipes shall be seamless black carbon steel, standard weight schedule 40 and welded
joints and fittings or grooved end, and screwed ends for diamless than 50mm.
Pipe unions shall be used where indicated and as rule shall be used at intervals of long
runs
of pipes, and in bypasses and between shut off valves and equipment which need
adjustments or repair work from time to time.
Unions on pipes 65mm and above diameter shall be of steel flanges or grooved couplings
each 6.00mm.
Unions on pipes 50mm diameter or less shall be of galvanized cast iron screwed unions.
Samples of pipes fittings and unions shall be submitted for the Engineer's checking and
approval before any supply orders or delivery to site are made.
1 02
Pipe Hangers and Supports

their
Shall be provided to secure pipes in place, to minimize their vibrations, and to maintain
grades for proper drainage.
They shall by of appropriate strength to carry the subject loads and at the same time
should
be installed i such a manner so as not to cause any harmful or damaging
overloading to the structural members to which they are fixed.
Horizontal pipe hangers shall be in accordance with the following schedule:PIPE SIZE
---------------
HANGER ROD DIA

---------------------------
UP to 32 mm
8 mm
40 to 50 mm
10mm
65 to 80 mm
13mm
100 to 125 mm 16mm
Above 125 mm 20mm
MAXIMUMSPACING
----------------------------240 cm
320 cm
320 cm
360 cm
400 cm
Supports for vertical pipes shall be at each floor level. Side wall supports for horizontal and
vertical pipes, and pips run under A/C ducts shall be designed by the P.P.C. to suit every
particular case . The designs shall be submitted to the Architect for study and approval.
Samples of all types of pipe hangers, clamps, anchors, inserts, side wall supports shall be
submitted to the Architect for approval prior to any use of such materials on site.
1
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS
DIVISION (15)
PART (1)
PLUMBING & FIRE FIGHTING WORKS
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15460

Section
15460 - Water Heaters
Part 1 - General
1 01
Related Documents
A.
1 02
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and

Supplementary Conditions and Project Specification Sections, apply to this
Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes commercial Electric Water Heaters
B.
Section Plumbing Piping for water piping connections contain requirements

that relate to this Section: .
1 03
SUBMITTALS
A.
General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract and

Project Specification Sections.
B.
Product data including rated capacities of selected models, weights (shipping,

installed, and operating), furnished specialties, and accessories, and indicating
dimensions, required clearances, and methods of assembly of components,
and piping and wiring connections.
C.
Wiring diagrams from manufacturers detailing electrical requirements for

electrical power supply wiring to water heaters. Include ladder-type wiring
diagrams for interlock and control wiring required for final installation of water
heaters and controls. Differentiate between portions of wiring that are factory
installed and portions that are to be field installed.
1 04
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
UL Standards: Provide water heaters complying with the following:

1. UL 174, Household Electric Storage Tank Water Heaters.
2. UL 1453, Electric Booster and Commercial Storage Tank Water Heaters.
B.
Electrical Component Standard: Provide components complying with NFPA 70

,National Electrical Code.
C.
Listing and Labeling: Provide water heaters that are listed and labeled. The
terms listed and labeled shall be as defined in the National Electrical Code,
Article 100.
D.
ASME Code Compliance: Provide water heaters and safety relief valves that
comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
E.
ASHRAE Standards: Provide water heaters with performance efficiencies not

less than prescribed in ASHRAE 90A,Energy Conservation in New Building
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15460
Design.
1 05
WARRANTY
A. Special Project Warranty: Submit a written warranty, executed by manufacturer,
agreeing to repair or replace water heater units that fail in materials or
workmanship within the specified warranty period. Failures include, but are
not limited to, tanks, coils, heat exchangers. This warranty shall be in addition
to, and not a limitation of, other rights the Owner may have against the
Contractor under the Contract Documents.
1. Warranty period is 5 years after date of Substantial Completion.
Part 2 - Product
2 01
MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers

offering products that may be incorporated in the Work include, but are not limited
to, the following:
1.
Lochinvar Water Heater Corp.
2.
Rheem Mfg.
3.
Ruud Mfg. Div.; Rheem Mfg.
4.
A.O. Smith Water Products Co. Div.; A.O. Smith Corp.
5.
Patterson-Kelly Co. Inc.
6.
Rycroft.
7.
Approved equal.
2 02
ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS
A. Description: Automatic, commercial, electric; with vertical, 1035 kPa rated storage
tank, integral controls, drain valve, and relief valve.
B. Insulation: Fiberglass or polyurethane foam, surrounding tank.
C. Jacket: Steel, with baked-on enamel finish.
D. Tank: Glass-lined steel with anode rods and drain valve.
E. Heating Elements: Screw-in or fianged bolt-in immersion type, in multiples of 3
elements.
F. Controls: Adjustable immersion thermostat.
G. Safety Controls: Automatic, high-temperature-limit cutoff and low-water cutoff.
H. Temperature and Pressure Relief Valve: ASME rated and labeled.
2 03
A.
B.
WATER HEATER DESCRIPTION
Type: copper-lined, steel tank type, with fixed convex ends, complete with
Vretical removable copper tube U- bend heating section suitable for heating tank
contents with hot water.
Operating Pressure: tank to be designed for 690/1200 kPa water pressure in
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15460
tank and 1030/1800 kPa steam pressure in tubes and to be hydrostatically

tested at factory to 1030/1800 kPa on tank side and 1580/2600 kPa on tube
side.
C.
Tank to be welded carbon steel plate in accordance with ASME Code, with
two permanently attached lifting lugs, manhole with cover and all necessary
connections for water inlet, water outlet, drain, relief valve, anti-vacuum valves,
pressure gauge, thermometer, temperature controller and heating section.
D.
Tank Lining: internal surfaces and surfaces in contact with water including
manhole and cover and heating section connection surfaces are to be lined
with sheet copper minimum 1.651 mm thick and 14.7 kg/m2 minimum weight.
Flanges to be copper lined with copper gasket surface. Before lining the steel
tank is to be thoroughly cleaned, welding slag removed and welds deposits,
sharp edges and projections ground smooth. Copper lining to have integral
circumferential reinforcing rings every 300 mm of shell length.
E.
Connections 50 mm diameter and under to be threaded and over 50 mm

diameter to be flanged. Heating section connection to be flanged. Connections
to be non- ferrous couplings suitably capped at factory to preclude dirt and
protect threads.
F.
Heating Section to be constructed of seamless copper tubes expanded into

copper or copper lined steel tube sheet with copper spun into each tube hole.
Tubes to be supported on non-ferrous tube spacer and cross-bar. Adequate
number of supports to be provided to prevent tube sag. Heating section to have
flanged, close grain cast iron head with inside baffle and necessary
connections for heating medium inlet and outlet, drain and vent.
G.
Accessories: heater to be complete with anti-vacuum valves, pressure and

temperature relief valve of type and size recommended by heater manufacturer
and two mild steel supporting cradles, shipped loose for field installation .
H.
Test: steel tank and copper lining to be individually hydrostatically tested at

factory. With copper lining still under pressure water is to be heated to
minimum 52 deg. C and vacuum of 737 mm of mercury is to be applied
between shell and copper lining to evacuate water behind lining and to verify
lining tightness under vacuum conditions. Certificate of test to be furnished by
manufacturer.
I.
Shop Drawings: submit for approval outline drawing of heater showing

dimensions and size, location and rating of connections, prior to manufacturing
heater.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 01
WATER HEATER INSTALLATION
A.
General: Install water heaters floor mounted. Set and connect units in
accordance with manufacturers written installation instructions. Install units
plumb and level and maintain manufacturers recommended clearances. Orient
so controls and devices needing servicing are accessible.
3 02
CONNECTIONS
A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Sections. The Drawings
indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties. The following
are specific connection requirements:
1.
Install piping adjacent to equipment arranged to allow servicing and

3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15460
maintenance.
Connect hot and cold water piping to units with shutoff valves and unions.
Connect hot water circulating piping to unit with shutoff valve, check valve,
and union. Extend relief valve discharge to closest fioor drain.
2.
B. Where water heater piping connections are dissimilar metals, make connections
with dielectric unions specified in Section Piping Specialties.
C. Electrical Connections: Power wiring and disconnect switches are specified in
Electrical Sections.
1. Grounding: Connect unit components to ground in accordance with the
National Electrical Code.
3 03
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A.
General: Provide the services of suppliers service represent at test inspect unit
installation, provide start-up service, and demonstrate and train Owners
maintenance personnel as specified below.
1. Test and adjust operating and safety controls. Replace damaged and
malfunctioning controls and equipment.
B.
Train Owners maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules related to

start-up and shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, and preventative
maintenance.
3 04
1.
Review data in Operating and Maintenance Manuals.
2.
Schedule training with at least 7 days, advance notice.
TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

A.
Perform the following before start-up final checks:

1. Fill water heaters with water.
2. Piping systems test complete.
3. Check for piping connections leaks.
4. Test operation of safety controls and devices.
B.
Perform the following start-up procedures:

1.
Energize circuits.
2.
Adjust operating controls.
3.
Adjust hot water outlet temperature setting.
END OF SECTION -15460
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15460
SECTION -15460
WATER HEATERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and

Supplementary Conditions and Project Specification Sections, apply to
this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes commercial Electric Water Heaters
B.
Section Plumbing Piping for water piping connections contain

requirements that relate to this Section: .
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A.
General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract

and Project Specification Sections.
B.
Product data including rated capacities of selected models, weights

(shipping, installed, and operating), furnished specialties, and
accessories, and indicating dimensions, required clearances, and
methods of assembly of components, and piping and wiring
connections.
C.
Wiring diagrams from manufacturers detailing electrical requirements for

electrical power supply wiring to water heaters. Include ladder-type
wiring diagrams for interlock and control wiring required for final
installation of water heaters and controls. Differentiate between portions
of wiring that are factory installed and portions that are to be field
installed.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A.
UL Standards: Provide water heaters complying with the following:

1. UL 174, Household Electric Storage Tank Water Heaters.
2. UL 1453, Electric Booster and Commercial Storage Tank Water
Heaters.
B.
Electrical Component Standard: Provide components complying with

NFPA 70 ,National Electrical Code.
C.
Listing and Labeling: Provide water heaters that are listed and labeled.
The terms listed and labeled shall be as defined in the National
Electrical Code, Article 100.
D.
ASME Code Compliance: Provide water heaters and safety relief valves
that comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.
E.
ASHRAE Standards: Provide water heaters with

efficiencies not less than prescribed in ASHRAE
performance
90A,Energy
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15460
Conservation in New Building Design.

1.5 WARRANTY
A. Special Project Warranty: Submit a written warranty, executed by
manufacturer, agreeing to repair or replace water heater units that fail
in materials or workmanship within the specified warranty period.
Failures include, but are not limited to, tanks, coils, heat exchangers.
This warranty shall be in addition to, and not a limitation of, other rights
the Owner may have against the Contractor under the Contract
Documents.
1. Warranty period is 5 years after date of Substantial Completion.
PART 2 - PRODUCT
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work
include, but are not limited to, the following:
1.
Lochinvar Water Heater Corp.
2.
Rheem Mfg.
3.
Ruud Mfg. Div.; Rheem Mfg.
4.
A.O. Smith Water Products Co. Div.; A.O. Smith Corp.
5.
Patterson-Kelly Co. Inc.
6.
Rycroft.
7.
Approved equal.
2.2 ELECTRIC WATER HEATERS

A. Description: Automatic, commercial, electric; with vertical, 1035 kPa rated
storage tank, integral controls, drain valve, and relief valve.
B. Insulation: Fiberglass or polyurethane foam, surrounding tank.
C. Jacket: Steel, with baked-on enamel finish.
D. Tank: Glass-lined steel with anode rods and drain valve.
E. Heating Elements: Screw-in or fianged bolt-in immersion type, in multiples of
3 elements.
F. Controls: Adjustable immersion thermostat.
G. Safety Controls: Automatic, high-temperature-limit cutoff and low-water
cutoff.
H. Temperature and Pressure Relief Valve: ASME rated and labeled.
2.3 WATER HEATER DESCRIPTION
A.
Type: copper-lined, steel tank type, with fixed convex ends, complete with
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15460
Vretical removable copper tube U- bend heating section suitable for

heating tank contents with hot water.
B.
Operating Pressure: tank to be designed for 690/1200 kPa water

pressure in tank and 1030/1800 kPa steam pressure in tubes and to be
hydrostatically tested at factory to 1030/1800 kPa on tank side and
1580/2600 kPa on tube side.
C.
Tank to be welded carbon steel plate in accordance with ASME Code,

with two permanently attached lifting lugs, manhole with cover and all
necessary connections for water inlet, water outlet, drain, relief valve,
anti-vacuum valves, pressure gauge, thermometer, temperature
controller and heating section.
D.
Tank Lining: internal surfaces and surfaces in contact with water

including manhole and cover and heating section connection surfaces
are to be lined with sheet copper minimum 1.651 mm thick and 14.7
kg/m2 minimum weight. Flanges to be copper lined with copper gasket
surface. Before lining the steel tank is to be thoroughly cleaned, welding
slag removed and welds deposits, sharp edges and projections ground
smooth. Copper lining to have integral circumferential reinforcing rings
every 300 mm of shell length.
E.
Connections 50 mm diameter and under to be threaded and over 50

mm diameter to be flanged. Heating section connection to be flanged.
Connections to be non- ferrous couplings suitably capped at factory to
preclude dirt and protect threads.
F.
Heating Section to be constructed of seamless copper tubes

expanded into copper or copper lined steel tube sheet with copper spun
into each tube hole. Tubes to be supported on non-ferrous tube spacer
and cross-bar. Adequate number of supports to be provided to prevent
tube sag. Heating section to have flanged, close grain cast iron head
with inside baffle and necessary connections for heating medium inlet
and outlet, drain and vent.
G.
Accessories: heater to be complete with anti-vacuum valves, pressure

and temperature relief valve of type and size recommended by heater
manufacturer and two mild steel supporting cradles, shipped loose for
field installation .
H.
Test: steel tank and copper lining to be individually hydrostatically

tested at factory. With copper lining still under pressure water is to be
heated to minimum 52 deg. C and vacuum of 737 mm of mercury is to
be applied between shell and copper lining to evacuate water behind
lining and to verify lining tightness under vacuum conditions. Certificate
of test to be furnished by manufacturer.
I.
Shop Drawings: submit for approval outline drawing of heater showing

dimensions and size, location and rating of connections, prior to
manufacturing heater.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 WATER HEATER INSTALLATION
A.
General: Install water heaters floor mounted. Set and connect units in
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15460
accordance with manufacturers written installation instructions. Install

units plumb and level and maintain manufacturers recommended
clearances. Orient so controls and devices needing servicing are
accessible.
3.2 CONNECTIONS
A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Sections. The
Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and
specialties. The following are specific connection requirements:
1.
Install piping adjacent to equipment arranged to allow servicing and

maintenance.
2.
Connect hot and cold water piping to units with shutoff valves and
unions. Connect hot water circulating piping to unit with shutoff
valve, check valve, and union. Extend relief valve discharge to
closest fioor drain.
B. Where water heater piping connections are dissimilar metals, make

connections with dielectric unions specified in Section Piping
Specialties.
C. Electrical Connections: Power wiring and disconnect switches are specified
in Electrical Sections.
1. Grounding: Connect unit components to ground in accordance
with the National Electrical Code.
3.3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A.
General: Provide the services of suppliers service represent at test

inspect unit installation, provide start-up service, and demonstrate and
train Owners maintenance personnel as specified below.
1. Test and adjust operating and safety controls. Replace damaged and
malfunctioning controls and equipment.
B.
Train Owners maintenance personnel on procedures and schedules

related to start-up and shutdown, troubleshooting, servicing, and
preventative maintenance.
1.
Review data in Operating and Maintenance Manuals.
2.
Schedule training with at least 7 days, advance notice.
3.4 TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

A.
Perform the following before start-up final checks:

1. Fill water heaters with water.
2. Piping systems test complete.
3. Check for piping connections leaks.
4. Test operation of safety controls and devices.
B.
Perform the following start-up procedures:

4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15460
1.
Energize circuits.
2.
Adjust operating controls.
3.
Adjust hot water outlet temperature setting.
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15450

Section 15450 - Water Tank Accessories
Part 1 General
1.01 Related Documents
A.
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and Project Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A.
This section includes mechanical works for tank accessories,

ladders, access doors, water level controls, instrumentation, tank
ventilation.etc.
1.03 RELATED SECTIONS.

A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
Hangers and supports.

Electrical requirements for mechanical works.
Fire protection.
Electric Drive, fir pumps.
Water distribution systems.
Water distribution pumps.
Steel structure works.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A.
Submit lay out and shop drawings under provisions of general requirement of the contract.
B.
Co-ordinate and establish positions of water stops, construction joints etc., in water
tank walls.
C.
Submit wiring diagrams, details of components and panel construction and mounting
details in respect of water tank level control and indication instrumentation.
D.
Submit material sample and test certificates of construction materials, where asked
for.
E.
Maintenance data for inclusion in operating and maintenance manual specified in basic mechanical requirements.
1.05 REFERENCES
A.
NEMA Standard No, I CS - Enclosures for electrical appliances.
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
B.
ODAC
Section 15450
Stainless steel for industrial applications.
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15450
Part 2 - Products
2.01 Water Tanks Ladders
A.
B.
C.
D.
Fabricate from type 316 (Austinitic) Stainless Steel, main rail shall be 1.25 inch diameter and rungs shall be 1 inch diameter in size. All joints shall be welded. Attach ladder
to 10x10x 1 cm size base plate with drilled holes. Bolt the base Plate insert and weld
ladder (at site) to attain good alignment.
Provide safety cage of 1 x 1/8 inch stainless steel flats for ladders exceeding eight (8)
feet in height. Attach rigidly to ladder by bolting to specially prepared lugs on the ladder rail (omit on ladders inside tanks).
Provide additional 1 inch diameter overhead rail bolted to ceiling soft, at the inside and
outside of the tank access opening (in case of tanks with side access only).
Cast in stainless steel wall inserts (of pipe, puddle and stud plates at wall face) for attaching ladder to wall. Use extra care to attain proper alignment and water tightness.
Use appropriate detail to flash tanking membranes at ladder support bases.
2.02 WATER TANKS ACCESS DOORS

A.
B.
Double seal, light duty steel cover and frame; painted inside and out with white food
grade epoxy; 0f 60x60 cm, clear openings.
The key holes shall be closed type and suitable soft sealing strips shall be used at the
sealing grooves to ensure tightness.
2.03 FLOAT VALVES

Float valves shall be modulating, pilot operated, angle pattern diaphragm valves of iron
body, stainless steel. mounted construction with flanged ends complete with pilot assembly, type K copper capillary lines, mounting plate, plastic float and operating rod, adjustable
stops etc. complete.
2.04 WELDED PUDDLE PIECE FLANGE

A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
Use welded puddle piece flanges for all connections to water tanks, made below the
overflow level.
Provide detail for minimum dimensions.
Use puddle piece flanges fabricated from schedule 80 black steel pipes and welding
neck steel flanges for connections to steel pipe work. The assembly shall be hot dip
galvanized after fabrication.
Use integral flanges with studs/cap nuts at wall face and loose, split flanges to flash
tanking membranes.
Provide synthetic membrane flashing (3 feet diameter) at all puddle flanges installed in
the bottom of water tanks and integrate the same with the tanking.
2.05 WATER TANK LEVEL INDICATORS/CONTROLERS

A. Use controller / indicator from SAUTER Model GAO 201/0 or approved equal with required nos., of switch assemblies.
B. Remote indicator panel .
C. Attain the following functions:
Water level indication.
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15450
High/low water audio-visual alarms in the indicator panel.

Low water cut out of domestic booster pump set and fire pump set.
On site adjustment of alarm set points.
Provision for hook up with the Building Management System (BMS)
for critical alarms.
D. General Requirements:
All assemblies shall have enclosure to NEMA-4 (lP-44) as minimum
requirements.
Panels shall be fabricated from 1.5 mm thick sheet steel and shall
have continuously welded butt joints. Apply to coats of red oxide primer and
two coats of baked gray enamel. All required holes and cut-outs shall be
done at the factory.
Use heavy duty galvanized iron conduits (surface mounted) and
painted sheet steel trunking for wiring.
Use PVC insulated stranded (1.5mm2) copper wires with crimped on,
sheathed terminal lugs for all interconnecting wiring. Do not use joints in the
wire length. Use slip on ferrules and number all terminals, for quick identification.
-
2.06 WATER TANK VENTILATION

A. Provide water tank vent assemblies as detailed to enable free movement of air into and
out of the water tanks, during filling and emptying of the tank. All air passages shall be
covered with fine copper or plastic wire mesh to prevent the entry of flies and pests into
the tank.
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15450
Part 3 - Execution
3.01
Welded Puddle Piece Flanges

A.
B.
3.02
LADDERS, ACCESS DOORS

A.
B.
Erect sleeves, puddle flanges etc., in the steel work perpendicular to the wall face and
rigidly.
Ensure verticality of flange faces and alignment of bolt holes with connecting equipment (valves etc.).
Install, inserts in tank walls. Follow procedure given above for attaining proper alignment.
Use cap nuts of corrosion resistant material for fastening ladder to wall.
Level Indication And Control Instrumentation

A.
B.
C.
D.
E.
F.
G.
4.01
All internal wiring shall be done in a neat arid professional manner, using cable ties,
slip-on- spiral plastic bundle sheaths etc. Provide sample free lengths to allow full
swing of doors.
All components of the system shall be rated for Egypt ambient conditions as stipulated
by Local authorities.
Co-ordinate with the electrical works and provide electrical power supply to the system. All conducting and wiring to the source is included in this section.
Comply with all regulations of the Ministry of Electricity and Water and requirements of
the specifications for electrical works of the projects in all respect.
Provide relays/volt free contacts in terminal blocks for inter connecting with other systems (like BAS).
Extend services to controlled equipment (like pump control panel).
Panels shall be wall mounted with the centre line at 130cm above FFL
TESTING AND COMMISSIONING

A.
B.
C.
D.
Install blank flanges / plugs to enable the steel works contractor to test the water tightness of the tanks.
On completion of works, clean the inside of the tanks thoroughly of all dirt, wash down
with water and drain
Disinfect the tanks along with the disaffection and flushing of the system .
Obtain satisfactory water analysis and submit to Engineer prior to handing over.
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15440

Section -15440 - Plumbing Fixtures
Part 1 - General
1 01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A.
1 02
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including the project

General and Supplementary Conditions and Specification Sections,
apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
A.
This Section includes plumbing fixtures and trim, fittings, and

accessories, appliances, appurtenances, equipment, and supports
associated with plumbing fixtures.
B.
Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that

relate to this Section:
1.
2.
3.
C.
Products installed but not furnished under this Section include:

1.
1 03
1 04
Architectural specification and drawings.

Section Valves for valves used as supply stops.
Section Plumbing Specialties
Accessories, appliances, appurtenances, and equipment

specified in other sections. requiring plumbing services or
fixture-related devices, as indicated.
SUBMITTALS
A.
General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of

Contract and the project Specification Sections.
B.
Product data for each type of plumbing fixture specified, including

fixture and trim, fittings, accessories, appliances, appurtenances,
equipment, supports, construction details, dimensions of components,
and finishes.
C.
Wiring diagrams for field-installed wiring of electrically operated units.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
B.
C.
Regulatory Requirements: Comply with requirements of ANSI Standard

A117.1, Buildings and Facilities Providing Accessibility and Usability
for Physically Handicapped People, with respect to plumbing fixtures
for the physically handicapped.
Listing and Labeling: Provide electrically operated fixtures specified in
this Section that are listed and labeled . The terms listed and
labeled shall be as defined in the National Electrical Code, Article 100.
Design Concept: The Drawings indicate types of plumbing fixtures and
are based on manufacturers, models, and performance characteristics.
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15440
Plumbing fixtures and having equal performance characteristics by

other manufacturers may be considered provided that deviations in
dimensions, operation, color or finish, or other characteristics are minor
and do not change the design concept or intended performance as
judged by the Engineer. Burden of proof for equality of plumbing fixtures
is on the Contractor.
1 05
DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A.
B.
1 06
Deliver plumbing fixtures in manufacturers protective packing, crating,

and covering.
Store plumbing fixtures on elevated platforms in a dry location.
EXTRA MATERIALS
A.
Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials described

below matching products installed, packaged with protective covering
for storage, and identified with labels clearly describing contents.
1. Faucet Washers and 0-rings: Furnish quantity of identical units not
less than 10 percent of amount of each installed.
2. Faucet Cartridges and 0-rings: Furnish quantity of identical units
not less than 5 percent of amount of each installed.
3. Flushometer Repair Kits: Furnish quantity of identical units not less
than 10 percent of amount of each flushometer installed.
4. Provide a hinged-top wood or metal box, or individual metal boxes,
having a separate compartment for each type and size of above
extra materials.
5. Water Closet Tank Repair Kits: Furnish quantity of identical flush
valve units not less than 5 percent of amount of each type
installed.
6. Toilet Seats: Furnish quantity of identical units not less than 5
percent of amount of each type toilet seat installed.
7. Filter Cartridges: Furnish quantity of identical filter cartridges not
less than 50 percent of amount of each type and size installed.
PART2 - PRODUCTS
2 01
PLUMBING FIXTURES, GENERAL

A. Provide plumbing fixtures and trim, fittings, other components, and
supports as specified.
2 02
FAUCETS
A. Faucets General: Unless otherwise specified, provide faucets that are cast
brass with polished chrome-plated finish.
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15440
B. Lavatory Faucets, ASME A112.18.1M, centered fitting, with hot and cold
handles, 1.9 liters per minute (1/2 9 pm) flow control fitting in spout self
closing valves, wide pared fitting having in let shanks on 203 mm (8)
centers, push pull operation with pop-up waste,etc.
C. Sink Faucet, : ASME A112.18.1M, centered fitting, with hot and cold
handles and swing spout, wide pared fitting.
D. Bathtub Faucet, : ASME A112.18.1M, cast-brass combination single- lever
mixing valve and escutcheon.. Tub filler, diverter, shower, and flange.
Polished chrome-plated finish on all exposed metal.
E. Shower Faucet: ASME A112.18.1M, cast-brass combination single- lever,
pressure-balancing mixing valve and escutcheon, and shower, arm, and
flange. Polished chrome-plated finish on all exposed metal.
2 03
FITTINGS, EXCEPT FAUCETS

A.
Fittings General: Unless otherwise specified, provide fittings fabricated

of brass, and polished chrome plated finish.
B.
Lavatory Supplies and Stops, : Wheel handle angle stop, having 15

mm (1/2) NPS inlet with wall flange and 9.5 mm (3/8) by 305 mm (12)
long flexible tubing riser outlet.
C.
Lavatory Traps, : Cast-brass, 32 mm ( 1-1/4 ) NPS adjustable P-trap

with cleanout, 32 mm ( 1-1/4) NPS nipple to wall, and wall flange.
D.
Sink Supplies and Stops, : Wheel handle angle stop, having 15 mm

(1/2) NPS inlet with wall flange and 15 mm (1/2) by 305 mm (12)
flexible tubing riser outlet.
E.
Sink Trap: Cast-brass, 2 NPS adjustable P-trap with cleanout, 50 mm

(2) NPS nipple to wall, and wall flange.
F.
Water Closet Supplies and Stops: Wheel handle angle stop, having 15
mm (1/2) NPS inlet with wall flange and 15 mm (1/2) by 305 mm (12)
long flexible tubing riser outlet with collar.
G.
Bathtub Waste and Overflow Fittings, : Concealed 40 mm (1-1/2), 20

gage, polished chrome-plated, tubular brass; lever-operated pop-up
bath waste and overflow, spud with universal-type outlet connection
suitable for 40 mm (1- 1/2) tubing, or 40 mm (1-1/2) solder-joint outlet
connection on waste tee.
H.
Bathtub Traps: Cast-brass, 40 mm (1-1/2) NPS adjustable P-trap with

cleanout, 40 mm (1-1/2) NPS nipple to wall, and wall flange.
I.
Trough-Type Urinal Supplies and Stops: Wheel-handle angle or straight

stop, having 20 mm (3/4) NPS inlet with wall flange.
J.
Supply and drain plumbing service fittings not listed above shall be as
specified and as scheduled.
K.
Fittings installed concealed inside a plumbing fixture or within wall

construction may be without chrome plate finish.
L.
Escutcheons: Wall flange with screw.
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 04
ODAC
Section 15440
M.
Escutcheons: Polished chrome-plated, sheet steel wall flange with

friction clips.
N.
Deep Pattern Escutcheons: Wall flange with screw or sheet steel wall
flange with friction clips, of depth adequate to conceal protruding
roughing-in fittings.
O.
Provide fittings specified as part of a fixture description, in lieu of fitting

requirements above.
FLUSHOMETERS
A.
Provide flushometers compatible with fixtures, with features and of

consumption indicated.
B.
Construction: Cast-brass body, brass or copper pipe or tubing inlet with

wall flange and tailpiece with spud, screwdriver check stop, vacuum
breaker, and brass lever handle actuation except where other
variations are specified. Type shall be diaphragm operation except
where other type is specified.
C.
Finish: Exposed metal parts shall be polished chrome-plated, except

components installed in a concealed location may be rough brass or
unfinished.
D.
Water Closet Flushometers, : Furnish with following features.

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
2 05
Non-hold-open feature.
Wheel handle stop.
Metal push button actuation.
Seat bumper on stop.
Hydraulic push-button actuator.
Bedpan washer diverter valve, spray head, and support.
Trap primer connection.
Furnish flushometers with factory-set or field-adjusted
maximum water consumption per cycle:
a) Consumption: 11.41itres (3.0 U.S.gallons) per flushing cycle.
TOILET SEATS
A. General: Provide toilet seats compatible with water closets, and of type,
color, and features indicated.
2 06
SHOWER RECEPTORS
A. Shower Receptors: Provide shower receptors of shape, dimensions color.
Where data is not complete, provide receptors with characteristics
compatible with enclosures.
2 07
WATER CLOSETS
A. Water Closet. With flush valve: EWC to be white vitreous china floor
mounted per, ASME/ANSI A112.19.2M, elongated bowl, siphon jet flush
action for use with flush valve, 6 L per flush, wall outlet. Handicapped
water closet, as shown on architectural plans, shall have 460 mm above
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15440
finished floor. Water closet dimensions to be 375 mm wide, 635 mm front

back and 330 mm height. Provided with the following accessories:
Seat: extra heavy duty, solid plastic, open front less cover,
integrally molded bumpers, concealed check hinge with
stainless steel post. Seat shall be posture contoured body
design. Color shall be white.
2.
Fittings and Accessories: Gaskets - neoprene; bolts with
chromium plated caps nuts and washers.
3.
Flush valve: Large diaphragm, exposed chrome plated, water
saver design 6 L per flush, 25 mm screwdriver back check
angle stop with cap, adjustable tailpiece, vacuum breaker flush
connection and spud coupling for 40 mm top spud, wall and
spud flanges. Seat bumpers shall be integral part of flush valve.
Set centerline of inlet 292 mm above rim.
4.
10 mm angle valve with 300 mm long tube, blue index.
1.
B. Water closet with flush tank: Water closet to be white vitreous china Floor
Mounted with tank, closed coupled, flushometer tank, ANSI 112.19.2M,
residential, elongated siphon jet action bowl, siphon jet 6 L per flush,
back outlet with built-in douche. Water closet to be provided complete
with the following accessories and trims from the same manufacturer or
approved equal:
Seat: Standard-duty, residential type, regular, closed front with
cover, solid plastic, concealed check hinge with stainless steel
post. Seat shall be posture contoured body design. Color shall
be white.
2.
Fittings and Accessories: Floor flange fittings-cast iron;
Gasket-wax; bolts with chromium plated cap nuts and
washers.
3.
Tank fittings accessories;
a) Flushing mechanism shall be: Pressure assisted close
coupled, flushometer tank, 6 L per flush.
b) Stops, tank angle.
4. 10 mm angle valve with 300 mm long tube, blue index,
1.
2 08
SHOWERS
A. Shower: Shower tray to be white Acrylic receptor with anti-skid floor and 50
mm corner drain opening. Provide show with the following tray
dimension, 900 x 900 x 175 mm deep and to be complete with the
following accessories and trims.
1. Shower mixer Set: Ultra-Mix pressure balancing bath valve fittings
with volume control, ceramic disc cartridge, lever handle, integral
stops, inlet and outlet to be 15 mm I.P.S. Adjustable shower head
with 190 mL/s flow restrictor. Arm and flange.
2. 50 mm waste fitting with strainer
3. two built-in 15 mm valves with handles, wall flanges and blue and
red indices.
2 09
LAVATORIES
A. Lavatory : Oval type for installation under marble countertops, ASME/ANSI
A112.19.2M, vitreous china, self-rimming, approximately 570 x 430 mm
with one punch and two semi punched faucet holes. Lavatories to be
provided with the following accessories:
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15440
1.
Faucet: Solid cast brass construction, 15 mm three hole basin

mixer, projection 120 mm, 32 mm Pull-Knob pop-up waste, fixed
cast spout without handles. Control shall be waterless ceramic disc
mixing cartridge type.
Drain: Cast brass with flat grid strainer, offset tailpiece, chrome
plated.
Stops: Angle type. See paragraph 2.3.
Trap: Cast copper alloy, 40 by 32 mm P-trap, adjustable with
connected elbow and 1.4 mm thick (17 gauge) tubing extension to
wall. Set trap parallel to the wall. Exposed metal trap surface and
connection hardware shall be chrome plated with a smooth bright
finish.
2.
3.
4.
2 10
SINKS
A. Kitchen Sink: Residential, double bowl, stainless steel type 302, 16 gauge
thickness, inset type for fixing into counter top, single drainer, with 10 cm
high splash back, approximately 1500 mm with bowl on left or right or as
shown in architectural plans, sink to be provided with the following trims
and accessories.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2 11
MISCELLANEOUS FIXTURES AND FITTINGS

A.
2 12
50 mm sink waste stainless steel grating.

50 mm P-trap with wall tube.
wall flange for 50 mm tube trap.
stainless steel detachable overflow
15 mm mixer, wall type, with S-swivel spout and wall flanges.
Hose Bib: Single Faucet, Wall Mounted, Cast copper alloy. single
faucet with replaceable mantel seat, removable replacement unit
containing all parts subject to wear, mounted on wall 914 mm above
floor to concealed supply pipe. Provide faucet with 20 mm hose
coupling thread on spout and vacuum breaker. Four-arm handle on
faucet shall be cast, formed or drop forged copper alloy. Escutcheons
shall be forged copper alloy. including exposed part under valve
handle when in open position, shall have a bright finish.
DISPOSERS
A. Disposers: Continuous-feed-type food waste disposer conforming to UL
430, 1/2 horsepower motor, (1450 rpm, 50 hz) (1725 rpm, 60 hz)
overload protection, and wall-switch operated; corrosion-resistant
construction, with quick-mounting feature, stainless steel sink flange,
cushioned suspension, and stainless steel grinding chamber; jamresistant cutting/shredding mechanism with swivel- mounted impellers on
turntable, cast tool steel grinding ring, and cutlery steel under cutter
blade; insulated housing for grinding chamber; and anti-splash guard and
combination cover/stopper.
2 13
HOT WATER DISPENSERS

A. Hot Water Dispensers: ASSE 1023, instant on-off control on chrome-plated
dispenser faucet with removable strainer; steel tank housing with insulated
stainless steel inner tank; thermostat control for water temperature up to
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15440
88 deg C (190 deg F) with thermal overload protection; and 1.9 liters (1/2
U.S.gallon) minimum tank capacity.
2 14
WATER FILTERS
A. Water Filters: Cartridge type, with stainless steel or plastic housing and
mounting bracket. Cartridges shall be replaceable, 250 mm long, activated
carbon, wound fiber, or pleated, 10 micron removal rating, and suitable for
potable water.
2 15
PLUMBING FIXTURE SUPPORTS

A. Support Types: Provide support of category specified, of type having
features required to match fixture.
B. Provide supports specified as part of fixture description, in lieu of category
and type requirements above.
2 16
RECOMMENDED MANUFACTURERS
-
Duravite
American Standard
Roca
Bobrick
Ceramica Dolomite
Mkinner porker
Approved equal
Germany
U.S.A
Spain
U.S.A
Italy
U.S.A
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 01
EXAMINATION
A. Examine roughing-in for cold water and hot water supplies and soil,
waste, and vent piping systems to verify actual locations of piping
connections prior to installing fixtures.
B. Examine walls, floors, and cabinets for suitable conditions where fixtures
are to be installed.
C. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3 02
APPLICATION
A. Install plumbing fixtures and specified components, in accordance with
designations and locations indicated on drawings.
B. Install supports for plumbing fixtures in accordance with categories
indicated.
C. Recessed, box-mounted electric water coolers.
3 03
INSTALLATION OF PLUMBING FIXTURES

A. Install plumbing fixtures level and plumb, in accordance with fixture
manufacturers written installation instructions, roughing-in drawings, and
referenced standards.
B. Install floor-mounted, floor-outlet water closets with closet flanges and
gasket seals.
C. Install floor-mounted, back-outlet water closets with fittings and gasket
seals.
7
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15440
D. Install wall hanging, back-outlet water closets with support manufacturers

tiling frame or setting gage.
E. Install wall hanging, back-outlet urinals with gasket seals.
F. Fasten wall-hanging plumbing fixtures securely to supports attached to
building substrate when supports are specified, and to building wall
construction where no support is indicated.
G. Fasten floor-mounted fixtures and special fixtures having holes for
securing fixture to wall construction, to reinforcement built into walls.
H. Fasten wall-mounted fittings to reinforcement built into walls.
I. Fasten counter-mounting-type plumbing fixtures to casework.
J. Secure supplies behind wall or within wall pipe space, providing rigid
installation.
K. Set shower receptors and mop basins in leveling bed of cement grout.
L. Install stop valve in an accessible location in each water supply to each
fixture.
M. Install trap on fixture outlet except for fixtures having integral trap.
N. Install escutcheons at each wall, floor, and ceiling penetration in exposed
finished locations and within cabinets and millwork. Use deep pattern
escutcheons where required to conceal protruding pipe fittings.
O. Seal fixtures to walls, floors, and counters using a sanitary-type, one-part,
mildew-resistant, silicone sealant in accordance with sealing requirements
as where specified in the specifications. Match sealant color to fixture
color.
P. Install all water closets such that toilet seat will remain upright when listed.
3 04
CONNECTIONS
A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other sections of plumbing
specifications. The drawings indicate general arrangement of piping,
fittings, and specialties. The following are specific connection
requirements:
3 05
1.
Install piping connections between plumbing fixtures and

piping systems and plumbing equipment specified in other
sections of plumbing specifications.
2.
Install piping connections indicated between appliances and

equipment specified in other sections, direct connected to
plumbing piping systems.

A. Inspect each installed fixture for damage. Replace damaged fixtures and
components.
B. Test fixtures to demonstrate proper operation upon completion of
installation and after units are water pressurized. Replace malfunctioning
fixtures and components, then retest. Repeat procedure until all units
operate properly.
3 06
ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Operate and adjust faucets and controls. Replace damaged and
malfunctioning fixtures, fittings. and controls.
B. Operate and adjust disposers, hot water dispensers, and controls.
Replace damaged and malfunctioning units and controls.
8
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15440
C. Adjust water pressure at drinking fountains, electric water coolers, and

faucets, shower valves, and flushometers having controls, to provide
proper flow and stream.
D. Replace washers of leaking and dripping faucets and stops.
E. Clean fixtures, fittings, and spout and drain strainers with manufacturers
recommended cleaning methods and materials.
F. Review the data in Operating and Maintenance Manuals.
3 07
PROTECTION
A. Provide protective covering for installed fixtures and fittings.
B. Do not allow use of fixtures for temporary facilities, except when approved
in writing by the Owner.
3 08
FIXTURE SCHEDULE
A. Provide plumbing fixtures in a scheduled data sheet. Each Data Sheet
begins with a new page.
9
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15445
Division (15) Mechanical Work

SECTION 15445 - SEWAGE PUMPS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 01
A.
1 02
B.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following sewage pumps and accessories for sanitary drainage piping
systems in buildings:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
C.
Related Sections include the following:

1.
2.
1 03
Wet-pit-mounted, vertical sewage pumps.

Submersible sewage pumps.
Sewage pump reverse-flow assemblies.
Sewage pump [basins] [basins and pits] [pits].
Packaged, submersible sewage pump units.
Packaged, wastewater pump units.
Division 2 Section "Packaged Pumping Stations" for applications in site-construction

sewage pumping.
Division 15 Section "Sump Pumps" for applications in storm-drainage systems.
SUBMITTALS
D.
Product Data: For each type and size of sewage pump specified. Include certified performance
curves with operating points plotted on curves; and rated capacities of selected models,
furnished specialties, and accessories.
E.
Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring.
F.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For each sewage pump to include in emergency, operation,
and maintenance manuals.
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
1 04
ODAC
Section 15445
QUALITY ASSURANCE
G.
Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of sewage
pumps and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division 1 Section "Product
Requirements."
H.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
1 05
I.
Retain shipping flange protective covers and protective coatings during storage.
J.
Protect bearings and couplings against damage.
K.
Comply with pump manufacturer's written rigging instructions for handling.
1 06
L.
COORDINATION
Coordinate size and location of concrete [bases] [bases and pits] [pits].
reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3.
Concrete,
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 01
A.
MANUFACTURERS
In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to
product selection:
1.
2.
2 02
B.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers

offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to,
manufacturers specified.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
WET-PIT-MOUNTED, VERTICAL SEWAGE PUMPS

[Available ]Manufacturers:
1.
2.
Alyan Pump Company.

Armstrong Pumps Inc.
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
C.
ODAC
Section 15445
Aurora Pump; Pentair Pump Group (The).

Chicago Pump Company; a division of Yeomans Chicago Corporation.
Deming Pumps; Crane Pumps & Systems.
Federal Pump Corp.
Paco Pumps, Inc.
Sterling Peerless; Sterling Fluid Systems Group.
Swaby Manufacturing Co.
Tramco Pump Company.
Vertiflo Pump Company.
Weil Pump Company, Inc.
Weinman Div.; Crane Pumps & Systems.
Yeomans Chicago Corporation.
<Insert manufacturer's name.>
Description: Factory-assembled and -tested, single-stage, centrifugal, end-suction sewage

pumps complying with UL 778. Vertical, separately coupled, suspended pumps complying
with HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3 for wet-pit-volute sewage pumps[ and with reverse-flow
assembly].
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Pump Arrangement: [Simplex] [Duplex] [Multiplex].

Casing: Cast iron, with open inlet and threaded connection for NPS 2 (DN 50) and
smaller and flanged connection for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger discharge piping.
Impeller:
[ASTM A 48/A 48M, Class No. 25 A or higher cast iron]
[ASTM A 532/A 532M, abrasion-resistant cast iron] [ASTM B 584, cast bronze];
statically and dynamically balanced, open or semiopen, nonclog design for solids
handling; overhung, single suction, and keyed and secured to shaft.
Pump Shaft and Sleeve Bearings: [Stainless-steel] [Stainless-steel or steel] [Steel] shaft
with bronze sleeve bearings. Include oil-lubricated, intermediate sleeve bearings at 48inch (1200-mm) maximum intervals if basin depth is more than 48 inches (1200 mm),
and grease-lubricated, ball-type thrust bearings.
Pump and Motor Shaft Coupling: Flexible, capable of absorbing torsional vibration and
shaft misalignment.
D.
Pump Discharge Piping: Manufacturer's standard galvanized-steel or bronze pipe.
E.
[Basin] [Pit] Cover: Cast iron or coated steel and strong enough to support pumps, motors, and
controls. See Part 2 "Sewage Pump [Basins] [Pits]" Article for requirements.
F.
Cover Shaft Seal: Stuffing box, with graphite-impregnated braided-yarn rings and bronze
packing gland.
G.
Motor: Single-speed; grease-lubricated ball bearings.

Division 15 Section "Motors."
1.
H.
Comply with requirements in
Mounting: On vertical, cast-iron pedestal.
Controls: NEMA 250, [Type 1] <Insert other> enclosure, pedestal-mounted float switches;
with floats, float rods, and rod buttons.[ Include automatic alternator to alternate operation
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15445
of pump units on successive cycles and to operate multiple units if one pump cannot
handle load.]
1.
2.
I.
Float Guide: Pipe or other restraint for floats and rods in basins of depth greater than 60
inches (1500 mm).
High-Water Alarm: Cover-mounted, [compression-probe] [mechanical-float-switch]
[mercury-float-switch] [micropressure-switch] alarm, with electric bell; 120-V ac,
with transformer and contacts for remote alarm bell.
Capacities and Characteristics:

1.
2.
3.
System Capacity: <Insert gpm (L/minute).>

Number of Pumps: [One] [Two] <Insert other>.
Each Pump:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
Capacity: <Insert gpm (L/minute).>

Solids Handling Capability: [2 inches (50 mm)] [2-1/2 inches (65 mm)] [3 inches
(75 mm)] <Insert inches (mm)> minimum.
Total Dynamic Head: <Insert feet (kPa).>
Speed: <Insert rpm.>
Discharge Pipe Size: <Insert NPS (DN).>
Motor Horsepower: <Insert value.>
Electrical Characteristics:
1)
2)
3)
h.
Unit Electrical Characteristics:

1)
2)
3)
4.
5.
2 03
J.
Volts: [120] [240] [277] [480] <Insert value>.

Phases: [Single] [Three].
Hertz: 60.
Full-Load Amperes: <Insert value.>

Minimum Circuit Ampacity: <Insert value.>
Maximum Overcurrent Protection: <Insert value.>
Alternator Control Required: [Yes] [No].

Reverse-Flow Assembly Required: [Yes] [No].
SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMPS

Submersible, Fixed-Position Effluent Pumps: Factory-assembled and -tested, [simplex]
[duplex] [multiplex], single-stage, centrifugal, end-suction, submersible, direct-connected
effluent pumps complying with UL 778 and with HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3 for submersible sewage
pumps.[ Include reverse-flow assembly.]
1.
a.
ABS Pumps, Inc.
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
s.
t.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Aermotor Pumps, Inc.

Barnes; Crane Pumps & Systems.
Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; ITT Industries.
Federal Pump Corp.
Flygt; ITT Industries.
Goulds Pumps; ITT Industries.
Grundfos Pumps Corp.
HOMA Pump Technology.
Hydromatic Pumps; Pentair Pump Group (The).
KSB Inc.
Liberty Pumps.
Little Giant Pump Co.
McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co.
Metropolitan Industries, Inc.
Myers, F. E.; Pentair Pump Group (The).
Stancor, Inc.
Sta-Rite Industries, Inc.
Zoeller Company.
Casing: Cast iron, with open inlet, legs that elevate pump to permit flow into impeller,
and vertical discharge with companion flange for piping connection.
Impeller:
statically and dynamically balanced, closed or semiopen design for clear wastewater;
overhung, single suction, and keyed and secured to shaft.
Pump and Motor Shaft: [Stainless steel] [Stainless steel or steel] [Steel], with factorysealed, grease-lubricated ball bearings[ and double mechanical seals].
Motor: Hermetically sealed, capacitor-start type; with built-in overload protection; lifting
eye or lug; and three-conductor, waterproof power cable of length required and with
grounding plug and cable-sealing assembly for connection at pump. Comply with
a.
b.
K.
ODAC
Section 15445
Moisture-Sensing Probe: Internal moisture sensor and moisture alarm.

Motor Housing Fluid: [Air] [Air or oil] [Oil].
Submersible, Quick-Disconnect Effluent Pumps: Factory-assembled and -tested, [simplex]

effluent pumps complying with UL 778 and with HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3 for submersible sewage
pumps and with SWPA's "Submersible Sewage Pumping Systems (SWPA) Handbook" for
guide-rail supports.[ Include reverse-flow assembly.]
1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
ABS Pumps, Inc.

5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
e.
f.
g.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Guide-Rail Supports: Include the following for each sewage pump:

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
L.

Casing: Cast iron, with open inlet, legs (or guide-rail supports) that elevate pump to
permit flow into impeller, and vertical discharge with companion flange for piping
connection.
Impeller:
statically and dynamically balanced, closed or semiopen design for clear wastewater;
overhung, single suction, and keyed and secured to shaft.
eye or lug; and three-conductor, waterproof, power cable of length required and with
a.
b.
6.
ODAC
Section 15445
Guide Rails: Vertical pipes or structural members, made of galvanized steel or

other corrosion-resistant metal, attached to baseplate and basin sidewall or cover.
Baseplate: Corrosion-resistant metal plate, attached to basin floor, supporting
guide-rail supports and stationary elbow.
Pump Yoke: Motor-mounted or casing-mounted yokes or other attachments for
aligning pump during connection of flanges.
Movable Elbow: Pump discharge-elbow fitting with flange, seal, and positioning
device.
Stationary Elbow: Fixed discharge-elbow fitting with flange that mates to
movable-elbow flange and support attached to baseplate.
Lifting Cable: Stainless steel; attached to pump and cover at manhole.
Submersible, Fixed-Position Sewage Pumps: Factory-assembled and -tested, [simplex]

sewage pumps complying with UL 778 and with HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3 for submersible sewage
pumps.[ Include reverse-flow assembly.]
1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
ABS Pumps, Inc.

EBARA International Corporation; Standard Pump Division.
Fairbanks Morse; Pentair Pump Group (The).
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
s.
t.
u.
v.
w.
x.
y.
z.
aa.
bb.
cc.
2.
3.
4.
5.

KSB Inc.
Liberty Pumps.
Paco Pumps, Inc.
Stancor, Inc.
Tsurumi (America), Inc.
USFilter/Davco Products.
Zoeller Company.
Casing: Cast iron, with open inlet, legs that elevate pump to permit flow into impeller,
and vertical discharge with companion flange for piping connection.
Impeller:
statically and dynamically balanced, open or semiopen, nonclog design and capable of
handling solids; overhung, single suction, and keyed and secured to shaft.
a.
b.
M.
ODAC
Section 15445

Submersible, Quick-Disconnect Sewage Pumps: Factory-assembled and -tested, [simplex]

sewage pumps complying with UL 778 and with HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3 for submersible sewage
guide-rail supports.[ Include reverse-flow assembly.]
1.
7
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
s.
t.
u.
v.
w.
x.
y.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Fairbanks Morse; Pentair Pump Group (The).
Federal Pump Corp.
Gorman-Rupp Company (The).
KSB Inc.
Paco Pumps, Inc.
PUMPEX, Inc.
Stancor, Inc.
Tsurumi (America), Inc.
USFilter/Davco Products.
Zoeller Company.
connection.
Impeller:
statically and dynamically balanced, open or semiopen, nonclog design and capable of
handling solids; overhung, single suction, and keyed and secured to shaft.
a.
b.
6.
ODAC
Section 15445


a.

8
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
N.
ODAC
Section 15445

guide rails and stationary elbow.
device.
Submersible, Quick-Disconnect Grinder Pumps: Factory-assembled and -tested, [simplex]

grinder pumps complying with UL 778 and with HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3 for submersible sewage
guide-rail supports.
1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Alyan Pump Company.

Environment One Corporation.
Liberty Pumps.
Stancor, Inc.
Vaughan Co., Inc.
Zoeller Company.
connection.
Impeller: Bronze or stainless steel; statically and dynamically balanced, with stainlesssteel cutter, grinder, or slicer assembly and capable of handling solids; overhung, single
suction, and keyed and secured to shaft.
a.
b.

9
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
6.
ODAC
Section 15445

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.

guide rails and stationary elbow.
device.
O.
Pump Discharge Piping: Factory or field fabricated, [ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40,
galvanized-steel pipe] [bronze pipe] [copper tube] <Insert other pipe material>.
P.
[Basin] [Pit] Cover: Cast iron or coated steel and suitable to support controls. See Part 2
"Sewage Pump [Basins] [Pits]" Article for other requirements.
Q.
Controls: NEMA 250, [Type 1] <Insert other> enclosure, pedestal-mounted float switch; with
floats, float rods, and rod buttons.
R.
floats, float rods, and rod buttons. Include automatic alternator to alternate operation of pump
units on successive cycles and to operate multiple units if one pump cannot handle load.
S.
Controls: NEMA 250, [Type 1] <Insert other> enclosure, pedestal mounted unless wall
mounting is indicated; with two [mechanical- or mercury-float or micropressure]
[mechanical-float] [mercury-float] [micropressure] switches in NEMA 250, Type 6
enclosures; mounting rod; and electric cables.
T.
mounting is indicated; with three [mechanical- or mercury-float or micropressure]
[mechanical-float] [mercury-float] [micropressure] switches in NEMA 250, Type 6
enclosures; mounting rod; and electric cables. Include automatic alternator to alternate
operation of pump units on successive cycles and to operate multiple units if one pump cannot
handle load.
1.
2.
3.
inches (1500 mm).
High-Water Alarm: Cover-mounted, compression-probe alarm, with electric bell; 120-V
ac, with transformer and contacts for remote alarm bell.
High-Water Alarm: Rod-mounted, NEMA 250, Type 6 enclosure with [mechanical- or
mercury-float
or
micropressure]
[mechanical-float]
[mercury-float]
[micropressure]-switch alarm matching control and electric bell; 120-V ac, with
transformer and contacts for remote alarm bell.
10
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
U.

1.
2.
3.

Each Pump:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.

Solids Handling Capability: [Not applicable] [2 inches (50 mm)] [2-1/2 inches
(65 mm)] [3 inches (75 mm)] <Insert inches (mm)> minimum.
1)
2)
3)
h.
4.
5.
V.


Guide-Rail Supports Required: [Yes] [No].
SEWAGE PUMP REVERSE-FLOW ASSEMBLIES

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
W.

Hertz: 60.

1)
2)
3)
2 04
ODAC
Section 15445

Federal Pump Corp.
Paco Pumps, Inc.
Description: Factory-fabricated, sewage pump reverse-flow assembly for factory or field

assembly and installation in sewage pump [basin] [basin or pit] [pit]. Include the following
corrosion-resistant-metal components:
1.
2.
3.
Inlet Fitting: One combination inlet-overflow strainer fitting.

Valves: Two shutoff valves and two check valves.
Strainers: Two strainer housings with reverse-flow, self-flushing strainers.
11
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
4.
2 05
ODAC
Section 15445
Pipe and Fittings: Size and configuration required to connect to sewage pumps and
piping.
SEWAGE PUMP BASINS
X.
Description: Factory fabricated basin with sump, pipe connections, and separate cover.
Y.
Sump: Fabricate watertight, with sidewall openings for pipe connections.

1.
2.
3.
Z.
Material: [Cast iron] [Cast iron or fiberglass] [Fiberglass] <Insert other>.

Reinforcement: Mounting plates for pumps, fittings[, guide-rail supports,] and
accessories.
Anchor Flange: Same material as or compatible with sump, cast in or attached to sump,
in location and of size required to anchor basin in concrete slab.
Cover: Fabricate with openings having gaskets, seals, and bushings; for access to pumps, pump
shafts, control rods, discharge piping, vent connections, and power cables.
1.
2.
Material: [Cast iron] [Cast iron or steel with bituminous coating] [Steel with
bituminous coating].
Reinforcement: Steel or cast iron, capable of supporting foot traffic for basins installed
in foot-traffic areas.
AA. Capacities and Characteristics:

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Material: [Cast iron] [Fiberglass] <Insert other>.

Capacity: <Insert gal (L).>
Diameter: <Insert inches (mm).>
Depth: <Insert inches (mm).>
Inlet No. 1:
a.
b.
c.
6.
Inlet No. 2:
a.
b.
c.
7.
Drainage Pipe Size: <Insert NPS (DN).>

Bottom of Sump to Centerline: <Insert inches (mm).>
Type: [Flanged] [Hubbed] [Threaded] outside.

Inlet No. 3:
a.
b.
c.

12
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
8.
Sidewall Outlet:
a.
b.
c.
9.

Type: [Hubbed inside] [Hubbed outside] <Insert other>.
Cover:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2 06
ODAC
Section 15445
Manhole Required: [Yes] [No].
Vent Size: <Insert NPS (DN).>
SEWAGE PUMP PITS
BB.
Description: Concrete pit with sump, pipe connections, curb frame, and separate cover.
CC.
Sump: Construct of watertight, cast-in-place, reinforced concrete with sidewall openings for
pipe connections. Cast-in-place concrete, formwork, and reinforcement are specified in
Division 3 "[Cast-in-Place Concrete] [Cast-in-Place Concrete (Limited Applications)]."
1.
Pipe Connections: Sleeved openings large enough for mechanical sleeve seals for
drainage piping. Sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals are specified in Division 15
Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" and drainage piping is specified in
Division 15 Section "Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping."
DD. Curb Frame and Cover:

1.
Curb Frame Material: Galvanized steel or steel with bituminous coating.

a.
2.
Cover: Fabricate with openings having gaskets, seals, and bushings; for access to pumps,
pump shafts, control rods, discharge piping, vent connections, and power cables.
a.
b.
EE.
Pattern: [Angle-cross-section shape with flat top surface] [Z-cross-section

shape with raised outer rim of height matching cover, for recessed mounting
with installed cover flush with top of floor slab].
Reinforcement: Steel or cast iron, capable of supporting foot traffic for basins
installed in foot-traffic areas.

1.
2.

Inside Dimensions: <Insert inches (mm).>
13
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
3.
4.

Inlet No. 1:
a.
b.
5.
b.
c.
d.
FF.
Material: [Galvanized steel] [Steel with bituminous coating].

Pattern: <Insert pattern.>
Cover:
a.
2 07
Forced-Main Pipe Size: <Insert NPS (DN).>

Bottom of Pit to Centerline: <Insert inches (mm).>
Curb Frame:
a.
b.
9.

Sidewall Outlet:
a.
b.
8.

Inlet No. 3:
a.
b.
7.

Inlet No. 2:
a.
b.
6.
ODAC
Section 15445
Dimensions: <Insert inches (mm).>
PACKAGED, SUBMERSIBLE SEWAGE PUMP UNITS

Grinder Units: Factory-assembled and -tested, [simplex] [duplex], single-stage, centrifugal,
end-suction, automatic-operation, direct-connected sewage pumps complying with UL 778 and
HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3 for submersible, grinder sewage pumps.
1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
ABS Pumps, Inc.

Environment One Corporation.
Liberty Pumps.
14
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
f.
g.
h.
i.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
ODAC
Section 15445

Zoeller Company.
Casing: Cast iron.

Impeller: Stainless-steel grinder type with shredding ring.
Motor: Hermetically sealed, capacitor-start type; with built-in overload protection; and
three-conductor, waterproof power cable of length required and with grounding plug and
cable-sealing assembly for connection at pump. Comply with requirements in
Control: Manufacturer's standard panel for one pump.
Controls: Automatic, with mechanical- or mercury-float switches and alternator.
Pump Discharge Piping:
Factory- or field-fabricated, [ASTM A 53/A 53M,
Schedule 40, galvanized-steel pipe] [bronze pipe] [copper tube] <Insert other pipe
material>.
Basin: Watertight and of size for [one pump] [two pumps] with inlet pipe connection
and gastight cover with vent and pump discharge connections.
GG. Nonclog Units: Factory-assembled and -tested, [simplex] [duplex], single-stage, centrifugal,
end-suction, automatic-operation, direct-connected sewage pumps complying with UL 778 and
with HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3 for submersible, nonclog sewage pumps.
1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Liberty Pumps.
Paco Pumps, Inc.
Zoeller Company.
Casing: Cast iron.

Impeller: Brass; statically and dynamically balanced, nonclog design, and capable of
handling 2-inch- (50-mm-) diameter solids.
Motor: Hermetically sealed, capacitor-start type; with built-in overload protection; and
three-conductor, waterproof power cable of length required and with grounding plug and
cable-sealing assembly for connection at pump. Comply with requirements in
Control: Manufacturer's standard panel for one pump.
Controls: Automatic, with mechanical- or mercury-float switches and alternator.
15
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
7.
8.
ODAC
Section 15445
Pump Discharge Piping:

Factory- or field-fabricated, [ASTM A 53/A 53M,
Schedule 40, galvanized-steel pipe] [bronze pipe] [copper tube] <Insert other pipe
material>.
Basin: Watertight and of size for [one pump] [two pumps] with inlet pipe connection
and gastight cover with vent and pump discharge connections.
HH. Capacities and Characteristics:

1.
2.
3.

Number of Pumps: [One] [Two].
Each Pump:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.

Motor Horsepower: <Insert value>.
1)
2)
3)
g.

1)
2)
3)
4.
5.
2 08
II.
Volts: [120] [240] [277] [480] <Insert value>

Hertz: 60.


Basin: Watertight[ plastic] and size for [one pump] [two pumps].
PACKAGED, WASTEWATER PUMP UNITS

Pedestal Units:
Factory-assembled and -tested, single-stage, centrifugal, end-suction,
automatic-operation, basin-mounted effluent pump unit.
1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
2.
3.
Alyan Pump Company.

Federal Pump Corp.
Milton Roy Company; Hartell Div.
Pump Body and Impeller: Corrosion-resistant materials.

Motor: With built-in overload protection and mounted vertically on basin cover.
Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Motors."
16
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
4.
5.
6.
Power Cord: Three-conductor, waterproof cable of length required but not less than 72
inches (1830 mm) and with grounding plug and cable-sealing assembly for connection at
pump.
Control: Float switch.
Basin: Watertight coated steel or plastic with inlet pipe connection and gastight cover
with vent and pump discharge connections.
a.
b.
c.
JJ.
ODAC
Section 15445
Capacity: [2 gal (7.6 L)] [5 gal (18.9 L)] <Insert other> minimum.
Inlet Connection: [NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40)] <Insert other> minimum.
Vent Connection: [NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40)] <Insert other> minimum.
Submersible Units: Factory-assembled and -tested, single-stage, centrifugal, end-suction,

automatic-operation, submersible effluent pump unit.
1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
ABS Pumps, Inc.

Liberty Pumps.
Zoeller Company.
Pump Body and Impeller: Corrosion-resistant materials.

Pump Seals: Mechanical type.
Motor: Hermetically sealed, capacitor-start type, with built-in overload protection.
inches (1830 mm) and with grounding plug and cable-sealing assembly for connection at
pump.
Basin: Watertight plastic with inlet pipe connection and gastight cover with vent and
pump discharge connections.
a.
b.
c.
Vent Connection: [NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40)] <Insert other> minimum.
KK. Capacities and Characteristics:

1.
2.
3.

17
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
4.
5.
6.

Motor Horsepower: <Insert value>.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
7.
LL.
Volts: [120] [240] <Insert value>.

Hertz: 60.
Basin:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2 09
ODAC
Section 15445
Material: [Coated steel] [Coated steel or plastic] [Plastic].

Discharge Connection: [NPS 1-1/4 (DN 32)] <Insert other> minimum.
Vent Connections: [NPS 1-1/2 (DN 40)] <Insert other> minimum.
FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Anamet, Inc.
Flex-Hose Co., Inc.
Flexicraft Industries.
Flex-Pression, Ltd.
Flex-Weld, Inc.
Hyspan Precision Products, Inc.
Mercer Rubber.
Metraflex, Inc.
Proco Products, Inc.
Tozen America Corporation.
Unaflex Inc.
MM. Description: [125-psig (860-kPa)] <Insert other> minimum working-pressure rating and ends
matching pump connections:
1.
2.
Bronze Flexible Connectors: Corrugated, bronze inner tubing covered with bronze wire
braid. Include copper-tube ends or bronze flanged ends, braze-welded to tubing.
Stainless-Steel Flexible Connectors: Corrugated, stainless-steel inner tubing covered
with stainless-steel wire braid. Include stainless-steel nipples or flanges, welded to
tubing.
18
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 10
ODAC
Section 15445
BUILDING AUTOMATION SYSTEM INTERFACE
NN. Provide auxiliary contacts in pump controllers for interface to building automation system.
Include the following:
1.
2.
On-off status of each pump.

Alarm status.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 01 EXAMINATION
A.
3 02
B.
Examine roughing-in for plumbing piping to verify actual locations of sanitary drainage and
vent piping connections before sewage pump installation.
CONCRETE
Install concrete bases of dimensions indicated for pumps and controllers. Refer to Division 15
Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods."
1.
2.
3.
4.
C.
3 03
Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise indicated,
install dowel rods on 18-inch (450-mm) centers around full perimeter of base.
For supported equipment, install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete
base and anchor into structural concrete floor.
Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams,
instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.
Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment.
Cast-in-place concrete materials and placement requirements are specified in Division 3.
INSTALLATION
D.
Excavating, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork."
E.
Install sewage pumps according to applicable requirements in HI 1.4.
F.
Install pumps and arrange to provide access for maintenance including removal of motors,
impellers, couplings, and accessories.
G.
Suspend wet-pit-mounted, vertical sewage pumps from [basin] [basin and pit] [pit] covers.
Make direct connections to sanitary drainage piping.
19
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
H.
ODAC
Section 15445
Set submersible sewage pumps on [basin] [basin and pit] [pit] floors.
connections to sanitary drainage piping.
1.
Make direct
Anchor guide-rail supports to [basin] [basin and pit] [pit] bottoms and sidewalls or
covers. Install pumps so pump and discharge pipe disconnecting flanges make positive
seals when pumps are lowered into place.
I.
Install sewage pump basins and connect to drainage and vent piping. Brace interior of basins
according to manufacturer's written instructions to prevent distortion or collapse during concrete
placement. Set basin cover and fasten to basin top flange. Install cover so top surface is flush
with finished floor.
J.
Construct sewage pump pits and connect to drainage and vent piping. Set pit curb frame
recessed in and anchored to concrete. Fasten pit cover to pit curb flange. Install cover so top
surface is flush with finished floor.
K.
Install packaged, submersible sewage pump units and make direct connections to drainage and
vent piping.
L.
Install packaged, wastewater pump unit basins on floor or concrete base unless recessed
installation is indicated. Make direct connections to drainage and vent piping.
M.
Support piping so weight of piping is not supported by pumps.
3 04
CONNECTIONS
N.
Piping installation requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Drainage and Vent
Piping." Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
O.
Install piping adjacent to sewage pumps to allow service and maintenance.
P.
Connect sanitary drainage and vent piping to pumps. Install discharge piping equal to or greater
than size of pump discharge piping. Install vent piping equal to or greater than size of pump
basin vent connection. Refer to Division 15 Section "Sanitary Drainage and Vent Piping."
1.
2.
Install flexible connectors adjacent to pumps in discharge piping.

Install check and shutoff valves on discharge piping from each pump. Install unions on
pumps having threaded pipe connections. Install valves same size as connected piping.
Refer to Division 15 Section "Valves" for general-duty valves for sanitary waste piping.
Q.
Ground equipment according to Division 16 Section "Grounding and Bonding."
R.
Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."
20
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
3 05
S.
STARTUP SERVICE
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
T.
ODAC
Section 15445
Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions.

Verify bearing lubrication.
Disconnect couplings and check motors for proper direction of rotation.
Verify that each pump is free to rotate by hand. If pump is bound or drags, do not
operate until cause of trouble is determined and corrected.
Verify that pump controls are correct for required application.
<Insert additional startup steps if any.>
Start pumps without exceeding safe motor power:

1.
2.
3.
Start motors.
Open discharge valves slowly.
Check general mechanical operation of pumps and motors.
U.
Test and adjust controls and safeties.
V.
Remove and replace damaged and malfunctioning components.

1.
2.
W.
3 06
X.
Pump Controls: Set pump controls for automatic start, stop, and alarm operation as
required for system application.
Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges as indicated, or if not
indicated, for normal operation.
Occupancy Adjustments: When requested within 12 months of date of Substantial Completion,

provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to
two visits to Project outside normal occupancy hours for this purpose.
DEMONSTRATION
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to
adjust, operate, and maintain[ controls and] pumps. Refer to Division 1 Section "[Closeout
Procedures] [Demonstration and Training]."
END OF SECTION 15445
21
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15010

Section 15010 Basic Requirements For Plumbing
And Fire Fighting Works
Part 1: General
1 01
Related Documents
A.
1 02
SUMMARY
A.
1 03
Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General ...and

Supplementary Conditions and Project General Requirements of the
Specification Sections, apply to this and the other sections.
This Section specifies the basic requirements for mechanical

installations and includes requirements common to more than one
section. It expands and supplements the requirements specified in the
specification sections.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A.
Manufacturers Recommendations: Where installation procedures or

any part thereof are required to be in accordance with the
recommendations of the manufacturer of the material being installed, or
as requested by the Engineer, printed copies of these
recommendations shall be furnished to the Engineer prior to
installation. Installation of the item will not be allowed to proceed until
the recommendations are received. Failure to furnish these
recommendations can be cause for rejection of the material
B.
Multiple Units: When two or more units of materials or equipment of the

same type or class are required, these units shall be products of one
manufacturer.
C.
Factory testing for locally manufactured/assembled equipment is to

comply with the relevant standards recommendations and to be
witnessed by the Engineer.
D.
Factory testing for equipment obtained from abroad is to be witnessed

by the Engineer. Factory testing shall be for at least the number of
equiment indicated below. The units that will be tested shall be
selected by the Engineer. Witness test is to comply with the relevant
standards recommendations. Submit report including all testing items,
testing procedures and relevant standards. The following equipment
shall be tested at factory:
-
1 04
Sanitary fixtures
Pipes and Fittings
Fire fighting pumps.
Electric water heaters.
Valves
STANDARD SPECIFICATIONS
A.
In addition to the requirements shown or specified, comply with the

1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15010
latest current applicable standards, specifications or codes published by

the following organizations:
NFPA
ASME
NPC
UPC
ASPE
ANSI
AWS
AWWA
ASTM
1 05
National Fire Protection Association

American Society of Mechanical Engineering
National Plumbing Code
Uniform Plumbing code
American Society of Plumbing Engineers.
American Society for Testing and Materials.
American Welding Society.
American Water Works Association.
American National Standards Institute.
ENGINEERS DRAWINGS
A.
Engineers Drawings are diagrammatic and are not to be scaled.

Measurements are to be made from established bench mark.
B.
Engineers Drawings are to serve as working drawings for Contractors

shop drawings. Since the layout of equipment, accessories, specialties,
piping systems are diagrammatic, they do not necessarily indicate every
required valve, fitting, trap, transition, controls, vessel tanks, or similar
items required for a complete installation. Provide such items as are
required for proper and complete installation of the work.
C.
No portion of the work requiring a shop drawing or sample

submission is to be commenced until submission has reviewed
by the Engineer. All such portions of the work are to be in
accordance with reviewed shop drawings and samples.
Check all Architectural, Structural, Electrical and HVAC drawings in
laying out work to verify adequacy of space in which work is to be
installed. Notify the Engineer where space appears inadequate.
D.
1 06
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
SHOP DRAWINGS
A. Two months prior to commencement of work, submit to the Engineer
for review and approval, detailed, dimensioned shop drawings.
B. Shop drawings are to be new drawings prepared by the Contractor
and are not to be reproductions or tracings of the Engineers
Drawings.
C. In preparing shop drawings, establish lines and levels for the work
specified and check the drawings to avoid interference with structural
features and other works.
D. Shop drawings are to show to-scale dimensions of equipment, pipes,
fittings, controls, hangers, accessories, etc. in plan and elevation
with clearances and relation to space assigned.
E. Immediately call to the attention of the Engineer, if any,
interferences and contradiction between tender documents and/or
space limitations for clarification in writing during tender stage and
construction phases.
F. Shop drawings are to include floor layouts drawn to a minimum scale
of 1/100 with Mechanical Room shafts and Toilet detail layouts to a
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15010
minimum scale of 1/50, showing all equipment and piping to be

installed. For critical areas, provide section drawings to a minimum
scale of 1/50.
1 07
COORDINATION DRAWINGS
A.
B.
Shop drawings are to include a set of composite coordination

drawings, in plan and sections, showing major elements,
components, and systems of mechanical equipment and materials
in relationship with other systems, installations, and other building
components. Drawings to be to an accurate scale of 1/50 or larger.
Prepare floor plans, elevations, sections, and details to
conclusively coordinate and integrate all installations. Show space
requirements for installation and access. Indicate locations where
space is limited, and where sequencing and coordination of
installations are of importance to the efficient flow of the Work,
including, but not necessarily limited to, the following:
- Proposed locations of piping, equipment, and materials, include the
following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
-
1 08
Planned piping layout, including valve and specialty

locations and valve stem movement.
Clearances for installing and maintaining insulation.
Clearances for servicing and maintaining equipment,
including space for equipment disassembly required
for periodic maintenance.
Equipment service connections and support details.
Exterior wall and foundation penetrations.
Fire-rated wall and floor penetrations.
Sizes and location of required concrete pads and
bases.
Sizes and locations of access panels and doors.
Scheduling, sequencing, movement, and positioning of large

equipment into the building during construction.
Floor plans, elevations, and details to indicate penetrations in floors,
walls, and ceilings and their relationship to other penetrations and
installations.
Reflected ceiling plans to coordinate and integrate installations, air
outlets and inlets, light fixtures, communication systems
components, and other ceiling-mounted items.
RECORD DOCUMENTS
A.
Prepare record documents and marked-up drawings to indicate

revisions made during the progress of the Work. Indicate the following
installed conditions:
-
Mains and branches of piping systems, with valves and control

devices located and numbered, concealed unions located, and with
items requiring maintenance located (i.e., traps, strainers, expansion
joints, tanks, etc.). Valve location diagrams, complete with valve tag
chart, refer to section, Mechanical Identification. Indicate actual
inverts and horizontal locations of underground piping.
Equipment locations (exposed and concealed), dimensioned from
prominent building lines.
Approved substitutions, Contract modifications, and actual
equipment and materials installed.
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
B.
1 09
ODAC
Section 15010
Mark Specifications to indicate accepted substitutions; Change Orders;

actual equipment and materials installed.
MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Prepare maintenance manuals including the following information for
equipment items:
-
1 10
Brief description of each system and piece of equipment with basic

operating features. Include descriptive literature of equipment and
components with manufacturers name, model number, and capacity
rating. Include description of function, normal operating
characteristics and limitations, performance curves, engineering data
and tests, and complete nomenclature and commercial numbers of
replacement parts.
Manufacturers printed operating procedures to include start-up,
break-in, and routine and normal operating instructions; regulation,
control, stopping, shutdown, and emergency instructions; and
summer and winter operating instructions.
Maintenance procedures for routine preventative maintenance and
troubleshooting, disassembly, repair, and reassembly; aligning and
adjusting instructions.
Servicing requirements and instructions.
Manufacturers list of general spare parts for every piece of
equipment, with unit prices.
Manufacturers list of recommended spare parts for one year of
operation for every piece of equipment, with unit prices.
Detailed and simplified one line, color, coded flow diagram of each
system with tag number, location and function of each valve and
instrument.
Detailed and simplified color coded as-installed wiring diagrams of
motor controllers and automatic controls with tag number, location of
each instrument and electrical device with description of sequence of
operation and interlocks.
B.
Provide six copies of the operation and maintenance instruction manuals

for the different mechanical systems, in bound booklet form.
C.
Submit in draft form for review and approval prior to final issue and at
least four weeks in advance of completion date of the system.
SUBMITTALS
A.
General: Follow the procedures of SUBMITTALS specified in the

contract conditions and the project general requirements.
B.
Equipment and Materials Lists: Approximately 30 days after award of

Contract, submit lists of equipment and materials, with names of
proposed manufacturers and drawings of interrelated items. All
submissions are to show submission dates.
C.
Samples: Submit to the Engineer for approval samples of materials as

requested. Samples of workmanship are also to be performed as
required by the Engineer.
D.
Manufacturers Literature: Submit manufacturers descriptive literature,

data sheets, and shop and installation drawings of equipment and
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15010
materials, showing type, arrangement, component parts, installation

dimensions, operating clearances, weights, materials, construction,
and performance information. The performance is to include
capacities, rpm, bhp, pressure drop, design and operating pressure,
temperatures, and similar data. Complete electrical data and
characteristics, including power conditions, power requirements,
motor, drive, testing information, and identifying types and numbers,
are to be included. Where pertinent electrical diagrams are to be
provided.
1 11
E.
Submit manufacturers certified drawings, templates and installation

instructions for all equipment showing operating weights, weight
distribution, location of vibration isolation mounts, size and location of
anchor bolts, drainage and other openings, and other pertinent data to
assist in design of bases and supports.
F.
Mark clearly in ink catalogues, pamphlets and manufacturers

drawings for proper identification of item proposed and indicate, with
reasons, deviations from the Specification and the Drawings.
G.
Submit for approval in letters form materials not covered by drawings

e.g. pipes, fittings and incidentals giving ratings and names of
manufacturers.
H.
No equipment or materials are to be purchased or delivered to Site

until the required submittals have been approved.
I.
Submit a listing of spare parts for all mechanical equipment, as

recommended by the manufacturer, for keeping in stock, including
sources of supply. Spare parts list shall be for two years and to be
submitted with the bid documents.
J.
During the progress of the work, submit shop drawings, to 1/20 or 1/10
scale, as required by the Engineer and as specified.
SUBSTITUTION OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS

A. Reference to equipment or material by name, make or catalogue
number and lists of approved manufacturers are to be interpreted as
establishing a standard of quality and performance and are not
intended to eliminate equivalent products of other manufacturers.
B. Equipment Selection: Equipment of greater or larger power,
dimensions, capacities, and ratings may be furnished provided such
proposed equipment is approved in writing and connecting mechanical
and electrical services, circuit breakers, conduit, motors, bases, and
equipment spaces are increased. No additional costs will be approved
for these increases, if larger equipment is approved. If minimum
energy ratings or efficiencies of the equipment are specified, the
equipment must meet the design requirements and commissioning
requirements.
1 12
EQUIPMENT NAME PLATES

Each piece of equipment is to have a conspicuous certified name
plate, permanently attached at factory, printed or stamped with
name of manufacturer, product name, model number, serial
number, date of manufacture, capacity, operating and power
characteristics, performance rating or duty, pressure, temperature
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15010
or other limitations, labels of tested compliance, and similar

essential data. Nameplates are to be in an accessible location.
1 13
1 14
SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING

A.
Coordinate mechanical equipment installation with other building

components and trades.
B.
Arrange for slots and openings in building structure during progress of

construction to allow for mechanical installations.
C.
Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and set

sleeves in poured-in-place concrete and other structural components
as they are constructed.
D.
Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical

materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Coordinate
installation of large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing in
the building.
E.
Coordinate connection of electrical services.
F.
Coordinate connection of mechanical systems with exterior

underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with
requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies,
and controlling agencies.
G.
Coordinate requirements for access panels and doors where

mechanical items requiring access are concealed behind finished
surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in General
Requirements Section Access Doors.
H.
Coordinate installation of identifying devices after completing covering

and painting where devices are applied to surfaces. Install identifying
devices prior to installing acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.
COORDINATION WITH OTHER TRADES

A. Cooperate with other trades to permit their work to be installed
satisfactorily and with minimum interference or delay.
1 15
B.
Coordinate space requirements with other trades, where work will be

installed in close proximity to and may interfere with work of other
trades. Coordinate space requirements in shafts, double partitions and
hung ceilings.
C.
Furnish to other trades templates, patterns, setting out plans and shop
details necessary for proper installation and coordination of adjacent
work.
WARRANTIES
A.
All work is to be guaranteed for a period of one year dated from the
final acceptance of the work by the Owner unless specific components
have longer warranty periods.
B.
Repairs or replacements made under the guarantee shall bear an

additional of one year guarantee dated from the final acceptance of the
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15010
repair or replacement.
C.
Provide complete warranty information for each item to include product

or equipment; date of beginning of warranty or bond; duration of
warranty or bond; and names, addresses, and telephone numbers and
procedures for filing a claim and obtaining warranty services
D.
The guarantee is to cover perfect mechanical operation of systems,

acceptable noise and vibration levels, reasonable consumption of
power, fuel and water.
E.
If during the guarantee period any equipment or material proves

defective or any part of a system fails to function properly, equipment is
to be replaced and defects and malfunctions corrected as directed by
the Engineer.
F.
If during the guarantee period any piece of equipment is replaced or

rebuilt,-the guarantee period for this equipment is to be extended for a
new period equal to the original guarantee period.
G.
During the guarantee period, provide necessary skills and labor to

assure proper operation and to provide regular and preventive
maintenance for equipment and controls, on a continuous 24 hour
basis.
H.
Act promptly to correct problems arising in operation of equipment or

system.
I.
J.
Provide Owner with monthly inspection certificates of equipment,

record findings on a checklist and certify that each piece of equipment
has been examined, is operating as intended and has been maintained
as by manufacture.
Spare parts for normal wear and tear during guarantee period are to be
provided by Contractor.
Part 2: Product
(Not Applicable)
Part3: Execution
3 01 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver products to the project properly identified with names, model
numbers, types, grades, compliance labels, and other information needed
for identification.
B.
In addition to the specific requirements for delivery, storage, and

handling of materials and equipment specified in the respective
sections, the following are general requirements that must be adhered
to:
- Deliver and store materials and equipment in manufacturers original
7
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
3 02
ODAC
Section 15010
packing, shipping containers, crating, shipping skids, etc. Avoid

crushing or bending containers.
Handle materials and equipment carefully to prevent damage,
breakage, denting or scoring.
Project stored materials and equipment from the weather, dirt,
fumes, water, construction debris, and physical damage from
construction traffic.
When possible, store inside, under cover, and in a clean dry place.
When not stored in original containers, separate and cover with
clean dust proof sheet or polythene.
Where necessary by manufacturers requirements, store materials
and/or equipment at recommended temperatures and humilities to
prevent damage.
Where it is only possible to store outside, elevate above grade, and
enclose with durable, water proof wrapping.
Do not stack containers or store in such manner that may cause
damage.
Store equipment on level surface to prevent twisting.
Prevent contact with cement or lime.
Do not pack in straw unless delivered in this manner from
manufacturer
Comply with manufacturers rigging and installation instructions for
unloading and moving to final Location.
Do not install damaged materials or equipment, remove from Site
and replace with new.
ROUGH-IN
A. Verify final locations for rough-ins with field measurements and with the
requirements of the actual equipment to be connected.
B.
3 03
Refer to equipment specifications in other Specification Section for roughin requirements.
MECHANICAL INSTALLATIONS
A. Coordinate mechanical equipment and materials installation with other
building components, and other trades.
B. Verify all dimensions by field measurements.
C.
Arrange for and provide templates or detailed dimensions for slots, and
openings in the floors, walls, partitions, and other building components,
to allow for mechanical installations.
D.
Coordinate the installation of required supporting devices and sleeves to

be set in poured-in-place concrete and other structural components, as
they are constructed. Provide supplemental steel required for
supporting or hanging of mechanical equipment.
E.
Sequence, coordinate, and integrate installations of mechanical

materials and equipment for efficient flow of the Work. Give particular
attention to large equipment requiring positioning prior to closing-in the
building.
F.
Coordinate the cutting and patching of building components to

accommodate the installation of mechanical equipment and materials.
8
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
3 04
ODAC
Section 15010
G.
Where mounting heights are not detailed or dimensioned, install

mechanical services and overhead equipment to provide the maximum
headroom possible.
H.
Install mechanical equipment to facilitate servicing, maintenance and

repair or replacement of equipment components. Connect equipment
for ease of disconnecting, using unions or flange connections, with
minimum of interference with other installations. Extend grease fittings
to an accessible location.
I.
Coordinate the installation of mechanical materials and equipment

above ceilings with suspension system, light fixtures, and other
installations.
J.
Coordinate connection of mechanical systems with exterior

underground and overhead utilities and services. Comply with
requirements of governing regulations, franchised service companies,
and controlling agencies. Provide required connection for each service.
K.
Install systems, materials, and equipment to conform with approved

submittal data, including coordination drawings, to greatest extent
possible. Conform to arrangements indicated by the Contract
Documents, recognizing that portions of the Work are shown only in
diagrammatic form. Where coordination requirements conflict with
individual system requirements, refer conflict to the Engineer.
L.
Install systems, materials, and equipment level and plumb, parallel and
perpendicular to other building systems and components, where
installed exposed in finished spaces. except where otherwise indicated.
M.
Arrange for and provide templates or detailed dimensions for the

installation of access panels or doors where work is concealed behind
finished surfaces. Access panels and doors are specified in identify
access doors to indicate location of concealed work.
N.
Install systems, materials, and equipment giving right-of-way priority to

piping systems required has to be installed at a specified slope.
O.
Provide all electrical field wiring between components of packaged

equipment shipped loose in accordance with the requirements of
related section.
CUTTING AND PATCHING

A.
Protection of Installed Work: During cutting and patching operations,

protect adjacent installations.
B.
Perform cutting, fitting, and patching of mechanical equipment and

materials required to:
- Uncover Work to provide for installation of ill-timed Work.
- Remove and replace defective Work.
- Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of the
Contract Documents.
- Remove samples of installed Work as specified for testing.
- Install equipment and materials in existing structures.
- Upon written instructions from the Engineer, uncover and restore
Work to provide for Engineer observation of concealed Work.
C.
Cut, remove and legally dispose of selected mechanical equipment,

components, and materials as indicated, including but not limited to
9
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15010
removal of mechanical piping, heating units, plumbing fixtures and trim,

and other mechanical items made obsolete by the new Work.
D.
Protect the structure, furnishings, finishes, and adjacent materials not

indicated or scheduled to be removed.
E.
Provide and maintain temporary partitions or dust barriers adequate to

prevent the spread of dust and dirt to adjacent areas.
F.
Patch existing finished surfaces and building components using new

materials matching existing materials and experienced Installers.
Installers qualifications refer to the materials and methods required
for the surface and building components being patched.
G.
Patch finished surfaces and building components using new materials

specified for the original installation and experienced Installers.
Installers qualifications refer to the materials and methods required
for the surface and building components being patched.
H.
Cut, , walls, partitions, ceilings, and other surfaces necessary for

mechanical installations. Perform cutting by skilled mechanics of the
trades involved.
I.
3 05
Repair cut surfaces to match adjacent surfaces.
INSERTS AND SLEEVES

A. Refer to Section PIPES AND PIPE FITT1NGS for the installation of pipe
sleeves.
B. Inserts in concrete for supports are to be as specified in section.
C. Lay out the work in accordance with approved shop drawings. Furnish
and set in place, in advance of placing of slabs or construction of walls,
all inserts and sleeves necessary complete the Work.
D. Pipe Sleeves: Unless otherwise indicated, pipe is to be of:
-
3 06
General floor is to be standard weight galvanized steel i.e with

bottom end flush with surface, calked with glass wool and sealed at
top and bottom with butyl mastic. Top end is to extend 25 mm above
floor level in mechanical rooms. Top end of sleeves is to be flush
with finished floor surface in finished rooms.
Sleeves in Foundation Walls: Cast iron fabricated sleeves, flush
inside and outside, calked water tight.
Sleeves in Concrete Walls: Standard weight galvanized steel pipe,
flush with wall surface at both ends, calked with glass wool and
sealed at both faces with butyl mastic.
Sleeves in Interior Partitions and Ceilings: 20 gauge galvanized steel
with lock joints.
Sleeves for uninsulated piping are to be approximately 20 mm
larger than pipe passing through. Sleeves for insulated piping are to
be large enough to accommodate the full thickness of the pipe
covering with clearance for expansion and contraction.
Fire Rated Wall or Floor Sleeves - Galvanized Pipe: Annular space
between pipe and sleeve in the fire rated wall or the fire rated floor is
to be packed with fire rated silicone foam.
EQUIPMENT BASES AND SUPPORTS

10
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15010
A. All floor mounted equipment and apparatus are to be provided with

necessary concrete pedestals, bases, pads, curbs and anchor blocks as
shown or required. Provide anchor bolts, slab inserts, supports, cradles,
saddles, hangers and sleeves as may be required or necessary for
proper support or attachment to the building structure for all piping,
conduit, equipment and apparatus.
B. Concrete pads are to be 100 mm high unless otherwise indicated, with
steel reinforcing and necessary bolts, anchors, etc. Where concrete pad
is set directly on concrete floor, provide dowels in floor to tie base to
floor. Coordinate size, locations, anchor bolts, etc.
C. Construct concrete equipment bases of dimensions indicated, but not
less than 100 mm larger than supported unit in both directions. Follow
supported equipment manufacturers setting templates for anchor bolt
and tie locations.
3 06 01
Erection Of Metal Supports And Anchorage

A. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location,
alignment, and elevation to support and anchor mechanical materials
and equipment.
B. Field Welding: Comply with AWS Dl.l Structural Welding Code
Steel.
3 06 02
Grouting
A. Use nonshrink, non-metallic grout to ASTM C 1107, Grade B
specifications
- Characteristics: Post-hardening volume adjusting, dry, hydrauliccement grout, non -staining, non -corrosive, non gaseous, and
recommended for interior and exterior applications.
- Design Mix: 34.50MPa, 28-day compressive strength.
- Packaging: Premixed and factory-packaged.
B. Install nonmetallic non -shrink grout for mechanical equipment base
bearing surfaces, pump and other equipment base plates, and anchors.
Mix grout according to manufacturers printed instructions.
C. Clean surfaces that will come into contact with grout.
D. Provide forms for placement of grout, as required.
E. Avoid air entrapment when placing grout.
F. Place grout to completely fill equipment bases.
G. Place grout on concrete bases to provide a smooth bearing surface for
equipment.
H. Place grout around anchors.
I.
3 06 03
Cure placed grout according to manufacturers printed instructions.
protection Of Work
A. Keep all pipe openings closed by means of plugs or caps to prevent the
entrance of foreign matter, and cover all fixtures, equipment and
11
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15010
apparatus as required to protect them against dirt, water, chemical or

mechanical damage both before and after installation.
B. Any fixtures, equipment or apparatus damaged prior to final acceptance
of the Work are to be restored to its original condition or replaced.
3 06 04
Electrical Equipment Room Precautions

A. No piping for water or sewage or any other piping systems not included
as part of the electrical work will be allowed to be installed in any switch
gear room, transformer vault, telephone room or electric closet.
B. In Mechanical Rooms, where piping runs over motor control centers or
other electrical equipment, provide a sheet metal shield or gutter. Submit
shop drawings showing proposed shielding at each location.
3 06 05
Painting And Finishing

Damage and Touch Up: Repair marred and damaged factory-painted
finishes with materials and procedures to match original factory finish.
3 06 06
Cleaning
Refer to Section, Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing for requirements for
cleaning filters, strainers, and any system prior to final acceptance.
3 06 07
Initial Operation Of Systems

A. After installation is complete, operate systems for time required to
complete specified Testing, and Adjusting, to demonstrate performance
in accordance with design requirements and to provide instruction and
training of Owners designated personnel.
B. Obtain approval of commencement date.
3 06 08
Noise And Vibration

A. Equipment is to operate without objectionable noise or vibration under all
conditions of load. Noise and/or vibration noticeable outside a room in
which moving equipment is installed, or annoyingly noticeable inside the
room, will be considered objectionable.
B. Noise level resulting from equipment and heard in the same building or
nearby buildings is not to exceed 40 decibels as measured with a
standard sound level meter on the A scale.
C. Conditions considered objectionable are to be corrected by approved
means and as directed.
D. Noise is to be corrected by the addition of sound attenuators in ducts,
internal duct lining, installation of sound barriers or dampeners on walls
and/or ceilings of equipment rooms or by other method to produce
satisfactory noise levels.
E. Vibration control is to be accomplished by the use of approved vibration
isolators applied and installed in accordance with manufacturers
instructions.
3 06 09
TrainIng
12
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15010
A. Instruct and train Owners designated personnel in the operation and

maintenance of every part, device and piece of equipment in the
systems, with emphasis on proper start-up and shut-down procedures,
preventive maintenance and lubrication procedures with recommended
lubricants, overhaul and maintenance methods, adjustment and
calibration of instruments and controls, use of special tools and safe
practices.
B. All expenses for training the Owners personnel are to be at Contractors
own account.
13
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
Division
Section
ODAC
Section 15030
15 - Mechanical work
15030 Electrical Requirements for Plumbing and
Fire Fighting Works
Part 1: General
1 01
Related Documents
A. Project General Requirements Specification sections apply to work of this
section.
B.
1 02
Separate electrical components and materials required for field installation and
electrical connections are specified in the relevant section.
Scope of Work
A. This Section specifies the basic requirements for electrical components which
are an integral part of packaged mechanical equipment. These components
include, but are not limited to factory installed motors, starters, and disconnect
switches furnished as an integral part of packaged mechanical equipment.
B. Specific electrical requirements (i.e. horsepower and electrical characteristics)
for mechanical equipment are specified within the individual equipment
specification sections, or are shown on the drawings.
1 03
Codes and Standards

A.
Electrical components of mechanical equipment to conform to the following

codes and standards:
NEMA Standards MG1: Motors and Generators
NEMA Standards ICS 2: Industrial Control Devices, Controllers, and
Assemblies
NEMA Standard 250: Enclosed Switches
National Electrical Code (NFPA 70)
1 04
Submittals
No separate submittal is required. Submit product data for motors, starters, and other
electrical components with submittal data required for the equipment for which it
serves, as required by the individual equipment specification sections.
1 05
Quality Assurance
A.
Electrical components and materials to be UL labeled.
MOTORS
A.
The requirements specified in the paragraphs below are basic requirements

for simple or common motors. For special motors, more detailed and
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15030
specific requirements are specified in the individual equipment

specifications.
B.
Torque Characteristics. to be sufficient to satisfactorily accelerate the

driven loads.
C.
Motor Sizes to be large enough so that the driven load will not require the
motor to operate in the service factor range.
D.
2-Speed Motors to have two separate windings on poly-phase motors.
E.
Temperature Rating to be rated for 40 deg. C environment with maximum

50 deg. C temperature rise for continuous duty at full load (Class A
insulation).
F.
Starting Capability: Frequency of starts to be as indicated by automatic

control system. Frequency of starts to be not less than 5 evenly timespaced starts per hour for manually controlled motors. Time delay starting
requirements are specified in the individual equipment specifications.
G.
Service Factor to be 1.15 for poly-phase motors and 1.35 for single phase
motors.
H.
Motor Construction to be NEMA Standard No. 48 or 54. Use driven

equipment manufacturers standards to suit specific application.
I.
Frames: NEMA Standard No. 48 or 54. Use driven equipment

manufacturers standards to suit specific application.
J.
Bearings to be ball or roller bearings with inner and outer shaft seals; regreasable, except permanently sealed when motor is normally inaccessible
for regular maintenance; and designed to resist thrust loading where belt
drives or other drives produce lateral or axial thrust in motor. For fractional
horsepower, light duty motors, sleeve type bearings are permitted.
K.
Enclosure Type: To be open drip-proof motors for indoor use where

satisfactorily housed or remotely located during operation; guarded dripproof motors where exposed to contact by employees or building
occupants; weather protected type I for outdoor use, and type II where not
housed.
L.
Overload Protection: To be built-in thermal overload protection and, where

indicated, internal sensing device suitable for signaling and stopping motor
at starter.
M.
Noise Rating: Quiet.
N.
Efficiency: Energy Efficient motors to have a minimum efficiency as

scheduled in accordance with IEEE Standard 112, test method B. If
efficiency than average standard industry motors:, in accordance with
IEEE Standard 112, test method B.
O.
Nameplate to indicate the full identification of manufacturer, ratings,

characteristics, construction, special features and similar information.
STARTERS, ELECTRICAL DEVICES, AND WIRING

A.
Motor Starter Enclosures to be NEMA 12, general purpose enclosures with

padlock ears, except in outdoor or wet locations where they are to be
NEMA 3R with conduit hubs, or units in hazardous locations where they
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15030
are to have NEC proper class and division.
1 06
1 07
1 08
B.
Type and Size of Motor Starter to be as recommended by motor

manufacturer and the driven equipment manufacturer for applicable
protection and start-up condition.
C.
Manual Switches to have pilot lights and extra positions for multi-speed
motors.
D.
Overload Protection to be provided.
E.
Magnetic Starters to be maintained contact push buttons and pilot lights,

properly arranged for single speed or multi-speed operation as indicated.
F.
Trip-Free Thermal Overload Relays to be provided on each phase.
G.
Interlocks, Pneumatic Switches and Similar Devices to be as required for

coordination with control requirements of Mechanical Specifications
Building Management System section.
H.
Built-in 120 Volts Control Circuit Transformer to be fused from line side,
where service exceeds 240 volts.
I.
Externally Operated Manual Reset to be provided.
J.
Under-Voltage Release Protection to be provided.
K.
Motor Connections to be flexible conduit, except where plug-in electrical

cords are specifically indicated.
Capacitors
A.
Features: To be individual unit cells; all welded steel housing; each

capacitor internally fused; non-flammable synthetic liquid impregnant;
craft tissue insulation; and aluminum foil electrodes.
B.
KVAR size to be as required to correct motor power factor to 90percent or

better. To be installed on all motors 1 horsepower and larger that have an
uncorrected power factor of less than 85 percent at rated load.
Disconnect Switches
A.
Fusible Switches to be fused, each phase; general duty; horsepower rated;

quick-make, quick-break mechanism; dead front line side shield; solderless
lugs suitable for copper or aluminum conductors; spring reinforced fuse
clips; electro silver plated current carrying parts; hinged doors; operating
lever arranged for locking in the OPEN position; arc quenchers; capacity
and characteristics as indicated.
B.
Non-Fusible Switches to be for equipment 2 horsepower and smaller; to be

horsepower rated; toggle switch type; quantity of poles and voltage rating
as indicated. For equipment larger than 2 horsepower, switches to be the
same as fusible type.
Variable Frequency Drive

A.
Furnish complete variable frequency drives as specified herein for the

pumps designated to be variable speed. All standards and optional features
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15030
shall be included within the VFD enclosure, unless otherwise specified.

VFD enclosure shall be NEMA MC 1 with inlet air filters. Drive shall be
mounted on a floor stand.
B.
The VFD shall convert three-phase, 50 hertz utility power to adjustable

voltage and frequency, three phase power for stepless motor speed control
from 10% to 100% of the motors 50 hertz speed. Input voltage shall be
as specified on the drawing schedules.
C.
The VFD shall include a converter and an inverter section. The converter
section shall convert fixed frequency and voltage AC utility power to DC
voltage. All VFDs shall include input line reactors or an isolation
transformer as required.
D.
The inverter section of the VFD shall invert the DC voltage into aquality
output wave-form, with adjustable voltage and frequency for stepless
motor speed control. The VFD shall maintain a constant V/Hz ratio.
E.
The VFD and options shall be tested to ANSI/UL.508. The complete drive,
including all specified options, shall be listed by a nationally recognized
testing agency such as UL or ETL.
F.
Power line noise shall be limited to a voltage distortion factor and line
notch as defined in IEEE 519 1981 Edition Guide for Harmonic Control
and Reactive Compensation of Static Power Converters. The total voltage
distortion shall not exceed 5 percent.
G.
The VFD shall not emit radiated RFI in excess of the limitations set forth
in the FCC Rules and Regulations, FCC Part 15 for Class A computing
devices. The VFD shall carry a FCC compliance label. PWM type drives
shall include RFI filters.
H.
Motor noise as a result of the VFD shall be limited to 3 db over across the
line operation, measured at 1 meter from the motors centre line.
I.
The VFDs full load amp rating shall meet or exceed NFPA 70, NEC Table
430-150.
Protective Features:
Individual motor overload protection for each motor controlled.
Protection against input power under-voltage, over-voltage, and phase loss.
Protection against output current overload and instantaneous overcurrent.
Protection against over-temperature within the VFD enclosure.
Protection against over-voltage on the DC bus.
Protect VFD from sustained power of phase loss. Under-voltage trip
activates automatically when line voltage drops more than10 percent
below rated input voltage.
Automatically reset faults due to under-voltage, over-voltage, phase loss, or
over-temperature.
Protection against output short circuit and motor winding
shorting to case faults, as defined by UL 508.
Status lights or digital for indication of individual fault conditions.
Controller capable of operating without a motor or any other equipment
connected to the drive output to facilitate start up and troubleshooting.
Input line reactors shall be provided to minimize harmonics introduced to
the AC line and to provide additional protection to AC line transients.
J.
K.
-
L.
Interface Features:
- Door mounted Hand/Off/Auto selector switch to start and stop the VFD. In
the Auto position, the VFD will start/stop from the controller. In the Hand
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15030
position, the VFD will run regardless of the remote contact position.
- Manual speed control capability.
- Local/Remote selector switch. In the Remote position, motor speed is
determined by the follower signal. In the local position, motor speed is
determined by the manual speed control.
- Power/On light to indicate that the VFD has tripped on a fault condition.
- Digital meter with se]ector switch to indicate percent speed and percent
load.
- A set of form-C, dry contacts to indicate when the VFD is in the Run mode.
- A set of form-C, dry contacts to indicate when the VFD is in the Fault mode.
- A 0 to 10 Vdc output signal to vary in direct proportion to the controllers
speed.
- VFD to have terminal strip and N.C. safety contacts such as freezstats,
smoke alarms, etc. VFD to safety shut down in drive or bypass mode when
contacts open.
M.
Adjustments:
- Maximum speed, adjustable 15 to 100 percent base speed.
- Acceleration time, adjustable 3 to 60 seconds.
- Deceleration time, adjustable 3 to 60 seconds with override circuit to
prevent nuisance trips if decal time is set too short.
- Current limit, adjustable 0 to 105 percent.
- Overload trip set point.
- Offset and gain to condition the input speed signal.
N.
O.
Service Conditions:
Ambient temperature, 0 to 50 degrees C.
0 to 95 percent relative humidity, non condensing.
Elevation to 3,300 feet (1,000 meters) without derating.
AC line voltage variation, -10 to +10 percent of nominal.
Special Features: The following special features shall be included in the
VFD enclosure. The unit shall maintain its UL to ETL listing.
- Manual by-pass shall provide all the circuitry necessary to transfer the motor
from the VFD to the power line, or from the line to the controller. The bypass circuitry shall be mounted in a separate section section of the VFD
enclosure. Motor overload protection shall beprovided in both drive and bypass modes.
- A door interlocked, pad locakble drive disconnect switch shall be provided
to disconnect power from the VFD only (the disconnect shall be clearly
marked as such).
- A motor circuit protector, MCP, shall be provided as a means of
disconnecting all power to both the VFD and by-pass circuits as well as
provided short circuit and locked rotor protection to the motor while in the
by-pass mode.
- The disconnect and by-pass functions may be accomplished via disconnects,
contractors and overloads, or with a four position Drive/Off/Line/Test
switch with motor starter and by-pass.
P.
Quality Assurance:
- To ensure quality and minimize infantile failures at the job site, the
complete VFD shall be tested by the manufacturer. The VFD shall operate a
dynamometer at full load and the load and speed shall be cycled during the
test.
- All optional features shall be functionally tested at the factory for proper
operation.
Q.
Submittals:
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15030
- Submit manufacturers performance data including dimensional drawings,

customer connection drawings, power circuit diagrams, installation and
maintenance manuals, warranty description, VFDs FLA rating, certification
agency file numbers and catalogue information.
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
Division
Section
Fighting
ODAC
Section 15040
15 - Mechanical Work
15040 - Builders Work For Plumbing And Fire
Part 1: General
1 01
Related Documents
Project general requirements specification sections apply to work of this
section.
1 02
Scope of Work
A. Builders Work in connection with all mechanical works such as
equipment bases and supports, cutting and patching of walls and slabs
for passage of pipes, repatching, fixing of pipe hangers and supports to
structures, excavation and backfilling, scaffolding, rigging, hoisting,
waterproofing, cleaning and painting are to be provided as specified
under this Section.
B. Materials are to conform to requirements included in of the Specification.
PART 2: PRODUCTS
2 01
Sundries
A. Pipe Sleeves for pipes passing through walls, floors and roof to be
galvanized steel pipe, two nominal pipe sizes larger than pipe passing
through for bare pipes, and of sufficient size to permit pipe insulation to
pass through for insulated pipes.
B. Escutcheon Plates to be nickel plated, split ring type, sized to match pipe
that it is to conceal. Plates for pipes passing through sleeves which
extend above floor surfaces to be deep recessed type to conceal sleeve.
C. Flashing Sleeves: coated cast iron, caulking type, size specifically to fit
pipe and as manufactured by Josam, No. 1840 or approved equal.
D. Hangers And Supports Fasteners: power driven masonry expansion
bolts with steel threaded studs or internally threaded studs and couplings
as required.
Part 3: Execution
3 01
Excavation
Excavate And Backfill as necessary, including shoring, sheet piling. bracing,
pumping, restoring and protection of persons and property.
3 02
Equipment Bases and Supports

A.
Shop Drawings: submit for approval showing dimensions, arrangement

and size of reinforcement and locations of anchor bolts.
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
3 03
ODAC
Section 15040
B.
Foundations For Rotating And Reciprocating Equipment at ground level

to be carried independently to solid ground or rock and isolated from
floor slab with 50 mm thick layer of cork board and mastic filler to
prevent transmission of vibration.
C.
Equipment On Intermediate Floors Or Roof: mount on its support on

vibration is olators. Alternatively, support is to include substantial layer
of corkboard between it and structure to reduce transmission of
vibration to a minimum.
D.
Vibration Isolation Mounts: position in accordance with weight

distribution of equipment and as recommended by manufacturer of
equipment or mounts. Secure embedded mounts during concreting.
E.
Align And Level Equipment on bases and supports over entire length
and width and shim where necessary to facilitate levelling.
F.
Concrete Bases And Supports to be 150 mm larger all around than

equipment, of height to suit equipment and with top edge chamfered.
Plaster andpaint or finish as adjacent and surrounding flooring.
G.
Anchor Bolts: set in oversized sleeves with washers and nuts at

bottom. Bolts to project at least 6 mm above nuts when equipment is
fixed to allow for shimming. Secure during concreting.
H.
Suspended Cradles And Wall Brackets: test to sustain a load eight

times actual operating weight of equipment supported.
Hangers and Supports

A. FASTENERS: install in accordance with manufacturers instructions.
1.
2.
3.
Fasteners to penetrate 6 to 8 times shank diameter.

Embedded Attachments: fix during concreting.
Test fasteners in ceilings and walls to sustain a load eight times
operating weight of piping, or equipment supported.
B. Additional Framing: provide where structure is inadequate to give

suitable support. Design is to be approved.
3 04
Pipes Passing Through Walls and Slabs

A. Structural Members: do not cut without approval. Any approved cutting
to be done only as directed.
B. Sleeves to be provided for all pipes passing through walls, floors and
roofs. Locate before walls etc. are constructed and fasten securely to
prevent displacement during construction. Plug ends during
construction.
C. Sleeves to terminate flush with finished walls and ceilings and to
project 20 mm above finished floors and 250 mm above rough concrete
of roof.
D. Escutcheon Plates to be provided for all exposed uninsulated pipes
passing through walls, floors and ceilings.
3 05
Joinery
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15040
A. Access Doors: provide in false ceilings, walls or other construction to

permit access to equipment, controls, etc. requiring periodic operation,
inspection or maintenance.
3 06
Water Proofing
A. Openings In External Walls, Roofs And Walls Below Ground to be
made watertight with sleeves, caulking, caulking fittings and flashings.
Openings in external walls, particularly at and below ground level and
in roofs to be plugged and caulked with oakum and lead between pipe
and sleeve.
B. Waterproofed Construction: method of installing workpiercing
waterproofed construction to be subject to review and approval.
C. Pipes through Roofs to be further waterproofed with metal flashing
fixed to pipe with flashing sleeve and extended under roof
waterproofing membrane 300 mm all round.
3 07
Cleaning and Painting

A. Clean equipment, material, piping etc. inside and outside by effective
and approved methods to remove loose mill scale, blisters, sand,
plaster, paint droppings. debris, dirt, oil, grease, labels and all foreign
matter. Clean and brush work in stages as directed before painting or
concealing.
B. Surfaces To Be Painted: clean with wire brush and cleaning solution.
Do not apply paint to wet or damp surfaces.
C. Black Steel Piping including flanges, bolts, nuts, cast iron valves and
accessories, valve wheels and all ferrous parts are to be painted with
two coats of zinc chromate primer whether or not they are to be
insulated. When bare or exposed to view, they are to be further painted
with two coats of approved oil paint.
D. Piping: when directed by the Engineer piping in machine room is to be
painted to conform to ASME Color Co. All the pipes to show, sizes and
direction of flow. Insulated pipes to be color coded and stencilled over
the external jacket.
E. Hangers And Supports including clamps, rods, bolts, nuts etc. to be
painted with two coats of zinc chromate primer and where exposed to
view with two additional coats of approved oil paint.
F. Damaged Surfaces of equipment to be restored to original condition by
cleaning and painting as directed.
G. Unfinished Surfaces to be painted as directed.
H. Hot Surfaces to be painted with approved heat resistant paint.
I.
Apply paint in strict accordance with manufacturers instructions and

recommendations.
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
Division
Section
ODAC
Section 15060
15060 - Pipes and Pipe Fittings
Part 1: General
1 01
Related Documents
Drawings and project general provisions of Contract, including General and
the Supplementary Conditions and General Requirements Specification
Sections, apply to this Section.
1 02
1 03
Summary
A.
This Section includes the piping materials and installation methods

common to most piping systems.
B.
Types of pipes and pipe fittings specified in this section include the
following:
Seamless Black Steel Pipe and Fittings for Fire Fighting Works
UPVC Pipe and Fittings for Drainage System
CPVC Pipe and Fittings for Cold and Hot Water System
Polypropylene. Pipe and Fittings for Cold and Hot Water System
Galvanized Steel Pipe and Fittings for External Water Supply
Stainless Steel Pipe and Fittings
C.
Pipe and pipe fittings used for the different piping systems are
specified in the respective piping system sections.
D.
Labeling and identifying mechanical systems and equipment is

specified in Section MECHANICAL IDENTIFICATION.
Quality Assurance
A.
Qualify welding processes and operators for structural steel according

to AWS Dl.l Structural Welding Code Steel.
B.
Qualify welding processes and operators for piping according to

ASME Section IX, Welding and Brazing Qualifications.
Comply with provisions of ASME B31 Series Code for Pressure
Piping.
Certify that each welder has passed AWS qualification tests for the
welding processes involved and that certification is current.
C.
1 04
Submit welder certificates signed by Contractor certifying that welders

comply with requirements specified above.
Delivery, Storage, and Handling

A.
Protect stored pipes and tubes from moisture and dirt. Elevate above
grade. When stored inside, do not exceed structural capacity of the
floor.
B.
Protect flanges and fittings from moisture and dirt, by inside storage
and enclosure, or by packaging with durable, waterproof wrapping.
C.
Protect stored plastic pipes from direct sunlight. Support to prevent

sagging and bending.
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15060
1 05 Submittals
A.
Provide stress analysis calculations with the piping shop drawings for
all pipes above 200 minimum diameter showing anchor points and
pipe guides.
Part 2: Product
2 01
Pipe and Pipe Fittings

A. Steel Pipe and Fittings
-
Galvanizing on galvanized steel pipes to be tested to BS 1387

Appendix A.
Grooved Pipe: Carbon Steel, A-53B/A-106B/A-120. Roll grooved for

size up to and including 100 mm pipes and roll or cut grooved ends
as appropriate to pipe material, wall thickness, pressure, size and
method of jointing. Tools to secure piping, couplings and fittings must
be made by the same manufacturer to ensure compatibility.
Steel Pipe: BS 1387, medium class, medium, black seamless steel

pipe are threaded for pipes less than and up to 50 mm, above 50 mm
to be roll grooved up to 150 mm and cut grooved for pipe above 150
mm, grooved ends suitable for mechanical couplings. BS 3601, seamless, black steel pipe, cut grooved ends suitable for mechanical couplings ends for pipes above 200 mm, Schedule 40. And schedule 80 for
pipe sections with a static head of 50 m or more.
Fire Piping: black seamless steel shall be joined by a mechanical

coupling.
Elbows to be long radius type.
Pipe unions on threaded pipes 50 mm diameter and under to have
female threaded ends and ground metal to metal seats. Unions to be
of same manufacture, pressure class, and material as other pipe
fittings.
Flanges are to be of same pressure rating, facing, drilling and
thickness as mating flanges on valves, accessories and equipment.
Flanges on black steel pipes to be black, forged steel, slip-on or weld
neck type.
Flanges on galvanized steel pipes to be galvanized steel, threaded
type.
Any pipes or portions of pipes subjected to a static head of 50 m or
more shall be schedule 80 pipe built to 2070 kPa psi rating.
B. CPVC and uPVC Pipe and Fittings

-
To BS 5255 for 32 mm, 40 mm and 50 mm pipes, to BS 4514 for 82

mm, 110 mm and 160 mm pipes installed above ground, to BS 4660
for 110 mm and 160 mm pipes installed below ground and to BS
3506 for 200 mm pipes and above.
Fittings for UPVC pipe to be couplers or mechanical joints with
rubber sealing rings.
Pressure PVC pipe: to BS 3505 Class E.
Pressure PVC fittings: integral parallel sockets with solvent welded
joints for pipes up to 65 mm, and couplers with rubber sealing rings
for pipes 82 mm and larger.
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15060
Sealing rings on PVC pipes to provide for expansion and contraction

to be rubber to BS 2494 Part 2.
C. Polypropylene Pipes and Fittings

-
2 02
Type 3, PN 25 to DIN 8077 and 8078.

Fittings for polypropylene pipe to be welded and threaded type for
connection to threaded valves to DIN 16962.
Joining Materials
A. Refer to individual piping system specification Sections for special
joining materials not listed below.
B. Grooved Pipe Jointing: Pipes shall be joined via grooved
coupling(Victaulic Style 07 Zero Flex or approved equal) with angle
pad design Victaulic style 77 or 75 shall be used where system
flexibility is required at pumps, and mechanical equipment to
reduce vibration, noise and to accommodate for thermal expansion
and contraction. All couplings shall be cast of ductile iron
conforming to ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 or malleable iron
conforming to ASTM A-47 Grade 32510. Housing shall be enamel
coated or hot dip galvanized
C. Pipe Flange Gasket Materials: Suitable for the chemical and thermal
conditions of the piping system contents.
D. Flange Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.2.1, or BS 4190, carbon steel,
except where other material is indicated, of length to allow nuts to
utilize full length of bolt thread plus 6 mm.
Part 3: Execution
3 01
Piping
Requirements
Systems
Installation
Common
A. General: Install piping as described below, except where system

Sections specify otherwise. Individual piping system specification
Sections specify piping installation requirements unique to the
piping system.
B. General Locations and Arrangements: Drawings (plans, schematic.,
and diagrams) indicate general location and arrangement of piping
systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size
pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other
design considerations. Install piping as indicated, except where
deviations to layout are approved on shop and co-ordination
drawings.
C. Install vertical piping plumb.
D. Install horizontal piping at indicated uniform slope.
E. Install components having pressure rating equal to or greater than
system operating pressure.
F. Install piping in concealed interior and exterior locations except in
equipment rooms and service areas.
G. Install piping free of sags and bends.
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15060
H. Install exposed interior and exterior piping at right angles or parallel

to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited, except where
indicated.
I. Install piping close to slabs beams joists, columns, walls, and other
building elements. Allow sufficient space above removable ceiling
panels to allow for ceiling panel removal.
J. Install piping to allow application of insulation plus 1-inch (25mm)
clearance around insulation.
K. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit
valve servicing.
L. Leave adequate clearance between pipes and adjacent pipes, walls,
ceilings and columns for making joints properly, easy installation
and removal of valves and accessories and proper installation of
insulation and individual pipe hangers and supports.
M. Install concealed piping to permit easy accessibility for maintenance
and
repair, particularly of valves, vents. drains and other
accessories.
N. Use eccentric reducers where appropriate to avoid air pockets, with
flat of reducer on top on water piping to permit proper venting of
system.
O. Install piping to permit free expansion and contraction without
damage to piping or structure. Provide adequate offsets and
changes of direction to accomplish this and on long runs provide
expansion loops.
P. Where pipe loops or changes in direction cannot be employed to
absorb thermal movement provide expansion joints. Where
expansion joints are used, give consideration to anchoring and
guiding pipes for controlled expansion and contraction. Follow
instructions of manufacturer.
Q. Do not paint, cover or enclose piping until it is tested, inspected and
approved.
R. Provide pipe unions or flanges at adequate intervals in piping to
permit easy disassembly, and at connections to equipment, near
valves, controls, strainers and other accessories requiring removal.
S. Make changes in direction and size, branching and jointing of pipes
with regular pipe fittings. Do not bend pipe.
T. Do not use field fabricated fittings, bushings, close nipples and
street elbows.
U. Dry Piping Systems: Install dielectric unions and flanges to connect
piping materials of dissimilar metals. Use unions on threaded piping
and flanges on welded piping.
V. Wet Piping Systems: Install dielectric coupling and nipple fittings to
connect piping materials of dissimilar metals.
W. Join pipes and fittings of the different materials specified as
described below. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside
and outside of pipe and fittings before assembly.
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15060
X. All water system piping with 50 m static head or more shall be black
steel and have all piping, pipe accessories and components
including connections and valves built to 300 psi rating.
3 02
Piping Connections To Equipment

A.
Make connections to moving equipment through flexible

connections. Provide shut-off valves on both sides of equipment.
Make any reductions in pipe size at equipment connections with all
pipe accessories and piping specialties remaining same size as
pipe runs.
B.
Arrange piping connections to equipment such as to permit easy

removal of equipment without disturbing piping and without
interference with the piping.
C.
Except as otherwise indicated, make piping connections as

specified below.
3 03
Install unions in piping 50 mm and smaller adjacent to each valve

and at final connection to each piece of equipment having a 50 mm
or smaller threaded pipe connection.
Install flanges in piping 65 mm and larger adjacent to flanged valves
and at final connection to each piece of equipment having flanged
pipe connection.
Steel Pipe Joints

A.
Joints in black steel pipes 50-mm diameter and under to be

threaded and in pipes over 50-mm diameter to be mechanical
coupling.
B.
Joints in galvanized steel pipes of all sizes to be coupled.
C.
Use Victaulic type valves where mechanical couplings are use in

piping system.
D.
Threaded Joints Thread pipe to British Standard Taper Pipe Thread.

Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe
ends to remove burrs and restore full inside diameter. Join pipe
fittings and valves as follows:
Cut pipes square and to exact length with a hacksaw.
Ream cut ends of pipes and tubes with a special tool to full inside
diameter and remove burrs.
Bevel cut plain ends of steel pipe.
Note the internal length of threads in fittings or valve ends, and
proximity of internal seat or wall, to determine how far pipe should be
threaded into joint.
Apply Teflon tape or thread compound to external pipe threads.
Align threads at point of assembly.
Make up threaded joints tight close to shoulder of male thread.
Tighten joint with wrench. Apply wrench to valve end into which pipe
is being threaded.
Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings having threads
that are corroded or damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have
cracked or open welds.
E.
Threaded Joints Thread pipe to British Standard Taper Pipe Thread.

Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies. Ream threaded pipe
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15060
ends to remove burrs and restore full inside diameter.

F.
Flanged Joints: Execute flanged joints as follows:
1.
Align flange surfaces parallel and perfectly square with pipe.
2.
Select appropriate gasket material, size, type, and thickness for

service application.
3.
4.
Install gasket concentric pos.

by sequencing bolt tightening to make initial contact of flanges and
gaskets as flat and parallel as possible.
5. Use suitable lubricants on bolt threads.

6. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly using torque wrench.
3 04
Cleaning
A. Clean equipment, materials and piping on inside and outside from
loose mill scale, blisters, sand, plaster, paint droppings, dirt, oil,
grease, labels and all foreign matter.
B. Wire brush piping on outside before painting or covering.
C. Clean water systems after completing each section by flushing
pipes, fittings, valves and accessories internally with clean water.
D. Clean air or gas systems after completing each section by blowing
pipes, fittings, valves and accessories internally with compressed
air.
3 05
CROSS-OVER PLATFORMS OR BRIDGES AND

STAIRS
A. Provide cross-over platforms or bridges and stairs for crossing piping
on roof in co-ordination with the architect and structural Engineer.
B. Layout and construction to meet the intent of protecting the piping
from being stepped on or leaned against. Cross-overs shall not be
attached to piping.
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
Division
Section
ODAC
Section 15100
15100 - Valves
Part 1: General
1 01
Related Documents
A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions of the project Specification sections, apply
to this section.
1 02
Summary
A. This Section includes general duty valves common to most plumbing and
fire fighting mechanical piping systems.
Special purpose valves are specified in individual piping system
specifications.
B. Valve tags and charts are specified in Section Mechanical Identification.
1 03
Submittals
A. General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract
and General Requirement Specification Sections.
B. Product data, including body material, valve design, pressure and
temperature classification, end connection details, seating materials, trim
material and arrangement, dimensions and required clearances, and
installation instructions.
1 04
Quality Assurance
A. Single Source Responsibility: Provide valves of same type by same
manufacturer. Comply with the requirements specified in the specification.
B. Provide valves with manufacturers name and pressure rating clearly
marked on valve body.
C. American Society of Mechanical Engineers (ASME) Compliance: Comply
with ASME B31.9 for building services piping and ASME B31.1 for power
piping.
D. Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and Fittings Industry
(MSS) Compliance: Comply with the various MSS Standard Practices
reference.
1 05
Delivery, Storage, And Handling

A.
Preparation For Transport: Prepare valves for shipping as follows:

-
Ensure valves are dry and internally protected against rust and
corrosion.
Protect valve ends against damage to threads, flange faces, and
weld-end preps.
Set valves in best position for handling. Set globe and gate valves
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15100
closed to prevent rattling; set ball and plug valves open to minimize
exposure of functional surfaces; set butterfly valves closed or slightly
open; and block swing check valves in either closed or open position.
B.
Storage: Use the following precautions during storage:

-
C.
Do not remove valve end protectors unless necessary for inspection;

then reinstall for storage.
Protect valves from weather. Store valves indoors. Maintain valve
temperature higher than the ambient dew point temperature. If
outdoor storage is necessary, support valves off the ground or
pavement in watertight enclosures.
Handling: Use a sling to handle valves whose size requires handling by

crane or lift. Rig valves to avoid damage to exposed valve parts. Do not
use hand wheels and stems as lifting or rigging points.
Part 2: Product
2 01
Manufacturers
A.
Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,

manufacturers offering products which may be incorporated in the work
include, but are not limited to, the followings:
-
Gate, Globe, Double regulating, and Ball valves:
1. Crane Company
2. Jenkins Valves,
3. Hattersly
4. Fabri Valve
5. Approved Equal
Dynamic Balancing Valve:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
2 02
(U.K)
(U.S.A)
(U.K)
(ITALY).
Frese;
Bell and Gossett;
Griswold; and
Autoflow.
Approved Equal
Valve Features, General

A.
Valve Design: Rising stem or rising outside screw and yoke stems.
-
Nonrising stem valves may be used where headroom prevents full

extension of rising stems.
B.
Pressure and Temperature Ratings: As scheduled and required to suit

system pressures and temperatures.
C.
Sizes: Same size as upstream pipe, unless otherwise indicated.
D.
Operators: Provide the following special operator features:

-
Hand wheels, fastened to valve stem, for valves other than quarter
turn.
Lever handles, on quarter-turn valves 150 mm and smaller, except for
plug valves. Provide plug valves with square heads; provide one
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15100
wrench for every 10 plug valves.

Chain-wheel operators, for valves 65 mm and larger, installed 1.8 m
or higher above finished floor elevation. Extend chains to an elevation
of 1.5 m above finished floor elevation.
Gear drive operators, on quarter-turn valves 200 mm and larger.
E.
Extended Stems: Where insulation is indicated or specified, provide

extended stems arranged to receive insulation.
F.
Bypass and Drain Connections: Comply with MSS SP-45 bypass and drain
connections.
G.
End Connections: As indicated in the valve specifications.

-
Threads: British Standard Taper Pipe Thread.

Flanges: Comply with ANSI B16.1 for cast iron, ANSI B16.5 for steel,
and ANSI B16.24 for bronze valves.
Solder-Joint: Comply with ANSI B16.18.
a. Caution: Where soldered end connections are used, use solder having
a melting point below 450 0C for gate, globe, and check valves; below
216 0C for ball valves.
2 03
2 04
Gate Valves
A.
Gate Valves, 50 mm and Smaller: MSS SP-80; PN 10, body and bonnet of
ASTM B 62 cast bronze; with threaded or solder ends, solid disc, coppersilicon alloy stem, brass packing gland, Teflon impregnated packing, and
malleable iron hand wheel. Provide PN 16 valves meeting the above
where system pressure require.
B.
Gate Valves, 50 mm and Smaller: MSS SP-80; PN 10, body and union
bonnet of ASTM B 62 cast bronze; with threaded or solder ends, solid disc,
coppersilicon alloy stem, brass packing gland, Teflon impregnated
packing, and malleable iron hand wheel. Do not use solder end valves for
hot water heating applications. Provide PN 16 valves where system
pressure require.
C.
Gate Valves, 65 mm and Larger: MSS SP-70; PN 10 iron body, bronze

mounted, with body and bonnet conforming to ASTM A 126 Class B; with
flanged ends, Teflon impregnated packing, and two-piece backing gland
assembly. Provide PN 16 valves where system pressure require.
Ball Valves
A.
Ball Valves, 25 mm and Smaller: rated for 1030 kPa saturated steam
pressure, 2760 kPa WOG pressure; two-piece construction; with bronze
body conforming to ASTM B 62, standard (or regular) port, chrome-plated
brass ball, replaceable Teflon or TFE seats and seals, blowout-proof
stem, and vinyl-covered steel handle. Provide solder ends for condenser
and chilled water; threaded ends for heating hot water . Provide PN 16
valves where system pressure require.
B.
Ball Valves, 32 mm to 50 mm: rated for 1030 kPa saturated steam

pressure, 2760 kPa WOG pressure; 3 piece construction; with bronze body
conforming to ASTM B 62, conventional port, chrome-plated brass ball,
replaceable Teflon or TFE seats and seals, blowout proof stem, and
vinyl-covered steel handle. Provide solder ends for condenser and chilled
water; threaded ends for heating hot water and low-pressure steam.
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15100
Provide PN 16 valves where system pressure require.
2 05
Plug Valves
A. Plug Valves, 50 mm and Smaller: Rated at 1035 kPa WOG; bronze body,
with straightaway pattern, square head, and threaded ends. Provide
PN16valves where system pressure require.
B. Plug Valves, 65 mm and Larger: MSS SP-78; rated at 1200 kPa WOG;
lubricated plug type, with semi steel body, single gland, wrench operated, and
flanged ends.
2 06
2 07
Globe Valves
A.
Globe Valves, 50 mm and Smaller: MSS SP-80; PN 10; body and screwed
bonnet of ASTM B 62 cast bronze; with threaded or solder ends, brass or
replaceable composition disc, copper-silicon alloy stem, brass packing
gland, Teflon impregnated packing, and malleable iron hand wheel.
Provide PN 16 valves meeting the above where system pressure requires.
B.
Globe Valves, 65 mm and Larger: MSS SP-85; PN 10 iron body and bolted
bonnet conforming to ASTM A 126, Class B; with outside screw and yoke,
bronze mounted, flanged ends, and Teflon impregnated packing, and
two- piece backing gland assembly. Provide PN 16 valves where system
pressure require.
Butter Fly Valves

A. Butterfly Valves, 65 mm and Larger: MSS SP-67; rated at 1380 kPa; cast-iron
body conforming to ASTM A 126, Class B. Provide valves with field
replaceable sleeve, nickel-plated ductile iron disc (except aluminum bronze
disc for valves installed in condenser water piping), stainless stem, and
EPDM O-ring seals. Provide lever operator with locks for sizes 50 mm
through 150 mm and gear operators with position indicator for sizes 200 mm
through 600 mm. Provide lug or water type as indicated. Drill and tap valves
on dead end service or requiring additional body strength. Provide PN 16
valves where system pressures require.
2 08
Check Valves
A.Swing Check Valves, 50 mm and Smaller: MSS SP-80; PN 10, cast-bronze
body and cap conforming to ASTM B 62; with horizontal swing, Y-pattern.
and bronze disc; and having threaded or solder ends. Provide valves capable
of being reground while the valve remains in the line. Provide Class 225
valves meeting the above specifications. with threaded end connections,
where system pressure requires or where Class 125 valves are not available.
B.Wafer Check Valves: PN 16, cast-iron body; with replaceable bronze seat,
and non-slam design lapped and balanced twin bronze flappers and stainless
steel trim and torsion spring. Provide valves designed to open and close at
approximately one foot differential pressure. Provide valves where system
pressure require.
C. Lift Check Valves, 50 mm and Smaller: PN 10; cast-bronze body and cap
conforming to ASTM B 62; horizontal or angle pattern, lift-type valve, with
stainless steel spring, bronze disc holder with renewable Teflon disc, and
threaded ends. Provide valves capable of being refitted and ground while the
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15100
valve remains in the line. Provide valves where system pressures require.
2 09
Commissioning Valves
A. Commissioning valves shall be combined gate, balancing with flow metering
station having integral square-edge orifice plate fitted with a pair of pressure
test plugs. Commissioning valves shall be as gate and balancing specification
stated herein before and shall be of equivalent pressure ratings and
manufacture.
2 10
Dynamic Balancing Valves

A. Automatic Flow Control Valve, pressure independent Type, +/- 5 percent
accuracy. Stainless steel SS 304 Pre-installed replaceable flow rate
cartridge, two P/T ports for flow and temperature readings. Valve size shall
match pipe size. Refer to drawing for flow and pressure reading.
B. Up to 40 mm: hot forged brass body with female threaded ends, with
Stainless steel SS 304 Pre-installed replaceable flow rate cartridge, and P/T
plugs for flow and temperature readings.
C. 50 mm and larger: gray iron body, flanged type with Stainless steel SS 304
Pre-installed replaceable high flow rate cartridge, two P/T ports for flow and
temperature readings and the valve shall be bear media temperature 20
o
C to 120 oC.
2 11
Triple Duty Valves

A.
Triple duty valves shall be combined gate, balancing and check valves.
Triple duty valves Specifications shall be as gate, balancing, check
Specifications stated herein before and shall be of equivalent pressure
ratings..
Part 3: Execution
3 01
Examination
A. Examine valve interior through the end ports for cleanliness, freedom from
foreign matter, and corrosion. Remove special packing materials, such as
blocks used to prevent disc movement during shipping and handling.
B. Actuate valve through an open-close and close-open cycle. Examine
functionally significant features, such as guides and seats made accessible
by such actuation. Following examination, return the valve closure member
to the shipping position.
C. Examine threads on both the valve and the mating pipe for form (i.e., out-ofround or local indentation) and cleanliness.
D. Examine mating flange faces for conditions that might cause leakage.
Check bolting for proper size, length, and material. Check gasket material
for proper size, material composition suitable for service, and freedom from
defects and damage.
E. Prior to valve installation, examine the piping for cleanliness, freedom from
foreign materials, and proper alignment.
F. Replace defective valves with new valves.
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
3 02
ODAC
Section 15100
Valve Ends Selection

A.
3 03
Select valves with the following ends or types of pipe/tube connections:

Steel Pipe Sizes, 50 mm and Smaller: threaded.
Steel Pipe Sizes 65 mm and Larger flanged.
Valve Installations
A.
General Application: Use gate, ball, and butterfly valves for shut-off duty;
globe, ball, and butterfly for throttling duty. Refer to piping system
specification sections for specific valve applications and arrangements.
B.
Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where
necessary.
C.
Install valves and unions for item of equipment arranged to allow

equipment removal without system shutdown. Unions are not required on
flanged devices.
Install three-valve bypass around each pressure reducing valve using
throttling- type valves.
D.
E.
Provide manual drain valves at all low points of water piping systems
whether shown on the Drawings or not. Drain valves to be gate, ball, or
globe valves.
F.
Provide manual or automatic air vents at all high points of water piping
systems. Manual vent valves to be of the gate or globe type.
G.
Provide isolating valves on all water piping system branches. Isolating

valves to be gate, ball or butterfly type.
H.
Installation of Check Valves: Install for proper direction of flow as follows:

-
Swing Check Valves: Horizontal position with hinge

pin level.
Wafer Check Valves: Horizontal or vertical position,
between flanges.
Lift Check Valve: With stem upright and plumb.
I. Provide PN 16 or higher valves on pipes, systems or parts of systems with 50

m or more of static head.
3 04
Threaded Connections
A.
Note the internal length of threads in valve ends, and proximity of valve
internal seat or wall, to determine how far pipe should be threaded into
valve. To avoid damage to valve seat do not screw pipe too far into valve.
B.
Align threads at point of assembly.
C.
Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to the external pipe threads

(except where dry seal threading is specified).
D.
Exercise great care in installing threaded valves to avoid straining valve

body. Assemble joint, wrench tight. Wrench on valve shall be on the valve
end into which the pipe is being threaded. When attaching pipe to valve in
place, use second wrench to hold valve while pipe is being tightened.
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
3 05
Flanged Connections
A.
B.
C.
3 06
Tests: After piping systems have been tested and put into service, but
before final adjusting and balancing, inspect valves for leaks. Adjust or
replace packing to stop leaks; replace valves if leak persists.
Adjusting And Cleaning

A.
3 08
Align flange surfaces parallel.

Assemble joints by sequencing bolt tightening to make initial contact of
flanges and gaskets as flat and parallel as possible. Use suitable lubricant
son bolt threads. Tighten bolts gradually and uniformly with a torque
wrench.
For dead-end service, butterfly valves require flanges both upstream and
downstream for proper shutoff and retention.
Field Quality Control

A.
3 07
ODAC
Section 15100
Cleaning: Clean mill scale, grease, and protective coatings from exterior of
valves and prepare valves to receive finish painting or insulation.
Testing and Balancing

A.
Hydrostatic Testing: test all Valves for period of 2 hours, at not less than
1380 kPa or at 345 kPa in excess of maximum static pressure when
maximum static pressure is in excess of 1030 kPa. Check system for
leakage of joints. Measure hydrostatic pressure at low point of each
system or zone being tested.
7
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
Division
Section
Part 1:
ODAC
Section 15120
15- Mechanical Work

15120 - Piping Specialties
General
1 01
Related Documents
Drawing and project general provisions of Contract, including General and the
Supplementary Conditions Sections, of the project apply to this Section.
1 02
Summary
A. This Section includes the following piping specialties common to most
mechanical piping systems:
Strainers
Dielectric insulated unions and flanges
Vacuum breakers
Water hammer arrestor
Escutcheon plates
Pipe sleeves
Mechanical sleeve seals
Fire barrier penetration seals
Flashing sleeves
Drip pans
Masonry bolts
B. Piping specialties furnished as part of factory-fabricated equipment are
specified as part of equipment assembly in other Division- 15 sections.
C. Pipe expansion joints and flexible pipe connectors are specified in other
specification sections.
Part 2: Product
2 01
PIPING SPECIALTIES GENERAL

A.
Provide factory-fabricated piping specialties recommended by manufacturer

for use in service indicated.
B.
Provide piping specialties of types and pressure ratings indicated for each
service, or if not indicated, provide proper selection to comply with installation
requirements.
C.
Provide sizes as indicated, and connections which properly mate with pipe,
tube, and equipment connections. Where more than one type is indicated,
selection is Contractors option.
D.
Piping specialties that fit in the line such as strainers, flexible connections,
expansion joints, dielectric unions and flanges, etc. are to be same size as
pipe run.
2 02
STRAINERS
A.
Provide on high pressure side of pressure reducing valves, on suction side of

pumps, on inlet side of indicating and control instruments and equipment
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15120
subject to sediment damage and where shown on drawings. Strainer element

shall be removable without disconnection of piping.
B.
Strainers, 50 mm and Smaller: Screwed, Y-type, bronze body, 2070 kPa

working pressure rating, with 20 mesh stainless steel screen, screwed cap
and 15 mm diameter tapped hole for blowdown valve.
C.
Strainers, 65 mm and Larger: Flanged, basket type, cast iron body,2070kPa

steam working pressure rating, with 20 mesh stainless steel basket screen,
bolted cap and 20 mm diameter tapped hole at bottom for blowdown valve.
D.
Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide strainers

from one of the following manufacturers:
- Crane Co.
- Newman-Hattersley
- Braukmann
- Sarco
- Approved equal
2 03
(U.S.A.) or (U.K.)
(U.K.)
(Gemany)
(U.S.A.)
Dielectric Insulated Unions and Flanges

A. Dielectric Insulated Unions and Flanges: Assembly or fitting having insulating
material isolating joined dissimilar metals to prevent galvanic action and stop
corrosion.
-
Description: Combination of copper alloy and ferrous; threaded,

solder, plain, and weld neck end types and matching piping system
materials.
Insulating Material: Suitable for system fluid, pressure, and
temperature.
Dielectric Unions: Factory-fabricated, union assembly for (1725kPa)
minimum working pressure at a (82 deg C) temperature.
Dielectric Flanges: Factory-fabricated, companion-flange assembly
for (1035kPa or 2070kPa) minimum pressure to suit system
pressures.
Dielectric-Flange Insulation Kits: Field-assembled, companion-flange
assembly, full-face or ring type. Components include neoprene or
phenolic gasket, phenolic or polyethylene bolt sleeves, phenolic
washers, and steel backing washers.
B. Provide separate companion flanges and steel bolts and nuts for (1035kPa or
2070kPa) minimum working pressure to suit system pressures.
C. Dielectric Insulated Unions and Flanges: Suitable for temperature, pressure
and all other operating conditions of service on which used.
D. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide dielectric
insulated unions and flanges from one of the following manufacturers:
- Aeroquip Corp.
- Capitol Mfg. Co.
- Dresser
- The Duriron Co
- Epco Sales Inc.
- Approved equal
2 04
(U.S.A.)
(U.S.A.)
(U.S.A.)
(U.S.A.)
(U.S.A.)
Vacuum Breakers
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15120
A. Vacuum breakers to be disc float, angle type, bronze body and trim, with
female screwed ends, suitable for a steam working pressure of 1030 kPa and
designed to assure low pressure loss at rated flow. Disc float to be light
weight and durable material and to have high heat and water hammer shock
resistance. Seating is to be tight.
B. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide vacuum
breakers from one of the following:
- Friedrich Grohe
- Hersey Products Inc.
- Approve equal
2 05
(Germany)
(U.S.A.)
Escutcheon Plates
A. Escutcheons Plates: Manufactured wall, ceiling, and floor plates; deep-pattern
type where required to conceal protruding fittings and sleeves.
-
2 06
Inside Diameter: Closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation.

Outside Diameter: Completely cover opening.
Cast Brass: One-piece, with set-screw. a. Finish: Rough brass. b.
Finish: Polished chrome plate.
Cast Brass: Split casting, with concealed hinge and set-screw. a.
Finish: Rough brass. b. Finish: Polished chrome plate.
Stamped Steel: One-piece, with set-screw and chrome-plated finish.
Stamped Steel: One-piece, with spring clips and chrome-plated
finish.
Stamped Steel: Split plate, with concealed hinge, set-screw, and
chrome- plated finish.
Stamped Steel: Split plate, with concealed hinge, spring clips, and
chrome-plated finish.
Stamped Steel: Split plate, with exposed-rivet hinge, set-screw, and
Stamped Steel: Split plate, with exposed-rivet hinge, spring clips, and
Cast-Iron Floor Plate: One-piece casting.
Pipe Sleeves
A. Pipe Sleeves: The following materials are for wall, floor, slab, and roof
penetrations:
-
Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type E, Grade A, Schedule 40, galvanized,

plain ends.
Cast-Iron: Cast or fabricated wall pipe equivalent to ductile-iron
pressure pipe, having plain ends and integral water stop, except
where other features are specified.
Wall Penetration Systems: Wall sleeve assembly, consisting of
housing, gaskets, and pipe sleeve, with 1 mechanical-joint end
conforming to A WWA C110 and 1 plain pip=-sleeve end.
B. Penetrating Pipe Deflection: 5 percent without leakage.

C. Housing: Ductile-iron casting having waterstop and anchor ring, with ductileiron gland, steel studs and nuts, and rubber gasket conforming to A WWA C 1
1 1, of housing and gasket size as required to fit penetrating pipe.
D. Pipe Sleeve: AWWA C151, ductile-iron pipe.
E. Housing-to-Sleeve Gasket: Rubber or neoprene push-on type of
manufacturers design.
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
F.
2 07
ODAC
Section 15120
Cast-Iron Sleeve Fittings: Commercially made sleeve having an

integral clamping flange, with clamping ring, bolts, and nuts for
membrane flashing.
Underdeck Clamp: Clamping ring with set-screws.
Mechanical Sleeve Seals

A. Mechanical Sleeve Seals: Modular mechanical type, consisting of interlocking
synthetic rubber links shaped to continuously fill annular space between pipe
and sleeve, connected with bolts and pressure plates which cause rubber
sealing elements to expand when tightened, providing watertight seal and
electrical insulation.
B. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide mechanical
sleeve seals from one of the following manufacturer.
Thunderline Corp.
Approved Equal
2 08
(U.S.A.)
Fire Barrier Penetration Seals

A. Provide seals for any opening through fire-rated walls, floors, or ceilings used
as passage for mechanical components such as piping or ductwork..
B. For cracks, voids, or holes up to 100 mm diameter, use putty or caulking,
one- piece intumescent elastomer, non-corrosive to metal, compatible with
synthetic cable jackets, and capable of expanding 10 times when exposed to
flame or heat, UL-1 isted.
C. For openings 100 mm or greater, use sealing system capable of passing 3hour fire test in accordance with ASTM E-814, consisting of wall wrap or liner,
partitions, and end caps capable of expanding when exposed to temperatures
of (121 to 177 deg. C), UL-listed.
D. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide fire barrier
penetration seals from one of the following manufacturers:
- Electro Products Div./3 M
- Nelson, Unit of General Signal
- Approved equal
2 09
Flashing Sleeves
Flashing Sleeves: Coated cast iron, caulking type, as manufactured by Zurn
No. Z-196 or Josam No. 1840, or approved equal.
2 10 Drip Pans
A. Provide drip pans fabricated from corrosion-resistant sheet metal with
watertight joints, and with edges turned up 65 mm . Reinforce top, either by
structural angles or by rolling top over 6 mm steel rod.
B. Provide hole, gasket, and flange at low point for watertight joint and 1 drain
line connection.
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15120
2 11 Masonry Bolts
Masonry bolts to be of approved make, minimum 20 mm diameter.
Part 3: Execution
3 01
Strainers
A. Install strainers full size of pipe run, in accordance with manufacturers
installation instructions.
B. Install pipe nipple and shutoff valve in strainer blow down connection, full size
of connection, except for strainers 50 mm and smaller installed ahead of
control valves feeding individual terminals. Where indicated, provide drain line
from shutoff valve to plumbing drain, full size of blow down connection.
C. Locate strainers in supply line ahead of the following equipment, and
elsewhere as indicated, if integral strainer is not included in equipment:
- Pumps
- Temperature control valves
- Pressure reducing valves
- Temperature or pressure regulating valves
3 02
Dielectric Insulated Unions and Flanges

Install at each piping joint between ferrous and non-ferrous piping. Comply
with manufacturers installation instructions.
3 03
Vacuum Breakers
Install vacuum breakers where indicated and as determined by Contractor as
required to prevent piping systems from being exposed to vacuum conditions.
3 04
Escutcheon Plates
A. Install pipe escutcheons plates on each pipe penetration through floors, walls,
partitions, and ceilings where penetration is exposed to view, and on exterior
of building, according to the following:
-
Chrome-Plated Piping: Cast-brass, one-piece, with set-screw, and

polished chrome-plated finish. Use split-casting escutcheons, where
required, for existing piping.
Uninsulated Piping Wall Escutcheons: Cast-brass or stamped-steel,
with set-screw.
Uninsulated Piping Floor Plates in Utility Areas: Cast-iron floor plates.
Insulated Piping: Cast-brass or stamped-steel, with concealed -hinge,
spring clips, and chrome-plated finish.
Piping in Utility Areas: Cast-brass or stamped-steel, with set-screw or
spring clips.
B. Secure escutcheon plate to pipe or insulation so escutcheon

penetration hole, and is flush with adjoining surface.
covers
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
3 05
ODAC
Section 15120
Pipe Sleeves
A. Install sleeves for pipes passing through concrete and masonry walls,
concrete floor and roof slabs, and where indicated. Do not install sleeves
through structural members except as detailed on Drawings, or as reviewed
by Engineer. Install sleeves as follows:
- Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.
B. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas
or other wet areas (50 mm) above finished floor level. Extend cast-iron sleeve
fittings below floor slab as required to secure clamping ring where specified.
-
Build sleeves into new walls and slabs as work progresses.

Install large enough sleeves to provide (6mm) annular clear space
between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. Use the following sleeve
materials:
C. Steel Pipe Sleeves: For pipes smaller than (150 mm).

D. Cast-Iron Sleeve Fittings: For floors having membrane waterproofing. Secure
flashing between clamping flanges. Install section of cast-iron soil pipe to
extend sleeve to (50 mm) above finished floor level. Flashing is specified
1) Seal space outside of sleeve fittings with nonshrink,
nonmetallic grout.
Except for below-grade wall penetrations, seal annular space
between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation, using elastomeric joint
sealants specified in Division 7 Section Joint Sealants.
E. Above Grade, Exterior Wall, Pipe Penetrations: Seal penetrations using
sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals. Size sleeve for (25mm) annular clear
space between pipe and sleeve for installation of mechanical seals.
- Install steel pipe for sleeves smaller than (150 mm).
- Install cast-iron wall pipes for sleeves (150 mm) and larger.
- Assemble and install mechanical seals according to manufacturers
printed instructions.
-
F.
Below Grade, Exterior Wall, Pipe Penetrations: Install cast-iron wall pipes for
sleeves. Seal pipe penetrations using mechanical sleeve seals. Size sleeve
for (25mm) annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for installation of
mechanical seals.
G. Below Grade, Exterior Wall, Pipe Penetrations: Install ductile-iron wall

penetration system sleeves according to manufacturers printed installation
instructions.
H. Install sleeves accurately centered on pipe runs.
I. Size sleeves so that piping and insulation(if any) will have free movement in
sleeve, including allowance for thermal expansion; but not less than 2 pipe
sizes larger than piping run. Where insulation includes vapor-barrier jacket,
provide sleeve with sufficient clearance for installation.
J.
Install length of sleeve equal to thickness of construction penetrated, and

finish flush to surface; except floor sleeves. Extend floor sleeves 6 mm above
level floor finish, and 20 mm above floor finish sloped to drain.
K. Provide temporary support of sleeves during placement of concrete and other

work around sleeves, and provide temporary closure to prevent concrete and
other materials from entering sleeves.
L. Install iron-pipe sleeves at exterior penetrations; both above and below
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15120
grade.
M. Refer to NFPA Standard 13 for special requirements of floor sleeve extension
in rooms containing sprinklers.
N. Install steel-pipe except as otherwise indicated.
O. Sleeve Seals: Fill and pack annular space between sleeve and pipe with
oakum, calk with lead, on both sides.
3 06

Loosely assemble rubber links around pipe with bolts and pressure plates
located under each bolt head and nut. Push into sleeve and center. Tighten
bolts until links have expanded to form watertight seal.
3 07

A. Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors-at pipe
penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestopping sealant material. Fire
stopping materials are specified.
3 08
Drip Pans
A. Locate drip pans under piping passing over or within 1 meter horizontally of
electrical equipment, and elsewhere as indicated.
B. Hang from structure with rods and building attachments. Weld rods to sides
of drip pan.
C. Brace to prevent sagging or swaying.
D. Connect 25 mm drain line to drain connection, and run to nearest plumbing
drain or elsewhere as indicated.
7
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15135

Section 15135 - Meters and Gauges
Part 1: General
1 01
Related Documents
Drawings and project general provisions of the Contract, including the
General and Supplementary of the project specifications.
1 02
Summary
This Section includes meters and gages used in plumbing fire fighting
systems.
-
1 03
Submittals
A.
General: Submit the following according to the Conditions of the

Contract.
B.
Product data for each type of meter, gage, and fitting specified. Include
scale range, ratings, and calibrated performance curves, certified
where indicated. Submit a meter and gage schedule showing
manufacturers figure number, scale range, location. and accessories
for each meter and gage.
C.
Product certificates signed by manufacturers of meters and gages

certifying accuracies under specified operating conditions and
compliance with specified requirements.
D.
Maintenance data to include in the Operating and Maintenance

Manuals General Requirements include data for the following :
-
1 04
Meters and gages furnished as part of factory-fabricated equipment

are specified as part of the equipment assembly in other Sections.
Test plugs.
Flow measuring systems.
Flow meters.
Quality Assurance
A. Comply with applicable portions of American Society of Mechanical
Engineers (ASME) and Instrument Society of America (ISA) standards
pertaining to construction and installation of meters and gages.
Part 2: Product
2 01
Manufacturers
A. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the Work
include, but are not limited to, the following or approved equal:
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15135
Liquid-in-Glass Thermometers:
1.
Marsh Instrument Co.
2. Marshalltown Instruments, Inc.
3. H.O. Trerice Co.
4.
Weiss Instruments, Inc.
5.
Weksler Instruments Corp.
Pressure Gages:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
AMETEK, U.S. Gauge Div.

Ashcroft by Dresser Industries, Instrument Div.
Marsh Instrument Co.
Marshalltown Instruments, Inc.
H.O. Trerice Co.
Weiss Instruments, Inc.
Weksler Instruments Corp.
WIKA Instruments Corp.
Test Plugs:
1.
Flow Design, Inc.
2.
MG Piping Products Co.
3.
Peterson Equipment Co., Inc.
4. Sisco Co., Spedco, Inc.
5.
H.O. Trerice Co.
6.
Watts Regulator Co.
2 02
Flow Indicators:
1.
Anderson by Dwyer Instruments, Inc.
2.
Brooks Instrument Div., Emerson Electric Co.
3.
Ernst Gage Co.
4.
Ketema, Inc., Schutte and Koerting Div. e.
5.
Penberthy, Inc. f.
6.
Visi-Flo by OPW Div., Dover Corp.
Thermometers, General
A. Scale Range: Temperature ranges for services listed as follows:
B.
2 03
Domestic Hot Water: 0 to 115 deg C, with 1 degree scale divisions.

Domestic Cold Water: Minus 18 to 38 deg C, with 1 degree scale
divisions.
Hot Water: 0 to 150 deg C, with 1 degree scale divisions.
Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of range span or plus or minus one
scale division to maximum of 1.5 percent of range span.
Pressure Gages
A.
Description: ASME B40.1, Grade A phosphor-bronze Bourdon-tube

pressure gage. with bottom connection.
B.
Case: Drawn steel, brass, or aluminum with 115 mm (4-1/2) diameter

glass lens.
C. Connector: Brass, 6 mm (1/4) NPS.

D.
Scale: White-coated aluminum, with permanently etched markings.

2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
E.
Accuracy: Plus or minus 1 percent of range span.
F.
Range: Conform to the following:

-
2 04
Vacuum: 30 inches Hg of vacuum to 15 psig of pressure.

Vacuum: 100 kPa of vacuum to 100 kPa of pressure.
Fluids Under Pressure: 2 times operating pressure.
Pressure-Gage Accessories
A.
B.
2 05
ODAC
Section 15135
Syphons: 6 mm straight coil of brass tubing with threads on each end.

Snubbers: 6 mm brass bushing with corrosion-resistant porous-metal
disc of material suitable for system fluid and working pressure.
Test Plugs
1.
Description: Nickel-plated brass-body test plug in 15 mm fitting.
2. Body: Length as required to extend beyond insulation.

3. Pressure Rating: 3450 kPa (500 psig) minimum.
4.
Core Inserts: 2 self-sealing valve types, suitable for inserting a 3 mm

outside- diameter probe from a dial thermometer or pressure gage.
5.
Core Material: According to the following for fluid and temperature

range:
-
6.
7.
8.
2 06
2 07
Air, Water, Oil, and Gas: Minus 7 to 93 deg C, neoprene rubber.

Air and Water: Minus 35 to 136 deg C, ethylene-propylene-dieneterpolymer (EPDM) rubber.
Test-Plug Cap: Gasketed and threaded cap, with retention chain.
Test Kit: Provide test kit consisting of 1 pressure gage and gage
adapter with probe, 2 bimetal dial thermometers and a carrying case.
Pressure Gage and Thermometer Ranges: Approximately 2 times
systems operating conditions.
Flow-Measuring Systems, General

A.
Flow-measuring systems include calibrated flow element, separate

meter, hoses or tubing, valves, fittings, and conversion chart that is
compatible with flow element, meter, and system fluid.
B.
Flow range of flow-measuring element and meter covers operating

range of equipment or system where used.
Flow Indicators
A. Description: Instrument for visual verification of flow made for installation
in piping systems that measures flow directly in L/s (gallons/minute).
B.
Construction: Bronze or stainless-steel body with sight glass and
plastic pelton- wheel indicator.
C. Pressure Rating: 860 kPa.
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15135
D. Temperature Rating: 93 deg C.
2 08
Water Meter
In-line, dry dial, magnetic drive type, manufactured from corrosion resistant
materials and suitable for a working pressure of 10 kg/cm2 and a cold water
temperature of up to 50 deg. C. Meter to be sized for the specified flow rate at
a maximum head loss of 2.5 m water gauge, and to have the manufacturers
guaranteed accuracy of +/-5% at the minimum flow rate. Dial registration to
go up to 1,000,000 cubic meter. Meter to have a combination dial and roller
totalizer in a hermetically sealed casing to preclude glass misting, moisture
corrosion and tampering, a hot pressed brass body and a hinged cover, with
male threaded ends for union connections into the line. Meter to be as
manufactured by Kent Meters Ltd., type ESJ or EMJ, or approved equal.
Part 3: Execution
3 01
Meter and Gage Applications

General: Where indicated, install meters and gages of types, sizes,
capacities, and with features indicated.
3 02
Meter and Gage Installation, General

Install meters, gages, and accessories according to manufacturers written
instructions for applications where used.
3 03
Thermometer Installation
A. Install thermometers and adjust vertical and tilted positions.
B. Install in the following locations and elsewhere as indicated:
C.
D.
Thermometer: Install in vertical position in piping tees where

thermometers are indicated.
-
3 04
At inlet and outlet of each hydraulic zone.

At inlet and outlet of each hydraulic chiller.
At inlet and outlet of each hydraulic coil in air-handling units and builtup central systems.
At inlet and outlet of each hydraulic heat exchanger.
Remote-Reading Dial Thermometers: Install in control panels with
tubing connecting panel and thermometer bulb supported to prevent
kinks. Use minimum tulen.
Install wells with stem extending minimum of 50 mm into fluid.

Install wells with stem extending to center of pipe.
Fill wells with oil or graphite and secure caps.
Pressure Gage Installation

A. Install pressure gages in piping tee with pressure gage valve located on
pipe at most readable position.
B. Install in the following locations and elsewhere as indicated:
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
C.
3 05
ODAC
Section 15135
At suction and discharge of each pump.

At discharge of each pressure-reducing valve.
At building water service entrance.
Pressure Gage Needle Valves: Install in piping tee with snubber.
Install syphon instead of snubber for steam pressure gages.
Test Plug Installation

Install test plugs in piping tees where indicated, located on pipe at most
readable position. Secure cap.
3 06
Flow-Measuring System, Flow Element And Meter
Installation
A. General: Install flow meters for piping systems located in accessible
locations at most readable position.
B.
Locations: Install flow measuring elements and meters at discharge of
each pump, at inlet of each hydraulic coil in built-up central systems,
and elsewhere as indicated.
3 07
C.
Differential-Pressure-Type Flow Elements: Install minimum straight

lengths of pipe upstream and downstream from element as
prescribed by the manufacturers installation instructions.
D.
Install connection fittings for attachment to portable flow meters in

readily accessible locations.
E.
Permanently Mounted Meters for Flow Elements: Install meters on

walls or brackets in accessible locations.
F.
Install connections, tubing, and accessories between flow elements

and meters as prescribed by manufacturers written instructions.
Flow Meter Installation

Include 10 pipe diameters upstream and 5 pipe diameters downstream of
straight unrestricted piping for 32 mm and smaller pipe. Include 20 pipe
diameters upstream and 10 pipe diameters downstream for 40 mm and larger
pipe.
3 08
Connections
A. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Sections. The
Drawings indicate the general arrangement of piping, fittings, and
specialties.
B.
Install meters and gages adjacent to machines and equipment to allow

servicing and maintenance.
C.
Connect flow-measuring-system elements to meters.
D.
E.
Connect flow-meter transmitters to meters.

Connect Btu-meter transmitters to meters.
F.
Make electrical connections to power supply and electrically operated

ineters and devices.
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
3 09
ODAC
Section 15135
Adjusting and Cleaning

A.
Calibrate meters according to manufacturers written instructions,

after installation.
B.
Adjusting: Adjust faces of meters and gages to proper angle for best
visibility.
C.
Cleaning: Clean windows of meters and gages and factory-finished

surfaces. Replace cracked and broken windows and repair scratched
and marred surfaces with manufacturers touchup paint.
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15145

Section 15145 - Hangers and Supports
Part 1: General
1 01
Related Documents
Drawings and project general provisions of the Contract, including the
General and Supplementary Conditions and apply to this Section.
1 02
1 03
Summary
A.
This Section includes hangers and supports for mechanical systems

piping and equipment.
B.
Section "Pipe And Pipe Fittings" contain requirements that relate to this
Section:
C.
Approved types of pipe hangers, supports and anchors are shown on

the Drawings, and described in this section. Contractor may provide
other types subject to approval by the Engineer.
D.
Pipe supports and anchors are to be provided following the

requirements of this section and other sections irrespective of
whether they are indicated on the Drawings or not.
Mss Standard
Compliance with the Manufacturers Standardization Society of the Valve and
Fitting Industry
A. Terminology used in this Section is defined in MSS SP-90.
1 04
B.
Provide pipe hangers and supports complying with MSS SP-58.
C.
Select and apply pipe hangers and supports complying with MSS SP69.
D.
Fabricate and install pipe hangers and supports complying with MSS
SP-89.
Seismic Performance Requirements

Design seismic restraint hangers and supports for piping and equipment
suitable for seismic zone of project.
1 05
Submittals
A.
General: Submit the following according to the Conditions of the project

Contract.
B. Product data for each type of hanger and support.

C.
Submit pipe hanger and support schedule showing manufacturers

Figure No., size, location, and features for each required pipe hanger
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15145
and support.
1 06
D.
Welder certificates signed by Contractor certifying that welders

comply with requirements specified under the Quality Assurance
Article.
E.
Shop drawings for each type of hanger and support, indicating

dimensions, weights, required clearances, and methods of
component assembly.
Quality Assurance
Listing and Labeling: Provide hangers and supports that are listed and
labeled as defined in NFPA 70, Article 100.
Part 2:
Product
2 01
Hangers And Supports General
2 02
A.
Hangers and supports are to allow adjustment of slope of piping and

removal without dismantling pipes.
B.
Hangers and supports to be designed and tested to sustain load

times actual supported load.
C.
Hangers and supports to be steel with smooth flat bearing surfaces,

to carry weight of piping and contents without sagging, swaying,
vibrating or deforming, and to allow free movement of pipes due to
expansion and contraction without noise or damage to piping or
construction.
D.
Hangers and supports to be complete with all necessary structural

steel, rods, bolts, nuts, turnbuckles and other components.
E.
Select only one type by one manufacturer for each piping service.
F.
Select size of hangers and supports to exactly fit pipe size for bare
piping, and to exactly fit around piping insulation with saddle or shield
for insulated piping.
G.
Provide copper-plated hangers and supports for copper-piping

systems.
Manufactured Units
A.
Hangers, Supports, and Components: Factory-fabricated according

to MSS SP- 58.
-
B.
Components include galvanized coatings where installed for piping

and equipment that will not have a field-applied finish.
Pipe attachments include nonmetallic coating for electrolytic
protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper
tubing.
Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: 690 kPa (100 psi) average
compressive strength, waterproofed calcium silicate, encased with
sheet metal shield. Insert and shield cover entire circumference of
pipe and are of length indicated by manufacturer for pipe size and
thickness of insulation.
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
C.
Powder-Actuated Drive-Pin Fasteners: Powder-actuated-type, drivepin attachments with pull-out and shear capacities appropriate for
supported loads and building materials where used. Fasteners for fire
protection systems include UL listing and FM approval.
Mechanical-Anchor Fasteners: Insert-type attachments with pull-out
and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building
materials where used. Fasteners for fire protection systems include
UL listing and FM approval.
D.
E.
2 03
Pipe Anchor and Guides: 20 mm diameter U-bolts to fit around pipe

loosely for guides and welded to pipe for anchors.
Miscellaneous Materials
A.
Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, steel plates, shapes, and bars,
black and galvanized.
B.
Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.10 or ASTM A 183, steel, hex-head, track
bolts and nuts.
C.
D.
Washers: ASTM F 844, steel, plain, flat washers.

Grout: ASTM C 1107, Grade B, nonshrink, nonmetallic.
-
2 04
3 01
3 02
Characteristics include post-hardening, volume-adjusting, dry,

hydrauliccement-type grout that is nonstaining, noncorrosive,
nongaseous and is recommended for both interior and exterior
applications.
Design Mix: 34.5 MPa, 28-day compressive strength.
Water: Potable.
Packaging: Premixed and factory-packaged.
Recommended Manufactures
-
Part 3:
ODAC
Section 15145
Grinnel
Approved Equal
Execution
Hanger and Support Applications
A.
Specific hanger requirements are specified in the Section specifying

the equipment and systems.
B.
Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe hanger selections and applications
that are not specified in piping specification Sections.
C.
Install hangers and supports of same type and style as installed for
adjacent similar piping.
D.
Do not use wire, rope, wood, chain, strap or perforated metal to

support piping, and do not support piping from other piping.
Hanger And Support Installation

A.
General: Comply with MSS SP-69 and SP-89. Install hangers,

3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15145
supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support

piping from building structure. Provide intermediate steel where
required to transfer loads to areas of structure where they can be
safely accommodated.
B.
C.
Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping supported

together on field-fabricated, heavy-duty trapeze hangers where
possible. Keep pipes in position with U-bolts. Lines subject to extreme
thermal expansion to be free to slide or roll. (Provide rollers on
trapeze hangers)
Install supports with maximum spacings complying with MSS SP-69,
and the requirements of this section. Specified maximum spans are
for straight runs of pipe.
D.
Where pipes of various sizes are supported together by trapeze

hangers, space hangers for smallest pipe size or install intermediate
supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified above for individual
pipe hangers. Support vertical pipe risers independently of adjacent
horizontal hangers.
E.
Install building attachments within concrete or to structural steel.

Space attachments within maximum piping span length indicated in
MSS SP-69. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads,
including valves, fianges, guides, strainers, expansion joints, and at
changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete
is placed; fasten insert to forms. Install reinforcing bars through
openings at top of inserts.
F.
Install concrete inserts in new construction prior to placing concrete.
G.
Install powder-actuated drive-pin fasteners in concrete after concrete

is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to powderactuated tool manufacturers operating manual. Do not use in
lightweight concrete slabs or in concrete slabs less than 100 mm
thick.
H.
Install mechanical-anchor fasteners in concrete after concrete is

placed and completely cured. Install according to fastener
manufacturers written instructions. Do not use in lightweight
concrete slabs or in concrete slabs less than 100 mm thick or in post
tensioned slabs.
I.
Install hangers and supports complete with necessary inserts, bolts,

rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories.
J.
Heavy-Duty Steel Trapezes: Field-fabricate from ASTM A 36 steel

shapes selected for loads being supp. Weld steel according to AWS
D-l. l.
K.
Support fire protection systems piping independent of other piping.
L.
Install hangers and supports to allow controlled movement of piping

systems, permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and
facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion
bends, and similar units.
M.
Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and
dead loading and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to
connected equipment. Support piping independently of equipment.
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
N.
Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe

slopes and so that maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME
B31.9 Building Services Piping is not exceeded.
O.
Anchors: Weld U-bolts to pipes at points of contact and bolt to

structural angle frame securely fixed to structure.
Insulated Piping: Protect pipe insulation at hangers and supports
from weight or movement of pipe. Provide firm attachment to pipe.
Comply with the following installation requirements.
P.
3 03
ODAC
Section 15145
Clamps: Attach clamps, including spacers (if any), to piping with

clamps projecting through insulation; do not exceed pipe stresses
allowed by ASME B31.9.
Saddles: Install protection saddles MSS Type 39 where insulation
without vapor barrier. Fill interior voids with segments of insulation
that match adjoining pipe insulation.
Shields: Install MSS Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with
vapor barrier. Shields to span an arc of 180 degrees (3.1 rad) and
have dimensions in mm not less than the following:
Pipe size
Mm
Length
Mm
Thickness
Mm
8 to 90
100
125 and 150
200 to 350
400 to 600
300
300
450
600
600
1.22
1.52
1.52
1.91
2.67
Pipes 200mm and larger : Include wood inserts.

Insert Material: Length at least as long as the protective shild.
Thermal-Hanger shields: Install with insulation of same thickness as
piping.
Spacing Of Pipe Hangers And Supports

A. Cast Iron Pipe Supports:
-
Support horizontal cast iron pipes at every joint, at base of each

vertical stack, at each change in direction, at each branch connection
and at not more than l. 5 m spaces on straight runs.
Support vertical cast iron pipes at a minimum of each storey height.
B. Steel Pipe Supports:

-
Support horizontal steel pipes at intervals not exceeding maximum

support spacing and by hanger rod of minimum size as follows:
Pipe
Maximum support
Minimum size
Diameted
Spacing
Of hanger rod
Mm
Mm
Mm
15
20
25
32
40
500
65
80
1.5
1.8
2.0
2.5
2.7
3.0
3.3
3.6
10
10
10
10
10
10
13
13
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15145
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
450
500
550
600
-
3 04
3 05
16
16
22
25
25
25
25
28
32
32
38
38
Support vertical steel pipes at a minimum of every storey height.
Equipment Supports
A.
Fabricate structural steel stands to suspend equipment from structure

above or support equipment above floor.
B.
Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment, and make a

smooth bearing surface.
Metal Fabrication
A.
Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for pipe and
equipment supports.
B.
Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field-weld

connections that cannot be shop-welded because of shipping size
limitations.
C.
Field Welding: Comply with AWS Dl. 1 procedures for manual

shielded metal- arc welding, appearance and quality of welds,
methods used in correcting welding work, and the following:
-
3 06
4.2
4.2
4.2
4.8
4.8
4.8
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
6.0
Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop

strength and corrosion resistance of base metals.
Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
Remove welding flux immediately.
Finish welds at exposed connections so that no roughness shows
after finishing, and so that contours of welded surfaces match
adjacent contours.
Adjusting
Hanger Adjustment: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments
and to achieve indicated slope of pipe.
3 07
Painting
A.
Touching Up: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint and
paint exposed areas immediately after erection of hangers and
supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with
SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces.
-
Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of

0.05 mm
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15145
B.
Touching Up: Cleaning and touch-up painting of field welds, bolted

connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous
metal is specified in Division 9 Section Painting,
C.
Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded

areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.
7
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15190

Section 15190 - Mechanical Identification
Part 1: General
1 01
Related Documents
Drawings and project general provisions of Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1 02
Summary
This Section includes mechanical identification materials and devices
including painting requirements.
1 03
1 04
Submittals
A.
General : Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of

Contract and Specifications Sections.
B.
Product data for identification materials and devices.
C.
Samples of color, lettering style, and other graphic representation

required for each identification material and device.
D.
Valve Schedules: Submit valve schedules for each piping system.

Reproduce on standard-size bond parer. Tabulate valve number,
piping system, system abbreviation (as shown on tag), location of
valve (room or space), and variations for identifiction. Mark valves
intended for emergency shutoff and similar special uses. Furnish extra
copies (in addition to mounted copies) for Maintenace Manuals as
spcified in thee project General Requirements.
Quality Assurance
Comply with ASME A13.1 for lettering size, length of color field, colors, and
viewing angles of identification devices.
1 05
Sequencing And Scheduling

Coordinate installation of identifying devices after completion of covering and
painting where devices are applied to surfaces. Install identifying devices prior
to installation of acoustical ceilings and similar concealment.
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15190
Part 2: Product
2 01
Identifying Devices And Labels

A. General: Products specified are manufacturers standard products of
categories and types required for each application as referenced in other
Sections. Where more than single type is specified for listed application,
selection is Contractors option, but provide single selection for each
product category.
B. Equipment Nameplates: Metal nameplate permanently fastened to
equipment and having data engraved or stamped.
-
Data: Manufacturer, product name, model number, serial number,

capacity, operating and power characteristics, labels of tested
compliances, and essential data.
Location: An accessible and visible location.
C. Stencils: Standard stencils. prepared with letter sizes conforming to

recommendations of ASME A13.1. 19 mm for access door signs and
similar operational instructions.
- Stencil Paint: Exterior, oil-based alkyd gloss black enamel, except as
otherwise indicated. Paint may be in pressurized spray-can form.
- Identification Paint: Exterior, oil-based alkyd enamel in colors
according to ASME A13.1. except as otherwise indicated.
D. Snap-On Plastic Pipe Markers: Manufacturers standard pre-printed,
semi-rigid snap-on, color-coded pipe markers conforming to ASME A13.1.
E. Pipes Smaller Than 150 mm: Full-band pipe markers, extending 360
degrees around pipe at each location.
F. Pipes 150 mm And Larger: Either full-band or strip-type pipe markers, at
least 3 times the letter height and of length required for label.
G. Lettering: Manufacturers standard pre-printed terms as selected by the
Engineer.
H. Lettering: Use piping system terms as indicated and abbreviate only as
necessary for each application length.
-
I.
Arrows: Either integrally with piping system service lettering (to

accommodate both directions), or as separate unit, on each pipe
marker to indicate direction of flow.
Valve Tags: Stamped or engraved with 6mm letters for piping system
abbreviation and 13 mm sequenced numbers. Provide a 4 mm hole for
fastener.
-
Material: 2.4 mm thick plastic laminate having 2 black surfaces and a

white inner layer.
Size: 38 mm diameter, except as otherwise indicated.
Shape: As indicated for each piping system.
J.
Valve Tag Fasteners: Brass wire-link chain, beaded chain, or S-hooks.
K.
Access Panel Markers: 1.6mm thick engraved plastic-laminate markers.

with abbreviated terms and numbers corresponding to concealed valve.
Provide 3 mm center hole for attachment.
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15190
L. Valve Schedule Frames: Glazed display frame, with screws for removable
mounting on masonry walls for each page of valve schedule.
-
Frame: Extruded aluminum.

Glazing: ASTM C 1036, 2.5 mm, single thickness, sheet glass.
- Type: Type I, flat transparent.
- Class: Class 1, clear.
- Quality: Glazing B, for general applications.
M. Engraved Plastic-Laminate Signs: ASTM D 709, Type I, cellulose, paperbase, phenolic-resin-laminate engraving stock; Grade ES-2, black
surface, black phenolic core, with white (letter color) melamine subcore,
except when other colors are indicated. Fabricate in sizes required for
message. Provide holes for mechanical fastening.
-
Engraved with engravers standard letter style, of sizes and with terms
to match equipment identification.
Thickness: 1.6 mm, for units up to 1300 mm or 200 mm length; 3 mm
for larger units.
Fasteners: Self-tapping stainless steel screws or contact-type
permanent adhesive.
N. Plastic Equipment Markers: Laminated-plastic, in the following color code:

-
Green: Cooling equipment and components.

Yellow: Heating equipment and components.
Yellow/Green: Combination cooling and heating equipment and
components.
Brown: Energy reclamation equipment and components.
Blue: Equipment and components that do not meet any of above
criteria.
For hazardous equipment, use colors and designs recommended by
ASME A13.1.
Terminology: Include following, matching schedules as closely as
possible:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Name and plan number.

Equipment service.
Design capacity.
Other design parameters such as pressure drop, entering and
leaving conditions, and rpm.
Size: Approximate 64 mm by 100 mm for control devices, and valves;

and 115 mm by 150 mm for equipment.
O. Plasticized Tags: Pre-printed or partially pre-printed accident-prevention

tags, of plasticized card stock with matt finish suitable for writing.
-
Size: Approximately 83 mm by 143 mm.

Fasteners: Brass grommets and wire.
Nomenclature: Large-size primary wording such as DANGER,
CAUTION, or DO NOT OPERATE.
P. Lettering and Graphics: Coordinate names, abbreviations, and other

designations used in mechanical identification, with corresponding
designations indicated. Use numbers, letters, and terms indicated for
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15190
proper identification, operation, and maintenance of mechanical systems

and equipment.
-
Multiple Systems: Where multiple systems of same name are

indicated, identify individual system number as well as service (such
as Pump No. 3, Sump Pump No. 1H, or Standpipe F12).
Part 3: Execution
3 01
Labeling And Identifying

A. Piping Systems: Install pipe markers on each system. Include arrows
showing normal direction of flow.
- Stenciled Markers: Painted. color-coded bands or rectangles.
- Plastic markers, with appropriate length of pipe insulation segment
where required for hot non-insulated pipes.
1. Fasten markers on pipes smaller than 150 mm by one of following
methods:
-
Snap-on application of pre-tensioned semi-rigid plastic pipe marker.

Adhesive lap joint in pipe marker overlap.
Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or
insulation).
Taped to pipe (or insulation) with color-coded plastic adhesive tape.
not less than 19 mm wide, lapped 38 mm minimum at both ends of
pipe marker, and covering full circumference of pipe.
2. Fasten markers on pipes 150 mm and larger by one of following
methods:
Laminated or bonded application of pipe marker to pipe (or
insulation).
Taped to pipe (or insulation) with color-coded plastic adhesive tape,
not less than 38 mm wide, lapped 76 mm minimum at both ends of
pipe marker, and covering full circumference of pipe.
Strapped to pipe (or insulation) with manufacturers standard stainless
steel bands.
Locate pipe markers and color bands as follows wherever piping is
exposed in finished spaces, machine rooms, accessible maintenance
spaces (shafts, tunnels, plenums) and exterior non-concealed
locations.
1. Near each valve and control device.
2. Near each branch connection, excluding short take-offs for
fixtures and terminal units. Mark each pipe at branch, where flow
pattern is not obvious.
3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, or enter nonaccessible enclosures.
4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit
view of concealed piping.
5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and
termination.
6. Spaced at a maximum of 15 m intervals along each run. Reduce
intervals to 7.5 m in congested areas of piping and equipment.
7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings, except omit
intermediately spaced markers.
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15190
B. Valve Tags: Install valve tag on valves and control devices in piping
systems, except check valves, valves within factory-fabricated equipment
units, plumbing fixture supply stops, shut-off valves, faucets, convenience
and lawn-watering hose bibbs, and similar roughing-in connections of
end-use fixtures and units. List tagged valves in valve schedule.
- Schedule: Comply with requirements of Valve Tagging Applications
Schedule in Part 3 of this Section.
- Install mounted valve schedule in each major equipment room.
C. Equipment: Install engraved plastic laminate signs or equipment markers
on or near each major item of mechanical equipment. Provide signs for
following general categories of equipment:
-
Main control and operating valves, including safety devices and

hazardous units such asMeters, gages, thermometers, and similar
units.
Pumps, compressors and similar motor-driven units and similar
equipment.
Kitchen Equipment, pumps, swimming pools, studies, strainers, filters,
water treatment systems, and similar equipment.
D. Optional Sign Types: Stenciled signs may be provided instead of

engraved plastic, at Installers option, where lettering larger than 25 mm
(1) high is needed for proper identification because of distance from
normal location of required identification.
-
Lettering Size: Minimum 6 mm for name of unit where viewing

distance is less than 0.6 m, 13 mm for distances up to 1.8 m and
proportionately larger lettering for greater distances. Provide
secondary lettering 2/3 to 3/4 of size of principal lettering.
Terms on Signs: In addition to name of identified unit distinguish
between multiple units, indicate operational requirements, indicate
safety and emergency precautions, and warn of hazards and
improper operations.
E. Plasticized Tags: Install within concealed space to reduceamountoftextin

exposed sign (outside concealment), where equipment to be identified is
concealed above acoustical ceiling or similar concealment.
-
Identify operational valves and similar minor equipment items located

in unoccupied spaces (including machine rooms) by installing
plasticized tags.
F. Piping Systems: Identify cold water, hot water supply, return, with duct
markers; or provide stenciled signs and arrows showing duct system
service and direction of flow.
-
3 02
Location: In each space where ducts are exposed or concealed by

removable ceiling system. Locate signs near points where pipe enter
into concealed space and at maximum intervals of 15 m.
Adjusting And Cleaning

A. Relocate mechanical identification materials and devices which have
become visually blocked by work.
B. Clean face of identification devices, and glass frames of valve charts.
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
3 03
ODAC
Section 15190
Cleaning And Painting

A. Clean equipment, material, piping etc. inside and outside by effective and
approved methods to remove loose mill scale, blisters, sand, plaster, paint
droppings, debris, dirt, oil, grease, labels, and all foreign matter. Clean
and brush work in stages as directed before painting or concealing.
B.
Surfaces to be painted: clean with wire brush and cleaning solution.
Do not apply paint to wet or damp surface.
C. Black Steel Piping including flanges, bolts, nuts, cast iron valves and
accessories, valve wheels and all ferrous parts to be painted with two
coats of zinc chromate primer whether or not they are to be insulated.
When bare or exposed to view, they are to be further painted with two
coats of approved oil paint.
D. Piping run in trenches, shafts, underground or out- doors, including
flanges, bolts, nuts, valves and all ferrous parts to be painted with two
coats of zinc chromate primer and two coats of heavy bituminous solution
paint.
E. Piping: when directed by the Engineer piping in machine room is to be
painted to conform to the ASME Colour Code. Alternatively stencil pipes
to show service, size and direction of flow. Insulated pipes to be colour
coded and stencilled over the external jacket.
F. Hangers and Supports including clamps, rods. bolts, nuts etc. are to be
painted v ith two coats of zinc chromate primer and where exposed to
view with two additional coats of approved oil paint.
G. Damaged Surfaces of equipment to be restored to original condition by
cleaning and painting as directed.
H. Unfinished Surfaces to be painted as directed.
I.
HT Surfaces to be painted with approved heat resistant paint.
J.
Apply Paint in strict accordance with manufacturers instructions and

recommendations.
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15300

Section 15300 - Fire Protection
Part 1: General
1 01
Related Documents
A. Project general provisions of contract and supplementary conditions
Specification sections apply to work of this section.
B. Basic Requirements for Plumbing and Fire fighting Material and Methods
sections apply to work of this section.
1 02
Scope of Work
A. Extent of fire protection work is indicated on drawings and schedules, and
by requirements of this section.
B.
Installation of a hydraulically calculated separate standpipe system

complete and ready for operation. Contractor to submit full hydraulic
calculation for the entire systems as per the drawings and the following
specification.
C.
Installation of a new fire pumps, sized to meet the systems flow and
pressure as per NFPA 14 to provide 440 kPa at the top of standpipe.
D.
Installation of all necessary accessories and controls for the proper

operation of the system as per NFPA 14, NFPA 20 and NFPA 24.
E. Painting of exposed piping and supports to match surrounding background

in stairways and other finished areas and red in unfinished areas.
F. Refer to the section of fire pumps and appurtenances; not work of this
section.
1 03
Codes and Standards

A. NFPA Compliance: Install fire protection systems in accordance with the
following NFPA Standards:
- Standards for the Installation, Maintenance and Use of Portable Fire
Extinguisher - NFPA 10.
- Standards for the Installation of Standpipe and Hose Systems NFPA
14.
- Standard for the Installation of Centrifugal Fire Pumps - NFPA 20,
- Standard for the Installation of Private Fire Service Mains and their
Appurtenances - NFPA 24.
- National Electrical Code - NFPA 70.
B. UL ( Underwriter Laboratory ) Compliance: Provide fire protection products
in accordance with UL standards; provide UL label on each product.
C. FM (Factory Mutual) Compliance: Provide fire protection products and
installations in accordance with FM standards and approved for 300 psi
working pressure; provide FM label on each product.
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15300
D. Fire Department/Marshal Compliance: All material and equipment

necessary to meet the requirements of codes and the requirements of the
local fire authorities are to be provided regardless of failure to specifically
mention same in this Section or to show on Drawings.
E. Screw Thread Connections: Comply with local Fire Department
regulations for sizes, threading and arrangement of connections for fire
department equipment to fire protection systems.
1 04
Submittals
A. Hydraulic Calculations: Submit hydraulic calculations of the Fire Fighting
Systems to the Engineer for approval.
B. Product Data: Submit manufacturers technical product data and
installation instructions for fire protection materials and products.
Manufacturers literature and data sheets are to be submitted indicating
the necessary installation dimensions, weights, materials and performance
information. The performance is to include capacities, pressure drop,
design and operating pressure, temperatures, and similar data. Complete
electrical data, including power conditions, and identifying types and
numbers, to be included. Where pertinent, electrical diagrams are to be
provided. Literature and data sheets may be provided by standard sales
sheets marked to indicate the specific equipment provided.
C. Certificate of Installation: Submit certificate upon completion of fire
protection piping work which indicates that work has been tested in
accordance with NFPA 14, NFPA 20 and NFPA 24, and also that system is
operational, complete, and has no defects.
D. Record Drawings: At project closeout, submit record drawings of installed
fire protection piping and products; in accordance with the general
requirements of the project.
E. Maintenance Data: Submit operation and maintenance data and parts lists
for fire protection materials and products. Include this data, product data
spare parts list, shop drawings, approval drawings, approval calculations,
certificate of installation, and record drawings in maintenance manual; in
accordance with the project requirements Contractor is to furnish data
covering model, type and serial numbers, capacities, maintenance and
operation of each item of equipment or apparatus. Operating instructions
are to cover all phases of controls.
F. Valve Schedule: Furnish a printed schedule, in duplicate, describing each
valve by number, giving locations and service for which used. System
identification to be as stipulated in the other sections of these
specifications. One copy of this schedule is to be mounted under glass in a
simple black enamel steel frame and hung in the mechanical equipment
room where directed. The other copy is to be submitted to the Engineer
before completion of the work.
G. Shop Drawings and Manufacturers Literature: Submit shop drawings and
manufacturers literature on fire protection system components, according
to the following listing:
Hangers and Supports
Hanger Supports
Brackets
Hangers
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15300
Clamps
Fire Protection Water Pipe, Fittings & Valves
List of Manufacturers
Piping Layout and Details
Valves with thir types.
Piping.
Fittings
Fire Hose Systems
List of Manufacturers
Piping Layout and Details
Fire Hoses
Water Flow Indicators
Electric Alarm Switches
Valve Supervisory Switches
Valve and Hydraulically Calculated ID signs
Manufacturers Installation Instructions for all equipment in brochure
Other
Leak Test Certificates
Operation and Maintenance Instructions
Part 2: Products
2 01
Materials And Products - General

A. Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of sizes,
types, pressure ratings, temperature ratings, and capacities as indicated.
Where not indicated, provide proper selection to comply with installation
requirements.
B. Provide materials and products of sizes and types matching piping and
equipment connections.
C. Provide fittings of materials which match pipe materials used in fire
protection systems.
2 02
Basic Identification
A. Provide identification complying with Basic Requirements for Plumbing
and Fire Fighting Materials and Methods
-
2 03
At each outside alarm device, sign indicating what authority to call if device
is activated.
Basic Pipes and Pipe Fittings

A. Provide pipes and pipe fittings complying with Basic Requirements for
Plumbing and Fire Fighting Materials and Methods section Pipes and Pipe
Fittings, in accordance with the following listing:
Underground Fire Water Piping
- Pipe Sizes 65 mm and Smaller: Black seamless steel pipe; threaded/
welding black malleable iron fittings.
- Wrapping: Machine wrap all underground black steel pipe with polyvinyl
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15300
chloride tape, using 50% overlap. Hand wrap fittings using 100%
overlap wrap extending 150 mm beyond fitting onto wrapped pipe.
Comply with tape manufacturers installation instructions.
Pipe sizes 80 mm and Larger: Flanged ductile iron pipe and fittings.
Fire Water Piping Inside Buildings: shall be mechanical coupling type with
grooved piping.
Cut Grooved and Threaded pipes: shall be schedule 40 equivalent
according to ASTM A-135 Grade A. All pipes shall have a Corrosion
Resistance Ratio, (CRR) of 1.00 or greater, as per UL listings.
Roll grooved pipes shall be schedule 10 or schedule 10 equivalent
according to ASTM A-795 Type E, Grade A.
Pipes shall be black carbon steel, except in FM approved dry systems
where pipe is to be hot-dip galvanized in accordance with ASTM A123 zinc coating specifications.
B. Pipe Jointing Method: Pipes shall be joined via the Victaulic or equal
grooved Style 005 Rigid Firelock Coupling with Angle Pad Design for
pressures up to 300 psi. Style 07 Zero Flex Design shall be used for
pressure ratings up to 600 psi. Victaulic Style 77 or 75 or equal shall be
used where system flexibility is required, at pumps and mechanical
equipment to reduce vibration and noise. All couplings shall be cast of
ductile iron conforming to ASTM A- 536, Grade 65-45-12 or malleable iron
conforming to ASTM A-47 Grade 32510/ Housings shall be red or orange
enamel coated or hot dip galvanized.
C. Gaskets: shall be Grade E EPDM compound (green coler coded)
conforming to ASTM D-2000, UL listed classified to ANSI/NSF 61 for water
supply systems and flush seal gaskets for dry service. All gaskets shall be
selected as per manufacturers recommendation according to service
application. Gaskets must be manufactured by the same source for
couplings and fittings to secure compability.
D. Grooved Fittings and Coating: Shall be cast of ductile iron conforming to
ASTM A-536, Grade 65-45-12 with grooved or shouldered ends for direct
connection into the grooved piping system. Fittings shall be orange or red
enamel coated or hot dip galvanized.
E. Fittings for Plain End Steel Pipe: Shall be Victaulic FIT fittings DN 25 mm,
DN 32 mm, DN 40 mm and DN 50 mm with self-contained Grade E
standard gaskets, internal pipes stop for uniform takeoff dimensions,
plated 1/4 - turn positive locking lugs of heat treated carbon steel with
externally visible locked position indicator for easy inspection of plain end
steel with externally visisble locked position indicator for easy inspection of
plain end steel with externally visible locked position indicator for easy
inspection of plain end steel pipe connections prepared. FIT products to be
used in dry systems. L silicone gaskets.
F. Branch Outlets - Hole Cut Pipe: Hole cut branch outlets shall be Victaulic
style 920, 921, 927 or 929 or equal. Mechanical T branch connections with
locating collar emerging into the hole. Gaskets shall be Grade E standard
pressure responsive gasket. Direct sprinkler head connections, drop
nipples and springs shall be made with Victaulic Style 925 Snap-Let outlet
connection or equal. Branch shall have a machine cut hole at a
predetermined position, on the centerline of the pipe, of a size to receive
the housing collar, in accordance with manufacturers specifications using
Victaulic Hole Cut Machines.
2 04
Basic Piping Specialties

A. Provide piping specialties complying with Basic Requirements for
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15300
Materials and Methods section Piping Specialties, in accordance with

the following listing:
Pipe escutcheons.
Dielectric unions. .
Pipe sleeves.
Sleeve seals.
Fire Barrier Penetration Seals.
2 05
Basic Supports and Anchors

A. Provide supports and anchors complying with Basic Requirements for
Plumbing and Fire Fighting Materials and Methods section Supports and
Anchors , in accordance with the following listing:
-
Adjustable steel clevis hangers, adjustable steel band hangers, or

adjustable band hangers, for horizontal-piping hangers and supports.
Two-bolt riser clamps for vertical piping supports.
Steel turnbuckles and malleable iron sockets for hanger-rod

attachments.
Concrete inserts, top-beam C-clamps. side beam or channel clamps
or center beam clamps for building attachments.
2 06
Basic Valves
A. Provide valves complying with Basic Requirements for Plumbing and Fire
Fighting Materials and Methods section Valves, in accordance with the
following listing:
B. Shut Off and Butterfly Valve: Shall be UL listed and FM approved for 2065
kPa service supplied with a ductile iron body conforming to ASTM A-536
coated with a polyphenylene sulfide blend, a disc of ductile iron conforming
to ASTM A-536 with EPDM coating providing bubble tight shut off. Sizes
65-150 mm shall have an approved weatherproof manual actuator su
Cable for indoor or outdoor use with two single pole, double throw
supervisory switches either pre-wired (WRD) or unwired (UWD) monitoring
the open position as specified on the Drawings. The 200 mm size will be
either unsupervised or feature factory installed DPDT switches monitoring
the open position as specified on the drawings. Valves shall be installed in
accordance with the latest published manufacturers specification.
C. Check and Non Return Valve: Shall be single disc, spring loaded, check
valves 65-300 mm as UL listed and FM approved for a single check and
anti- water hammer service and for horizontal or vertical installation,
supplied drilled, tapped and plugged downstream for drainage outlet with
Grade E EPDM seal, housing cast of ductile iron conforming to ASTM
A-536 Grade 65-45-12 with grooved ends for installation with grooved end
couplings rated for service up to 1725 kPa working pressure.
D. Ball Valves: 50-80 mm, UL listed and FM approved, supplied with a ductile
iron body to ASTM A-536 and a ball to Type 316 stainless steel. Valve will
be either un-supervised or have factory installed double pole, double throw
switches monitoring the open position. Valve shall be supplied with
grooved ends to connect with grooved end couplings and rated service up
to 2065 kPa working pressure. Valves shall be installed in accordance with
the latest published manufacturers specification.
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15300
E. Alarm Check Valve: Shall be 40-150 mm spring assisted, UL listed and FM

approved for vertical installation supplied with Grade E EPDM clapper
seal, housing cast of Ductile Iron to ASTM A-536 Grade 65-45-12,
serviceable without removal from the line. Valve to be connected with
couplings as applicable rated for service up to 2065 kPa working pressure.
2 07
Special Valves
A. Provide valves, UL-listed, where indicated, in accordance with the
following listing. Provide sizes and types which mate and match piping and
B. Detector Check Valves: Detector check valves to be galvanized cast iron
detector check with bronze by pass meter with gate and check valves, and
weighted flapper and flanged ends.
C. Backflow Preventers: Backflow preventers to be reduced pressure type.
consisting of two spring-loaded check valves and a spring-loaded,
diaphragm actuated, differential pressure relief valve located between the
check valves. Unit to be galvanized cast iron.
D. Alarm Check Valves: Alarm check valves to be flanged units complete with
gauges and accessories piped to unit, retarding chamber, and less water
motor alarm and outside gong.
2 08
Fire Protection Specialties

I. Provide fire protection specialties, UL-listed, in accordance with the
following listing. Provide sizes and types which mate and match piping and
II.Water Flow Indicators: Water flow indicators to be of the paddle flow
clamp- on type with vane projecting into pipe through a hole drilled in pipe,
instantly recycling operation on 110 volt, single phase, 50 hertz service,
with contacts for connection to alarm center.
III. Alarm Bells: Provide alarm bell at each waterflow indicator and at
central location where indicated. Bells to be 150 mm size unless otherwise
indicated, single stroke or vibrating type as required by the service, and are
to operate on 110 volts, single phase, 50 hertz.
IV.Water-Motor Gongs: Provide where indicated, 250 mm weatherproof, red
enameled finish, water-motor gongs.
V. Supervisory Switches: Provide UL-listed tamper switches for each

sprinkler, standpipe and fire pump control valve or where indicated,
arranged to detect the open or closed position of control valves and to be
connected to the fire alarm system. Standpipe hose valves and test and
drain valves shall not be provided with supervisory switches. Switches to
be attached to the various control valves being supervised and to be
complete with tamper switches, required trim and electrical characteristics
compatible with those of the fire alarm system. Switch housing to be
finished in red baked enamel .
2 09
Siamese Connections
I. Wall Type Siamese Connections: Provide where indicated, wall type cast
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15300
brass flush Siamese connections and escutcheon plate assembly, with

two, 65 mm fire department inlets with female hose connections, fire hose
connection screw thread adapted to locally used hoses, equipped with
individual drop clapper valves, equipped with plugs and chains,
construction features as indicated, and constructed with the following
additional construction features:
Finish: Chrome plate.
Inlet Pipe: 100 mm (4) pipe, 125 mm (5) pipe, or 150 mm (6) pipe (pipe
size).
Cast Lettering: AUTO. SPKR..
Escutcheon: 180 mm x 360 mm rectangular.
2 10
Fire Hoses Station

I. Fire Hose Station: Provide where indicated, fire hose station assembly
consisting of pin-type swing rack, angle hose valve with 65 mm x,
escutcheon (if in cabinet or at concealed standpipe) nipple, unlined linen
fire hose, coupling and hose nozzle, as follows:
Hose Size: 25 mm.
Hose Length: 25 m .
Nozzle Type: Fog, adjustable type.(Muli Purpose Spraying Nozzle).
Rack: Steel, with red enamel finish.
Metal Accessories: Brass with manufacturers standard finish (nozzle,
couplings, valve, and similar items).
2 11
Portable Fire Extinguishers (Fe)

I. Provide where indicated, portable fire extinguishers in cabinets or mounted
on wall brackets as shown on the Drawings. All extinguishers to be
provided with an approved mechanical seal. Provide fire extinguishers in
accordance with the following listing:
Fire Extinguisher: 9.5 litre, stainless steel, air pressurized type water
extinguisher, UL-listed and labeled for Class A fires.
Fire Extinguisher: UL-listed and labeled for Class A, B and C fires. 4.5 kg
(10 1b). dry chemical type with red enameled steel tank. squeeze grip
release valve, hose and discharge nozzle.
2 12
Automatic Fire Extinguishers

A. Dry chemical powder type for ceiling mounted. Cylinder is to be provided
with full vision pressure gauge, fusible link, and ceiling bracket. Automatic
fire extinguisher is to operate automatically when the temperature in the
room reaches the pre-determined level of the fusible link rating of 74C.
2 13
List Of Manufacturers
Piping Black Seamless Steel
Piatra
Grooved system victual
Mueller
Approved equal
Fittings
Approved equal
7
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15300
Valves
Crane
Grinnell
Kitz
Nibco
Cal-val
Heresy
Watts
Approved equal
Fire Protection Specialties
Aurocall
Potter
Faraday
Edwards
Kidde ultrasonic
Approved equal
Siamese Connections
Potter Roamer
Hart ford
Croke
Approved equal
Fire Hose and Lacks
Approved equal
Portable Fire Extinguishers
Ansul
Potter roamer
El-Khart Brass
Corker standard
Approved equal
Part 3: Execution
3 01
Inspection
I. Examine areas and conditions under which fire protection materials and
products are to be installed.
3 02
Installation Of Basic Identification

I. Install mechanical identification in accordance with Basic Requirements for
Plumbing and Fire Fighting Materials and Methods
II.Install fire protection signs on piping in accordance with NFPA 14
requirements.
3 03
Installation Of Fire Protection Piping

8
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15300
I. Install pipes and pipe fittings in accordance with Basic Requirements for
Plumbing and Fire Fighting Materials and Methods section Pipes and
Pipe Fittings.
II.Comply with requirements of NFPA 14 for installation of fire hose piping
materials.
III. Install piping products where indicated, in accordance with
manufacturers written instructions, and in accordance with recognized
industry practices to ensure that piping systems comply with requirements
and serve intended purposes.
IV.Coordinate with other work, including plumbing piping, as necessary to
interface components of fire protection piping properly with other work.
V. Install drain piping at low points of piping systems. Provide dry drum drips
where required.
VI.Install sectional valves in inlet piping, at bottom of each riser, and in loops
as indicated.
VII. Install water flow indicators where indicated. Mount supervisory
switches on each sectional valve.
VIII. Install pressure gages at top of each standpipe.
IX.Install manual shutoff at each audible alarm station.
X. Install Inspectors test connection where indicated, or at most remote point
from riser.
XI.Do not use Fire Fighting water pipes to supply water for other purposes.
XII. Provide flush and test connections at ends of cross and feed mains.
Minimum size to be 25 mm.
XIII. Locate branch lines at not more than half branch line spacing from
wall.
3 04
Installation of Piping Specialties

I. Install piping specialties in accordance with Basic Requirements for
Plumbing and Fire Fighting Materials and Methods section Piping
Specialties.
3 05
Installation of Supports And Anchors

I. Install supports and anchors, in accordance with Basic Requirements for
Plumbing and Fire Fighting sectionSupports and Anchors.
II.Support horizontal pipes at intervals not exceeding 3 m.
III.
Support vertical pipes at every floor.
IV.Support cross mains piping independently of branch line hangers. Provide

one hanger on each length between branch lines.
V. Install hangers without regard to location of pipe sleeves through walls.
Centre pipes in sleeves and do not use sleeves for pipe support.
9
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
3 06
ODAC
Section 15300
Installation of Valves
I. Install valves in accordance with Basic Requirements for Plumbing and
Fire Fighting section Valves.
II.Provide valves on mains and branches for sectionalizing the system for
maintenance and operation and for flushing, draining and testing the
system.
III. Provide 50 mm drain valves of the globe valve type base of sta. Slope
piping not less than 2% towards drain valves.
IV.Install alarm check valves on main water supply pipe to every fire fighting
water distribution system at source of pressure. Install, test and adjust in
accordance with manufacturers instructions.
V. Install detector check valves in horizontal position as indicated, orientated
for proper flow direction. Install by-pass meter with globe valve and check
valve, in accordance with manufacturers installation directions.
3 07
Installation of Meters And Gages

I. Install meters and gages in accordance with Basic Requirements for
Plumbing and Fire Fighting section Meters and Gages.
3 08
Installation of Fire Protection Specialties

I. Install fire protection specialties as indicated, and in accordance with
NFPA 14.
II.Install and connect water flow alarm gong as directed.
III. Furnish wiring requirements to electrical Installer for electrical wiring of
supervisory switches.
3 09
Installation of Fire Hose Stations

I. Install fire hose, racks and cabinets in locations and at mounting heights
indicated, or if not indicated, at heights to comply with applicable
regulations of governing authorities.
II.Furnish requirements to building trade of recesses in walls for fire hose
cabinets, as required by type and size of cabinet and style of trim, and to
comply with manufacturers instructions.
III. Securely fasten hose racks to standpipe risers, and hose cabinets to
structure, square and plumb, to comply with manufacturers instructions.
3 10
Flushing
I. Prior to connecting fire risers for flushing, flush water feed mains, lead- in
connections and control portions the piping. After fire piping installation
has been completed and before piping is placed in service, flush entire
hose system, as required to remove foreign substances, under pressure
as specified in NFPA 14. Continue flushing until water is clear, and check
to ensure that debris has not clogged nozzles.
10
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
3 11
ODAC
Section 15300
Testing
I. Hydrostatic Testing: After flushing system, test fire piping hydrostatically,
for period of 2 hours, at not less than 1380 kPa or at 345 kPa in excess of
maximum static pressure when maximum static pressure is in excess of
1030 kPa. Check system for leakage of joints. Measure hydrostatic
pressure at low point of each system or zone being tested.
II.Repair or replace piping system as required to eliminate leakage in
accordance with NFPA standards for little or no leakage and retest as
specified to demonstrate compliance.
3 12
Cleaning And Inspecting

I. Clean and inspect fire protection systems in accordance with Basic
Requirements for Plumbing and Fire Fighting section Pipes and Pipe
Fittings
11
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Division
Section
Section 15311
15311 Fm-200 System
Part 1: General
1 01
Section Includes
A.
Total flooding, FM-200 fire suppression systems for the, hazardous materials
store and inflammable materials store.
B.
Interlocks with HVAC equipment and building fire alarm system etc.
C.
Sealing of openings, sleeves in fire rated walls/floors etc.
1 02
References
A.
NFPA 2001 Standard on FM-200 extinguishing systems.
B. NFPA 72 E - Standard on automatic fire detectors.

C. ANSI B-2, I - Pipe threads.
1 03
Quality Assurance
A. Conform to the requirements of the following:
-
National Fire Protection Association of USA.

Local Fire Authority.
B. Use only those products specifically listed approved for fire protection/detection
and alarm services by Underwriters Laboratories incorporated (FM) - USA
Factory Mutual testing laboratories (UL) USA Fire Officers Committee (FOC) UK or other similar agencies of international repute.
C. All materials used in this section and the shop drawings for this project shall
be approved by the Engineer. The Contractor shall not place any order or
proceed with any installation, prior to the receipt of the approval by the
Engineer.
D. The FM-200 system shall be executed only by a specialist Contractor
licensed/ approved for the purpose. This Contractor shall have local
representative, capable of commissioning and maintenance.
1 04
Submittals
A.
Submit product data, samples and shop drawings under provisions of the
project.
B.
Submit printouts of the following, executed by an approved computer

programme.
1. System sizing calculations.
2. Pipe work sizing calculations, based on shop drawings.
3. Nozzle selection and drilling calculations based on as built drawings.
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15311
C. Comply with the standard of Fire protection systems in respect of product data
and shop drawings, project record documents and operation & maintenance
manual.
D. Submit listing/approval certificates, stating that the system and its components
comply with the NFPA requirements.
1 05
Delivery, Storage And Handling

A. Deliver products to site, store and protect products under provisions of the
project.
B. Retain weatherproof covering on control panels, operating mechanisms etc,
until commissioning.
1 06
System Interfaces
A. Extend power supply connections to Isolating switch provided by the electrical
trade.
B. Extend interlocking wiring up to starter panels of HVAC equipment, standby
diesel generator set etc. for the purpose of shutting off the equipment in the
event of fire.
C. Provide terminal blocks in system control panel for the purpose of annunciation
of fire condition in FM-200 protected areas, in the building fire alarm panel.
Part 2: Product
2 01
Fm-200 System Control Panel

Solid state control panel of modular construction, to execute the following:
A. General
- Fire alarm indication - General and zonal,
- Fault indication - General and zonal,
- Buzzer for fault indication and fire alarm diversion,
- FM-200 storage pressure monitoring,
- System status indication at each zone,
- Key operated electrical switch with the following
Positions,
Normal running.
Evacuation alarm.
Cancel alarm. Reset.
Reset.
Test fault.
Test fire.
Holding of fire doors in open position.
B. On Receipt of Signal From First Circuit

2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15311
Sound general fire alarm.

Shut down interlocked equipment.
Release magnetically held doors.
Activate building fire alarm system.
Activate first circuit of extenguishant lock off unit.
C. On Receipt of Signal From Second Circuit

-
2 02
Sound evacuation alarm.

Activate second circuit of extinguishant lock off unit
Which initiates discharge time delay.
Initiate cylinder release and directional valve opening
circuits at the end of time delay.
Release fire curtains.
Power Supply Unit Shall Contain The Following:

A. Mains Power Section
-
Lockable isolator switch fuse suitable for 240 volts/I

phase/50 Hertz supply, rated 15 amps.
Solid State rectifier for 24 Volts DC output.
Supply Healthy indicator. '
B. Sanitary Power Section

-
2 03
1. Constant potential type battery charger suitable for

240 volts/I phase /50 Hertz input and 24 volts DC
output of appropriate current rating.
2. Nickel cadmium battery bank for 24 volts output, to
provide 48 hours standby power and one (1) hours full
alarm power.
3. Battery connected indicator.
Smoke Detector
A. Optical or Ionization type protected against ingress of dust and dirt, suitable
for use in areas with high wind velocity or fluctuating environmental conditions.
The detachable base shall have indication for fire conditions and facility for
connection for emote indicators.
2 04
Status Indicators
A. Status indicators shall be installed outside each zone, preferably above the
door, Provide as many as the number of doors. Three nos, panel type lamps
shall indicate the following:
-
Amber System in automatic.

Green System locked off - manual discharge only.
Red Extinguishant discharged. The unit shall be
suitable for recessed installation.
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
2 05
Section 15311
Lock Off And Manual Discharge Station

A. Lock off and manual discharge station shall be installed at 130cm above
finished floor level at the main entry to each zone. ,
B. The unit shall have key operated electrical switch with the following positions
and manual discharge break glass station as single combined unit or as
separate nits; suitable for recessed installation:
-
2 06
Normal running (system automatic).

System locked of
Evacuation alarm.
Manual discharge.
Evacuation Sounder
A. Use banshee type electronic sounder which produces continuous distinctive
sounds. These shall be installed within each zone at a suitable location.
2 07
Alarm Bell
A. Alarm bell shall be under dome type of 6 inches size, fitted with circuitry for
line fault monitoring. The unit shall be mounted outside the FM-200 room at
220cm above finished floor level.
2 08
Directional Valves
A. Directional valves shall be electrically operated type of appropriate sizes for
each zone. The end connections shall be flanged or threaded with unions to
enable disassembly. These shall be manufacturer's proprietary products of
suitable rating with all necessary trim.
2 09
Fm-200 Discharge Manifold

A. FM-200 discharge manifold shall be fabricated from schedule 80, seamless
wrought steel pipes by the specialist supplier in his factory. Connections to the
system pipe work shall be flanged. All joints shall be welded and the assembly
shall be certified for 600 psig working pressure. Use flanged joints between
banks, where required.
2 10
Fm-200 Storage And Trim

A.
CYLINDERS : Cylinders shall be certified and stamped by the US Department

of Transportation . or equal, approved authority. FM-200 storage shall be
super pressurized at 360 psig or 600 psig (at 70 Deg. F) at the discretion of
the specialist supplier, subject to condition that all the system components
shall be compatible and selected for this pressure and that refilling facilities
are available in Egypt. However the super pressurization pressure shall not be
accepted as a reason for increasing the number of cylinders,m equipment
area or any
Such claim involving additional expense to the client. Filling density shall not
exceed 70 lbs per cubic foot and shall not be less than 40 lbs per cubic foot.
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15311
B.
CYLINDER BANK: Required number of cylinders shall be arranged together

and attached to a structural steel framework, which in tum shall be anchored
to the floor/wall to prevent displacement. The cylinders shall be positioned at
least 10 cm above the finished floor level. The FM-200 discharge manifold
shall be securely attached to the same steel framework.
C.
CYLINDERVALVES
-
Cylinder valves shall be of brass construction, pressure seated, high flow

rate design, incorporating a stainless steel piston with seal, pressure
releasing pilot check assembly safety disc assembly, pressure outlet port
and facility for connecting emergency manual release mechanisms.
Valve actuators shall be electrically operated electric/pneumatic type for
use with cylinder banks.
The cylinder shall be fitted with a siphon tube to enable efficient discharge.
The cylinder valve shall be provided with suitable trim to prevent rocking or
spinning of the cylinder during discharge conditions, in the event of the
cylinder being not properly fixed in position.
D.
FLEXIBLE CONNECTIONS: Metallic flexible hoses of appropriate pressure

rating, with union ends shall be used for the discharge ofFM-200 from the
cylinder to the manifold.
E.
NON RETURN VALVES:Non retum valve of brass construction shall be used

at entry to the manifold from each cylinder.
F.
PRESSURE GAUGE-SiVITCH: Pressure gauge-switch assembly shall be

mounted on the cylinder valve and shall be connected to the system control
panel for cylinder pressure monitoring.
G.
FM-200 STORAGE: FM-200 storage shall be sufficient to produce the

minimum recommended concentration in the biggest zone in the system,
allowing for leakage and any other losses. The filling in each cylinder shall be
such that all cylinders shall be equal and any number of fiJll cylinders shall be
discharged in any one zone to attain the required concentration.
2 11
Nozzles
Nozzles shall be of chrome plated brass or aluminum alloy construction, of
appropriate type and size to suit individual instances. The nozzles shall be drilled
only after making computations based on actual as -built" pipe work. The nozzles
shall have the orifice size and mode of installation (horizontal/vertical etc) punched
on the body.
2 12
Piping
A.
PIPES : Pipes shall be schedule 80 seamless, galvanized wrought steel.
B.
FITTING
-
2 Inch diameter and smaller: Galvanized malleable iron/forged steel,

threaded fittings of class 300 rating.
2 1/2 Inch and larger (for FM-200 discharge manifold); schedule 80
wrought carbon steel/alloy steel fittings with butt welding ends.
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
C.
Section 15311
PROTECTION: Two coats of zinc chromate (for galvanized surfaces) or red

oxide primer and two coats of fire red enamel shall be given for pipe work on
completion.
2 13
Supports And Anchors

A.
HORIZONTAL PIPE WORK AT CEILING: Bad type hanger with locking

sleeve and back nut.
B.
HORIZONTAL PIPE WORK NEAR WALL: Fabricated steel wall bracket with
back plate. Use U-bolt with stop and lock nuts attaching pipe to bracket.
C.
HORIZONTAL PIPE WORK IN VOID : Offset riser clamp.
D.
VERTICAL PIPE WORK IN FM-200 ROOM: Offset riser clamp.
2 14
Sealants For Openings

A.
Use fiberglass cloth bags filled with mineral fibers for sealing cable entry
openings in fire rated walls/floors.
B.
Use sleeves of scheduled 40 steel for all pipe penetrations. Pack annular
space with 6 lbs per cubic foot fiberglass and caulk both sides with fire rated
sealant.
2 15
Recommended Manufacturer:
-
Kidde.
Comtron.
Fike.
Approved Supplier
Part 3: Execution
3 01
Coordination
A.
Comply with the general requirements of the Project for Fire Protection
System.
3 02
Selection And Installation

A.
FM-200 SYSTEM CONTROL PANEL

-
Panels shall be fabricated from minimum1,5 mm thick sheet steel and shall
have continuously welded butt joints. Apply two coats of red oxide primer
and two coats of baked on Fire Red enamel, All required holes and cutouts
shall be done at the factory. The enclosure standard shall be IP 44 as
minimum requirement.
All intemal wiring shall be done in a neat and professional manner using
cable ties, slip-on spiral bundle sheaths etc. Provide ample bee lengths to
allow fiJll swing of doors.
Panels shall be stilllened with profiled sections welded to the back plate,
as required for wall mounting. Panel shall be mounted with the top at 180
cm above FFL.
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
B.
Use stranded copper, PVC insulated, color coded wires of appropriate size
for all power and control wiring.
Use crimped on brass terminal lugs for termination of wires. Use slip-on
numbering ferrules and number all terminals for quick identification.
Use heavy duty galvanized iron conduits for all exposed wiring. Fix these
to walls/ceilings with 2 piece clamps, spaced at no more than 120cm
Follow project electrical specifications in all respects.
PIPING
-
D.
Inside of Battery compartment of panels, shall be specially treated to resist

corrosion from the battery electrolyte.
CONDUTING AND WIRING

-
C.
Section 15311
Refer to and comply with Chapter (3) in this section in all respects.
Install all 'Tee' fittings after cylinder manifold, in the horizontal plane only.
Vertical side cuts are prohibited.
On completion of works, blow out the complete pipe work with compressed
air, before fixing nozzles.
SUPPORTS AND HANGERS

Refer to and comply with Chapter (3) in this section in all respects.
E.
ELECTRICAL POWER SUPPLY

As far as possible, coordinate and obtain power supply for the FM-200 system
from the Building Automatic Standby Power Supply system,
F.
CYLINDER BANK - STEEL FRAME WORK

Fabricate with mitered, fully welded butt joints. Finish the joints by grinding.
Apply two coats of primer and two coats of fire red enamel.
G.
SIGNAGE
-
3 03
Provide identification labels and warning signs as appropriate in English

and Arabic.
Inspection, Tests And Adjustments

A.
During the manufacture (at Contractor's premises only) and installation and
after completion of works; the system, sections of the systems or its
components shall be tested by the specialist Contractor in the presence of
the Engineer, as directed below or elsewhere. The Contractor shall procure
all testing instruments and accessories and bear all costs in connection with
the same.
-
Basic materials for conformity with the specified standard.

Supports and anchors for ability to withstand required loads.
Piping in general for line, level and slopes. Pressure tightness at 100 psl
air/nitrogen prior to installation of nozzles,
Manifold for pressure tightness of directional valves, non- return valves
etc, by using live FM-200 cylinders . as appropriate. Other means such as
Nitrogen may be used at the Contractor's discretion, provided that the
Contractor ensures the feasibility,
7
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
3 04
Section 15311
Standby battery power pack for capacity, charging, and duration of

supervision power maintenance etc.
Smoke detectors using calibrated smoke generating equipment.
Unmeasurable smoke sources shall not be accepted. Manual lock off
station, manual discharge break glass station, door holders etc, for proper
operation, alarm and interlock functions, disconnect valve operating link
from solenoid during such tests.
Live FM-200 discharge test in any one zone at the Contractor's option. All
system operational parameters included time delays, alarms and FM-200
concentration shall be measured and recorded. Test shall be repeated if
results are not satisfactory.
System Demonstrations
A. Provide the services of a competent engineer to supervise the testing and
commissioning of all equipment and the system and to train the Owner's
personnel in all aspects of the same during a five (5) working day period,
during normal working hours. Allow for all expenses in connection with the
above.
B. Give minimum one weeks written notice and obtain the Owner's written
consent , prior to such demonstrations.
C. Coordinate with EGYPTIAN Municipality Fire Prevention Bureau, arrange and
facilitate their visit to site during system tests, and obtain their approved.
D. Conduct system performance checks (including detectors, lock - off station,
manual discharge, alarms and interlocks) prior to finale completion,
3 05
Guarantee (Defined In General Conditions As

Defect Liability) And Maintenance
A.
Refer - requirements to Conditions of contract for requirements
B.
Allow for the following activities in respect of the complete system, for
a period of 730 days from the date of substantial completion.
-
Defect liability / breakdown maintenance, inclusive of replacement parts.

Preventive maintenance as scheduled, inclusive of replacement pans and
consumables.
Attending to emergency situations, which may damage property or
endanger lives, even outside normal working hours.
C.
Provide a written report to the Owner, detailing the maintenance work

performed; including dates, pans replaced etc.
D.
The Owner's personnel shall be allowed to witness or participate (without

damageous interference) in the above activities.
8
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15410
Division 15- mechanical work
Section 15410- Plumbing Piping
Part 1 - General
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and project general provisions of the Contract, including
General and Supplementary Conditions of Specification Sections, apply
to this Section.
2.1 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes plumbing piping systems to a point 1.5 m outside
the building. Systems include the following:
B.
Water distribution systems, including cold and hot water supply.

Drainage and vent systems, including sanitary and storm water.
Related Sections: The following sections contain requirements that
relate to this Section:
Section Pipe and pipe fittings for piping joining materials, joint
constructions and installation requirements.
Section Meters and Gages for thermometers, pressure gages and
fittings.
3.1 1.3 SYSTEM PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Provide components and installation capable of producing piping systems
with the following minimum working pressure ratings, except where
indicated otherwise:
-
4.1
Water Distribution Systems, Below Ground: 1035 kPa.

Water Distribution Systems, Above Ground: 860 kPa or 1720 kPa for
pipes subjected to 50 m static head or more (writhing the first 15
floors )
Soil, Waste, and Vent Systems: 3 m head of water.
Storm Water Drainage Systems: 3 m head of water.
Sanitary Sewage, Pumped Piping Systems: 1720 kPa.
Storm Water, Pumped Piping Systems: 1720 kPa.
SUBMITTALS
A.
General: Submit the following in accordance with Conditions of Contract

and General Requrements of Specification Sections.
B.
Product data for plumbing piping products.
C.
Water samples, test results, and reports specified in Field Quality

1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15410
Control and Cleaning Articles.

D.
5.1
Shop and coordination drawings, drawn accurately to scale and

coordinating penetrations.
QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with the provisions of ASME B31.9Building Services Piping for
materials, products, and installation.
B.
Provide listing/approval stamp, label, or other marking on piping made

to specified standards.
PART 2 - PRODUCT
2.1 PIPES AND FITTINGS
A. General: The application of the following pipe, tube, and fitting materials
and joining methods required for plumbing piping systems are indicated
in Part 3 Article Pipe and Fittings Applications.
B.
Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53, Type S, Grade A, Schedule 40 or schedule 80

for pipes subjected to a static head of 50 m or more (lowest 15 floors),
for BS3187, medium or heavy class seamless, galvanized, plain ends.
C.
Polypropylene pipe:
-
Polypropylene pipe to be unplastisized of the socketed type for ring

seal joints to BS 4491.
Polypropylene fittings to be socketed type for ring seal joints. Special
adaptors to be used for connecting PPC pipes and fittings to pipe of
other materials.
D.
Pressure type CPVC to BS 3505, Class E.
E.
Non pressure uPVC:
F.
G.
above ground < 50 mm

Under ground > 50 mm.
Steel Expansion Joints: Compound galvanized steel pipe fitting
consisting of telescoping body and slip-pipe sections, packing ring,
packing, limit rods, flanged ends, and chrome-plated finish on slip pipe
telescoping section.
Fittings used for CPVC shall be machine welded all pressure fittings
shall be 100% fiberglass reinforced (except couplings, reducer
couplings oir reducer bushings).
2 02 VALVES
A. Refer to Section Valves for gate, globe, ball, butterfly, and check valves.
B. Refer to Section Piping Specialties for special-duty valves.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1
EXCA VATION
A. Excavation, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Section Basic
Requirements for Plumbing and Fire Fighting.
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15410
3.2
PREPARATION OF FOUNDATION FOR BURIED
PIPING
A. Grade trench bottom to provide smooth, firm. stable, and rock-free
foundation throughout length of piping.
3.3
B.
Remove unstable, soft, and unsuitable materials at surface on which

piping is to be laid and backfill with clean sand or pea gravel to
indicated level.
C.
Shape bottom of trench to fit bottom of piping. Fill unevenness with

tamped- sand backfill. Dig bell holes at each pipe joint to relieve bells
of loads and to ensure continuous bearing of pipe barrel on
foundation.
PIPE AND FITTINGS APPLICATIONS

A. General: Use pipe, tube. Fittings and joining methods for piping systems
according to the following applications.
B. Water Distribution Piping Below Ground: Use the following:
50 mm and Smaller: Steel pipe, galvanized, malleable iron .hreaded
fittings.
C. Water Distribution Piping Above Ground:
-
D.
Cold and hot water all sizes: CPVC or polypropylene pipe and
fittings.
Soil, Waste, and Vent Piping Below Ground: Use UPVC piping and
fittings
E. Storm Water Drainage Piping Above Ground: Use UPVC piping and
fittings
3.4
VALVE APPLICATIONS
A. Drawings indicate valve types to be used. Where specific valve types are
not indicated, the following requirements apply:
-
3.5
Shutoff Duty: Use gate, ball, or butterfly valves.

Throttling Duty: Use globe, ball, or butterfly valves.
Valve construction shall match pressure rating of piping system it is
installed in. Piping applications with higher ratings (PN16) for piping
subjected to 50 m static head or more on the first 15 floors.
PIPING INSTALLATION. GENERAL

A. Basic piping installation requirements are specified in Section Pipes and
Pipe Fittings.
3.6
DRAINAGE AND VENT PIPING INSTALLATION

A. Make changes in direction for drainage and vent piping using appropriate
Y- branches, Y-branches with 1/8 bends, and long-sweep 1/4, 1/5, 1/6,
1/8, and 1/16 bends. Sanitary tees and short-sweep quarter bends may
be used on vertical stacks of drainage lines where change in direction of
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15410
flow-is from horizontal to vertical. Use long-turn double-Y-branch and 1/8bend fittings where 2 fixtures are installed back to back or side by side
and have a common drain. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be
used on vent lines. Make no change in direction of flow greater than 90
degrees. Where different sizes of drainage pipes and fittings are
connected, use proper size standard increasers and reducers. Reduction
of the size of drainage piping in the direction of flow is prohibited.
3.7
B.
Lay buried building drains beginning at low point of each system, true
to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert.
Place hub or bell ends of piping facing upstream. Install required
gaskets according to manufacturers recommendations for use of
lubricants, cements, and other special installation requirements.
Maintain swab or drag in piping and pull past each joint as completed.
C.
Install drainage and vent piping at the minimum slopes, except where
another slope is indicated:
INSTALLATION OF VALVES
A. Sectional Valves: Install sectional valves close to main on each branch
and riser serving 2 or more plumbing fixtures or equipment connections
and where indicated. Use gate or ball valves for sectional valves 50 mm
and smaller. Use gate or butterfly valves for sectional valves 65 mm and
larger.
B.
Shutoff Valves: Install shutoff valves on inlet to each plumbing

equipment item, on each supply to each plumbing fixture not having
stops on supplies, and elsewhere as indicated. For shutoff valves 50
mm and smaller, use gate or ball valves; for shutoff valves 65 mm and
larger, use gate or butterfly valves.
C.
Drain Valves: Install drain valves specified in Section Piping

Specialties on each plumbing equipment item located to drain
equipment for service and repair. Install drain valve at base of each
riser, at low points of horizontal runs, and where required to drain
water distribution piping system.
-
D.
Install hose-end drain valves at low points in water mains. risers, and
branches.
Install stop and waste drain valves where indicated.
Check Valves: Install swing check valve on discharge side of each
pump and elsewhere as indicated. Use MSS SP-80, Class 125, castbronze body for 50 mm and smaller piping and MSS SP-71, Class
125, cast-iron body for 65 mm and larger piping.
E. Balance Valves: Install valve in each discharge side of each pump and
elsewhere as indicated. Use ball valve for 50 mm and smaller piping and
butterfly valve for 65 mm and larger piping.
3.8
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS INSTALLATION

A. Hanger and support devices are specified in Section Hangers and
Supports.
B.
Install hangers for horizontal piping with following maximum spacing
and minimum rod sizes:
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15410
NOM. PIPE
SIZE
( INCHES )
Up to 3/4
1
1-1/4
1-1/2
2
2-1/2
3
3-1/2
4
5
6
8
10
12
STEEL PIPE
MAX. SPAN
( FEET )
7
7
7
9
10
11
12
13
14
16
17
19
22
23
MIN. ROD
DIAMETER
( INCHES)
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
3/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
5/8
5/8
3/4
7/8
7/8
7/8
C. Pipe Attachments: Install the following:

D.
3.9
Riser Clamps: MSS Type 8 or Type 42 for vertical runs.

Adjustable Steel Clevis Hangers: MSS Type 1 for individual straight
horizontal runs 30 m and less.
Adjustable Roller Hangers: MSS Type 43 for individual straight
horizontal runs longer than 30 m.
Spring Cushion Rolls: MSS Type 49, where indicated, for individual
straight horizontal runs longer than 30 m.
Pipe Rolls: MSS Type 44 for multiple straight horizontal runs 30 m or
longer. Support pipe rolls on trapeze.
Spring Hangers: MSS Type 52 for support of base of vertical runs.
Support plastic pipe and tubing not included in table according to
manufacturers recommendations.
CONNECTIONS
A.
Supply Run outs to Fixtures: Install hot and cold water supply piping
run outs, but not smaller than required by plumbing code to fixtures.
B.
Drainage Run outs to Fixtures: Provide drainage and vent piping run
outs, with approved trap, of sizes indicated, but not smaller than
required by plumbing code to plumbing fixtures and drains.
C.
Locate drainage piping run outs as close as possible to bottom of

floor slab supporting fixtures or drains.
D.
Mechanical Equipment Connections: Connect hot and cold water

supply piping system to mechanical equipment as indicated. Provide
shutoff valve and union for each connection; provide drain valve on
drain connection. Use flanges instead of unions for connections 65
mm and larger.
E.
Handling of solvent cements, primers and cleaners: comply with

procedures in ASTM-F402 for safe handling during joining of plastic
pipe and fittings with solvent cements.
3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Inspect water distribution piping as follows:
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15410
Do not enclose, cover, or put into operation water distribution.piping

system until it has been inspected and approved by the Engineer.
During progress of the installation, notify the Engineer at least 24
hours prior to time inspection must be made. Perform tests specified
below in presence of the Engineer.
i. Roughing-In Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping system
before concealed or closed-in after system roughing-in and prior
to setting fixtures.
ii.Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by the Engineer to
observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with
requirements of plumbing code.
Reinspections: When the Engineer finds that piping system will not
pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for
reinspection by the Engineer.
Reports: Prepare inspection reports signed by the Engineer.
B. Test water distribution piping as follows:

-
Test for leaks and defects in new water distribution piping systems
and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended, or
repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report
for each test, complete with diagram of portion of system tested.
Leave uncovered and unconcealed in new, altered, extended, or
replaced water distribution piping until it has been tested and
approved. Expose work that has been covered or concealed before it
has been tested and approved for testing.
Cap and subject the piping system to a static water pressure of 345
kPa (50 psig) above the operating pressure without exceeding
pressure rating of piping system materials. Isolate test source and
allow to stand for4 hours. Leaks and loss in test pressure constitute
defects that must be repaired.
Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest system or
portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained.
Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.
C. Inspect drainage piping as follows:

-
Do not enclose, cover, or put into operation drainage and vent piping
system until it has been inspected and approved by the Engineer and
the authority having jurisdiction.
During progress of installation, notify the Engineer at least 24 hours
prior to time such inspection must be made. Perform tests specified
below in presence of the Engineer.
i. Roughing-In Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping system
after system roughing-in, before concealing, and prior to setting
fixtures.
ii. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by the Engineer to
observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with
requirements of the plumbing code.
Reinspections: Make required corrections and arrange for

reinspection by the Engineer when piping system fails to pass test or
inspection.
Reports: Prepare inspection reports signed by the Engineer.
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
D.
ODAC
Section 15410
Drainage and Vent Piping System Tests: Test drainage and vent
systems according to procedures of authority having jurisdiction or, in
absence of published procedure, as follows:
-
Test for leaks and defects in new drainage and vent piping systems
and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended, or
repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit a separate
report for each test, complete with a diagram of the portion of the
system tested.
Leave uncovered and unconcealed in new, altered, extended, or
replaced drainage and vent piping until it has been tested and
approved. Expose for testing work that has been covered or
concealed before it has been tested and approved.
Rough Plumbing Test Procedure: Except for outside leaders and
perforated or open-jointed drain tile, test piping of plumbing drainage
and venting systems on completion of roughing-in piping installation.
Tightly close all openings in piping system and fill with water to point
of overflow, but not less than 3 m head of water. Water level shall not
drop during the period from 15 minutes before inspection starts
through completion of inspection. Inspect joints for leaks.
Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have
been set and their traps filled with water, test connections and prove
gastight and watertight. Plug stack openings on roof and building
drain where it leaves the building and introduce air into the system
equal to pressure of 25 mm water column. Use a U-tube or
manometer inserted in the trap of a water closet to measure this
pressure. Air pressure shall remain constant without introducing
additional air throughout period of inspection. Inspect plumbing
fixture connections for gas and water leaks.
Repair leaks and defects using new materials and retest system or
portion thereof until satisfactory results are obtained.
Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.
3.11 CLEANING
A. Clean and disinfect water distribution piping as follows:
-
Purge new water distribution piping systems and parts of existing

water systems that have been altered, extended, or repaired prior to
use.
Use purging and disinfecting -procedure prescribed by authority
having jurisdiction or, if a method is not prescribed by that authority,
the procedure described in either AWWA C651 or AWWA C652 or as
described below:
i. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water
does not appear at outlets.
ii.Fill system or part thereof with water/chlorine solution containing
at least 50 parts per million of chlorine. Isolate (valve off) and
allow to stand for 24 hours.
iii. Drain system or part thereof of previous solution and refill
with water/chlorine solution containing at least 200 parts per
million of chlorine. Isolate and allow to stand for 3 hours.
iv.Flush system with clean, potable water until chlorine does not
remain in water coming from system following allowed standing
time.
v. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to the Engineer or
authority having jurisdiction. Repeat procedure if biological
examination made by the authority shows evidence of
contamination.
7
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15410
B.
Prepare and submit reports for purging and disinfecting activities.
C.
Clean interior of piping system. Remove dirt and debris as work

progresses.
3.12 COMMISSIONING
A. Fill water systems. Check compression tanks to determine that they are
not air bound and that system is completely full of water.
B. Before operating systems, perform these steps:
-
Close drain valves, hydrants, and hose bibbs.

Open shutoff valves to full open position.
Open throttling valves to proper setting.
Remove plugs used during testing of piping systems and plugs used
for temporary sealing of piping during installation.
Remove and clean strainer screens. Close drain valves and replace
drain plugs.
Remove filter cartridges from housings and verify that cartridges are
as specified for application where used, clean, and ready for use.
C.
Check plumbing equipment and verify proper settings, adjustments, and

operation. Do not operate water heaters before filling with water.
D.
Check plumbing specialties and verify proper settings, adjustments, and

operation.
E.
Energize pumps and verify proper operation.
3.13 PROTECTION
A.
Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid

clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and
construction work.
B.
Place plugs in ends of uncompleted pipes at the end of the day or

when work stops.
C.
Exposed ABS or PVC Piping: Protect plumbing vents exposed to

sunlight with 2 coats of a water-based latex paint.
8
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15411

SECTION 15411 - WATER DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 01
Related Documents
A.
General Requirement for the project specification sections, apply

to work of this section
B.
Plumbing Piping section apply to work of this section.
1 02 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Extent and connect with the existing of cold, hot and potable water
distribution systems work is indicated on Drawings and by
requirements of this section.
.
B. Refer to other sections for plumbing fixtures; not work of this
section.
.
C. Trenching and backfill required in conjunction with exterior water
piping is specified in other sections, and is included as work of this
section.
D. Trenching and backfill required in conjunction with water piping

inside of building foundations is specified in other sections, and is
included as work of this section.
PART 2 - PRODUCT
2 01 MATERIALS AND PRODUCTS GENERAL
A. Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of
sizes, types, pressure ratings, temperature ratings, and capacities
as indicated. Where not indicated, provide proper selection to
comply with installation requirements.
Provide materials and products of sizes and types to match piping
and equipment connections.
C. Provide fittings of materials as specified, which match pipe
materials used in water distribution systems.
B.
2 02
BASIC IDENTIFICATION
A. Provide identification complying with section Basic Requirements
for Plumbing and Fire Fighting section and Mechanical
Identification.
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15411
2 03 BASIC PIPES AND PIPE FITTINGS

A. Provide pipes and pipe fittings complying with Basic Requirements
for Plumbing and Fire Fighting Materials and Methods Pipes and
Pipe Fittings, and Plumbing Piping sections.
2 04 BASIC PIPING SPECIALTIES
A. Provide piping specialties complying with section Piping
Specialties, in accordance with the following listing:
Pipe escutcheons.
Low-pressure Y-type strainers.
Dielectric unions.
Mechanical sleeve seals.
Fire barrier penetration seals.
Drip pans.
Pipe sleeves.
Sleeve seals.
2 05 BASIC SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS
A. Provide supports and anchors complying with Supports and
Anchors and Plumbing Piping sections .
BASIC VALVES
A. Provide valves complying with Division-15 Valves and Plumbing
Piping sections.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 01
INSPECTION
A. Examine areas and conditions under which potable water systems
are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected.
3 02 INSTALLATION OF BASIC IDENTIFICATION

A. Install mechanical identification in accordance with section Basic
Requirements for Plumbing and Fire Fighting.
3 03 INSTALLATION OF WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING
A. Install water distribution piping in accordance with Pipes and Pipe
Fittings and Plumbing Piping sections.
B. Install piping with 1% downward slope towards drain point.
C. Locate groups of pipes parallel to each other, spaced to permit
applying full in servicing.
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15411
D. Install air vents at all high points of piping systems.

E. Install drain valves at all low points of piping systems.
3 04 INSTALLATION OF EXTERIOR WATER PIPING
A. Install underground piping at least 3 m away from any sewer line.
Protect from contamination from any source.
B. Protect under ground galvanized steel pipes by wrapping with
special self- adhesive polyethylene tape, wound spirally and firmly
around pipe, with adequate overlap. Pay particular attention to
protection at the threaded joints.
C. Install exterior water service piping system in compliance with local
governing regulations.
D. Street Main Connection: Arrange and pay for tap in water main, of
size and in location indicated. Cut into and install new tee for water
service in existing water main, at location indicated, in accordance
with local Water Utility Company requirements. Provide curb valve
and curb box as indicated.
E. Water Service Piping: Extend water service piping of size and in
location indicated to water service entrance at building. Provide
sleeve in foundation wall for water service entry; make entry
watertight. Provide shutoff valve at water service entry inside
building; strainer, pressure gage, test tee with valve.
3 05 INSTALLATION OF PIPING SPECIALTIES
A. Install piping specialties in accordance with Piping Specialties and
Plumbing Piping sections.
3 06 INSTALLATION OF SUPPORTS AND ANCHORS
A.
Install supports and anchors in accordance with Basic

Requirements for Plumbing and Fire Fighting Materials and
Methods section Supports and Anchors.
3 07 INSTALLATION OF VALVES
A. Install valves in accordance with Basic Requirements for Plumbing
and Fire Fighting Materials and Methods and Valves sections.
B. Sectional Valves: Install on each branch and riser, close to main,
at branch out to each floor and where branch or riser serves two or
more plumbing fixtures or equipment connections, and elsewhere
as indicated.
C. Shutoff Valves: Install on inlet of each plumbing equipment item,
and on inlet of each plumbing fixture, and elsewhere as indicated.
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15411
D. Drain Valves: Install on each plumbing equipment item located to

completely drain equipment for service or repair. Install at base of
each riser, at base of each rise or drop in piping system, and
elsewhere where indicated or required to completely drain potable
water system.
E. Check Valves: Install on discharge side of each pump, and
elsewhere as indicated.
30 8 PIPING CONNECTIONS TO FIXTURES AND EQUIPMENT
A. Piping Run outs to Fixtures: Provide hot and cold water piping run
outs to fixtures of sizes indicated.
B. Mechanical Equipment Connections: Connect hot and cold water
piping system to mechanical equipment as indicated, and comply
with equipment manufacturers installation instructions. Provide
shut off valve and union for each connection. Provide drain valve
on drain connection.
3 09 WATER RESERVOIR PIPE WORK
A. Install pipe connections into walls of the existing water reservoirs
and tanks Locate correctly and take precautions to prevent
dislocation and entry of the existing pipes. Connections are to
have no-leak flanges located centrally and are to project 50 mm
within reservoirs and tanks and 150 mm beyond outside walls.
B. No-leak flanges to be 6 mm thick balck steel square plate,
dimensioned 150 mm larger than pipe diameter, welded all around
pipe.
C. Provide galvanized steel mesh on open ended connections, fitted
in an approved manner. Mesh to be not less than 10 mesh/cm.
D. Pipe inlet connections to have inverts at least 100 mm above top
of overflow pipe.
E. Valved connections to have valves immediately adjacent to
reservoir or tank.
3 10 TESTING AND COMISSIONING
A. Test water distribution piping in accordance with testing
requirements of Pipes and Pipe Fittings and Plumbing Piping
sections.
3 11 CLEANING. FLUSHING, INSPECTING AND DISINFECTING
A. Clean, flush, inspect and disinfect water distribution systems in
accordance with requirements of Pipes and Pipe Fittings and
Plumbing Piping sections.
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15411
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15412
Division
Section
15412 - Soil and Waste Systems
Part 1: General
A.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
1. The project specification sections apply to work of this section.
2.
B.
Plumbing piping section apply to work of this section.
SCOPE OF WORK
1.
Extent and connect with the existing of soil and waste systems works
indicated on drawings and by requirements of this section.
2.
Exterior sanitary sewer system required in conjunction with soil and

waste systems, up to the manholes outside the building, is work of this
section.
3.
Flashings required in conjunction with soil and waste systems are

4.
Refer to other sections not work of this section.
Part 2 - Product
2 01
2 02
Materials And Products - General

A.
Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of

sizes, types, pressure ratings, and capacities as indicated.
B.
Provide materials and products of sizes and types to match piping

and equipment connections.
C.
Provide fittings of materials which match pipe materials used in soil

and waste systems; preferably the product of same manufacturer.

A.
2 03
Provide pipes and pipe fittings complying with section Pipes and
Pipe Fittings, and Plumbing Piping sections and with section.

A.
Provide piping specialties complying with section Piping Specialties,

in accordance with the following listing:
Pipe Escutcheons
Drip Pans
Pipe Sleeves
Sleeve Seals
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 04
ODAC
Section 15412
Basic Supports And Anchors

A. Provide supports and anchors complying with" Hangers and Supports
and Plumbing Piping sections.
2 05
Drainage Piping Products - General

A.
2 06
Cleanouts
A.
Cleanouts to be full size, square head, brass, screwed plugs fitted

Cleanouts shall be easily accessible. Provide a minimum clearance of
600 mm for the rodding.
B.
Cleanouts at base of stacks to be extra heavy Y-branch or tee branch

cleanout with full size brass screw plug.
C.
Cleanouts in suspended soil pipe shall consist of cast brass tapered

screw plug in fitting or caulked Plain end piping in interstitial space or
above ceiling may use plain end blind plug and clamp
D.
Floor cleanouts shall have external frame with square adjustable

scoriated secured nickel bronze top. Unit shall be vertically adjustable
for a minimum of 50 mm. When a waterproof membrane is used in
the floor system, provide clamping collars on the cleanouts.
Cleanouts shall consist of Y fittings and 3 mm bends with brass or
bronze screw plugs. Cleanouts in the resilient tile floors, quarry tile
and ceramic tile floors shall be provided with square top covers
recessed for tile insertion. In the carpeted areas, provide carpet
cleanout markers
Floor cleanouts to be carefully set at locations and elevations
indicated on the drawings. Set level and square with floor
construction.
E.
2 07
Provide factory-fabricated drainage piping products of size and type

indicated in the drawings and pricing schedules.
F.
Cleanouts in finished areas to be adjustable, cleanout with square

nickel bronze top.
G.
Cleanouts in concrete floors where heavy traffic occurs to be

adjustable cast- iron cleanout bodies with heavy duty cast-iron tractor
cover and neoprene seal plug.
H.
Cleanouts in floors to be provided with carpeting to be as specified for

finished areas with carpet marker.
I.
Cleanouts in walls to be cast-iron caulk ferrule, cast bronze lead seal

counter sunk plug and stainless steel shallow cover with screw.
Type Of Drains
A. 50mm Floor Drain: To be used in toilets and bathrooms.
B. 110mm Roof (Drain Gutter): To be used for roofs.
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15412
Part 3: Execution
3 01
Inspection
A. Examine substrates and conditions under which soil and waste systems
are to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected in manner acceptable to Contractor.
3 02
Installation Of Above Ground Piping

A.
Install soil and waste piping in accordance with Pipes and Pipe
Fittings, and Plumbing Piping sections.
B.
Lay horizontal pipes at uniform slope of not less than 1% and not
more than 3%.
C.
Changes of direction in pipes are to be gradual using long sweep

fittings and 45 degree fittings.
D.
Avoid unnecessary turns and offsets and run wastes as direct as

possible from sanitary fixtures to vertical stacks.
E.
Vent sanitary fixtures to prevent siphonage of traps and air binding.
F.
Slope vent pipes and connect to drip back into soil or waste pipe by
gravity.
G.
Where connected to a horizontal soil or waste pipe connect vent pipe

above centreline of soil or waste pipe. Vent pipe is to rise vertically or
at an angle of not more than 45 degrees from vertical to a point at
least 150 mm above flood level rim of fixture before offsetting
horizontally or before connecting to branch vent.
H.
All gravity waste drain lines inside the building with vertical drops over
6 m shall be provided with joint restraint on the vertical drop and
horizontal offset or branch below the vertical drop. Joint restraint shall
be accomplished by threaded, soldered. or grooved joints or a
combination of pipe clamps and tie- rods as detailed in NFPA 24.
Vertical joint restraint shall be provided from the fitting at the bottom
of the vertical drop through every oint up to the riser clamp at the floor
penetration of the floor above. Horizontal joint restraint shall be
provided from the same fitting at the bottom of the vertical drop
through every joint on the horizontal offset or branch for a minimum of
18 m or to anchoring point from the building structure. Joint restraint
below ground shall be accomplished by thrust blocks detailed in
NFPA 24.
I.
Penetrations: Where pipes pass through fire partitions, fire walls,

smoke partitions, or floors, install a fire stop that provides an effective
barrier against the spread of fire, smoke and gases. Completely fill
and seal clearances between raceways and openings with the fire
stopping materials.
J.
At floor penetrations, completely seal clearances around the pipe and

make watertight with sealant.
K.
Connect vent pipes to vent stack at least 150 mm above fiood level
rim of highest fixture served by vent.
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
L.
3 03
3 04
ODAC
Section 15412
Vent pipes above roof are to pass through flashed and waterproofed
sleeves.
Install. Action of Building Drain Piping

A.
Lay underground building drains beginning at low point of systems,

true to grades alignment indicated with unbroken continuity of invert.
B.
Place bell ends of piping facing upstream.
C.
Install required in accordance with manufacturers recommendations

for use of lubricants, cements, and other special installation
requirements.
D.
Clean interior of piping of dirt and other superfluous material as work

progresses. Maintain swab or drag in line and pull past each joint as it
is completed.
E.
Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day or whenever

work stops.
F.
Install soil and vent piping pitched to drain at minimum slope of one
percent (1%).
G.
Lay pipes on good foundation to prevent settlement. Pipes laid in

trenches to have solid uniform bearing throughout their length.
H.
Lay pipes in trenches supported along their length on layer of clean

compacted sand.
I.
Lay pipes to uniform slope not exceeding 3% and true to line and
grade.
J.
Lay pipes at not less than 600 mm below finished grade and not
closer than 1 m to bearing walls and footings.
K.
Free vertical drop of sewer pipe into manhole is not to exceed 450
mm from invert of pipe to invert of manhole.
L.
Make connections to manholes, city sewers or other underground

structure in a watertight approved manner. Full circle of pipe is to be
visible at manhole.
M.
Make connections to existing systems with minimum disturbance to

existing lines. Existing pipes or structures damaged whilst making
connections are to be replaced or reconstructed to the Engineers
satisfaction at no extra cost.
N.
Join concrete pipes by inserting a layer of jute or hemp dipped in

Portland cement slurry into joint base. Fill remaining space with
cement mortar (1:2), ram and trowel mortar to form 45 degree taper
with pipe barrel. Clean pipe interior to remove mortar.

A.
Install piping specialties in accordance with section Piping

Specialties.
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
3 05
ODAC
Section 15412
Installation of Supports and Anchors

A. Install supports and anchors in accordance withPlumbing Piping
section.
3 06
Installation of Cleanouts
A.
Install cleanouts in above ground piping and building drain piping as

indicated; as required by the American Standard National Plumbing
Code; at each change in direction of piping greater than 45 deg.; at
minimum intervals of 15 m for piping 100 mm and smaller and 30 m for
larger piping; and at base of each vertical soil or waste stack.
B.
Install floor and wall cleanout covers for concealed piping. Select type
to match adjacent building finish.
C.
3 07
Installation of Flashing Flanges

A.
3 08
Cleanouts on exposed pipes to be installed directly on pipe and those

on concealed pipes extended through and terminated flush with
finished floor or wall and concealed with floor or wall cleanout covers.
Install flashing flanges and clamping device with each stack and
cleanout passing through waterproof membranes.
Installation Of Vent Flashing Sleeves

A. Install vent flashing sleeves on stacks passing through roof.
3 09
Installation Of Floor Drains

A.
Provide floor drains of size and location as indicated on drawings;

and type, including features, as specified herein.
B.
Install floor drains in accordance with manufacturers written

instructions.
Coordinate with soil and waste piping as necessary to interface floor
drains with drainage piping systems.
C.
D.
Floor drains to be carefully set at locations and elevations indicated

on the drawings. Set level and square with the floor construction.
E.
Floor drains to be provided with deep seal P-traps except where

noted on the drawings or in the specifications.
F.
Coordinate flashing work with work of waterproofing and adjoining

substrate work.
G.
Install drain flashing collar or flange so that no leakage occurs

between floor drain and adjoining flooring. Maintain integrity of
waterproof membranes where penetrated.
H.
Floor drains in floors above grade with membrane waterproofing to be

flashed with 1.8 kg sheet lead and secured with flashing clamps.
I.
Position floor drains so that they are accessible and easy to maintain.
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
3 10
Drains
3 11
ODAC
Section 15412
Piping Connections To Plumbing Fixtures And

A.
Provide soil and waste piping run outs to plumbing fixtures and drains
with approved trap, of sizes indicated.
B.
Locate piping runouts as close as possible to bottom of floor slab

supporting plumbing fixtures or drains.
Testing
A. Test soil and waste systems in accordance with section Plumbing
Piping section.
3 12
Cleaning And Inspection

A. Clean, flush, and inspect soil and waste piping in accordance with Basic
Requirements for Plumbing and Fire Fighting", "Pipes and Pipe Fittings
3 13
3 14
Gulley Trap
A.
Construction: in situ reinforced concrete, with opening in top recessed to

accommodate cast iron manhole cover and frame.
B.
Walls: plaster internally with two coats cement and sand (1:3) to total
thickness of 15 mm.
C.
Inlet and Outlet: Difference in elevation between inlet and outlet is to

be 30 mm. Outlet is to have trap and cleanout.
D.
Cover and Frame: Replace if found to rattle under traffic. Plugging,

burning in or filling to obtain tight cover will not be allowed. Recess for
cover in concrete is to be accurately made to dimensions of frame.
Embed frame in mortar and set frame and cover level and to proper
grade.
Inspection Chambers
A.
Construction: In situ reinforced concrete.
B.
Access: opening in top with recess to accommodate cast iron cover

and frame.
C.
Floors: Form by hand with cement mortar to size and shape of sewer.
Changes in sewer size to be gradual and even. Floors to have
gradual slope from side walls to central channel. Half pipe inverts
may be used in straight through inspection chambers.
D.
Inlets: Main and side inlets are to have drop of 50 to 80 mm above

invert of central channel.
E.
Walls: Plaster internally with two coats cement and sand (1:3) to total
thickness of 15 mm.
F.
Steps: Galvanized pipe steps set in place during construction,

properly embedded, beginning 600 mm abbottom and spaced at
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15412
approximately 35 mm .
3 15
G.
Caulk and repair leaks if approved or remove entire work and rebuild
at no extra cost.
H.
Keep groundwater level below bottom of inspection chamber until

conc.ete has obtained adequate set.
I.
Covers are to fit frames. Replace if found to rattle under traffic.

Plugging, burning in or filling to obtain tight covers will not be allowed.
J.
Recess in concrete for covers is to be neatly and accurately made to

dimensions of frame. Thoroughly embed frame in mortar and set
frame and cover level and to proper grade.
K.
Drop Inspection Chamber: Provide where conditions necessitate free

vertical drop exceeding 450 mm.
Protection of Underground Structures

A.
3 16
Protect incompleted work from floating. Lines or structures not stable

against uplift during construction are to be well braced or otherwise
protected.
Inspection and Testing Of Underground Piping

A.
Inspection: Completed underground lines are to be inspected and

approved by the Engineer.
B.
Testing: as mentioned under Plumbing Piping section.
C.
Repair or replace defective work as directed.
7
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15413

Section 15413 - Storm Water Systems
Part 1: General
1 01
Related Documents
I. The project specification sections apply to work of this section.
II.
1 02
Plumbing Piping section apply to work of this section.
Scope of Work
I.
Extent and connect with the existing of storm water systems work is
indicated on drawings and schedules, and by requirements of this
section.
II. Refer to other sections for insulation required in conjunction with storm
water systems; not work of this section.
III. Connection with the existing roof drain system.
IV. Flashings required in conjunction with storm water systems are
Part 2: Product
2 01
2 02
Materials and Products - General

I.
Provide piping materials and factory-fabricated piping products of

sizes, types, pressure ratings, and capacities as indicated.
II.
Provide roof drain and gutters materials and products of sizes and
types to match piping and equipment connections.
III.
Provide fittings of materials which match pipe materials used in storm

water systems; preferably the product of same manufacturer.

I. Provide pipes and pipe fittings complying with Pipes and Pipe Fittings
2 03

I. Provide piping specialties complying with section Piping Specialties, in
accordance with the following listing:
Pipe Escutcheons
Drip Pans
Pipe Sleeves
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15413
Sleeve Seals
2 04
Basic Supports and Anchors

I. Provide supports and anchors complying with Supports and Anchors
2 05
Expansion Joints
I. Provide cast-iron body expansion joints with adjustable bronze sleeve,
bronze bolts with wing nuts; for vertical installation only.
2 06
Roof Drains and Gutters - General

Provide roof drains and gutters of size as indicated on drawings; and
type, including features, as specified herein.
II. Roof drains may have threaded or caulked outlets.
III. Roof drains to be flashed with 2.7 kg (6 pound) sheet lead and
secured with flashing clamps.
I.
Part 3 - Execution
3 01
Inspection
I. Examine substrates and conditions under which storm water systems are
to be installed. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions
have been corrected.
3 02
Installation Of Above Ground Piping

Install storm water piping in accordance with Pipes and Pipe Fittings
II. Insulate rainwater offsets and bodies of roof drains to prevent
condensation.
III. Avoid unnecessary turns and offsets and run storm water piping as
direct as possible from storm water drains to vertical stacks.
IV.
Lay horizontal pipes at uniform slope of not less than 1 %
I.
3 03
Connection with the Existing System

I. Similar connections with the existing system must be followed.
3 04

I. Install piping specialties in accordance withPiping Specialties section.
3 05
Installation of Supports And Anchors

I. Install supports and anchors in accordance withSupports and Anchors
3 06
Installation of Roof Drains And Gutters

I.
Install roof drains in accordance with manufacturers written

instructions and in locations indicated on the drawings.
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
II.
ODAC
Section 15413
Install roof drains and gutters in a completely watertight manner with

the roof. Install drain flashing collar or flange so that no leakage
occurs between roof drain and adjoining roofing. Maintain integrity of
waterproof membranes, where penetrated.
III. Coordinate flashing work with work of roofing, water-proofing and

adjoining substrate work.
IV.
Coordinate with roofing as necessary to interface roof drains and

gutters with steel structure roofing works.
V.
Coordinate with storm water systems as necessary to interface drains

with drainage piping systems.
Install roof drains and gutters at low points of surface areas to be
drained, or as indicated.
VI.
3 07
Testing And Commissioning

I. Test storm water systems in accordance with requirements of this section
Plumbing Piping section.
3 08
Cleaning And Inspection

I.
Clean, flush, and inspect storm water piping in accordance with

requirements of Pipes and Pipe Fittings and Plumbing Piping
sections.
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15444
Division
Section
15444 - Packaged Booster Pumps
PART 1 - General
1 01
Related Documents
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
1 02
SUMMARY
B. This Section includes constant-speed, [simplex] [multiplex], packaged booster pumps for
domestic water piping systems.
C. Related Sections include the following:
1.
1 03
Division 15 Section "Domestic Water Pumps" for domestic water circulation pumps.
SUBMITTALS
D. Product Data: For each packaged booster pump specified. Include certified performance
curves with operating points plotted on curves; and rated capacities of selected models,
E. Shop Drawings: For packaged booster pumps and accessories. Include plans,
elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.[ Shop Drawings shall be
signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer.]
1. For installed products indicated to comply with design loads, include structural analysis
data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their
preparation.
2. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication including anchorages and attachments
to structure and to supported equipment. Include auxiliary motor slides and rails and
equipment mounting frames.
Retain first paragraph and below if required by seismic criteria applicable to Project.
Coordinate with Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls."
F. Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that packaged
booster pumps, accessories, and components will withstand seismic forces defined in
Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls." Include the following:
1. Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of
assembled components or on calculation.
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
a.
b.
ODAC
Section 15444
The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place without separation of any
parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified."
parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit
will be fully operational after the seismic event."
2. Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate
and describe mounting and anchorage provisions.
3. Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based
and their installation requirements.
G. Operation and Maintenance Data: For each packaged booster pump to include in
emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
1 04
QUALITY ASSURANCE
H. Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of
packaged booster pumps and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to
Division 1 Section "Product Requirements."
I. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in
NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
and marked for intended use.
J. ASME Compliance: Comply with ASME B31.9 for piping.
K. Packaged booster pumps shall be listed and labeled as pumping systems by testing
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1 05

L. Retain shipping flange protective covers and protective coatings during storage.
M. Protect bearings and couplings against damage.
N. Comply with pump manufacturer's written rigging instructions for handling.
1 06
COORDINATION
O. Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases.
Concrete, reinforcement, and formwork requirements are specified in Division 3.
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15444
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 01
MANUFACTURERS
A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply
to product selection:
1. Available Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, manufacturers
2. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
2 02
B.
CONSTANT-SPEED, SIMPLEX BOOSTER PUMPS

1. Alyan Pump Company.
2. Amtrol Inc.
3. Canariis Corporation.
4. Hydronic Modules Corporation.
5. Paco Pumps, Inc.
6. Thrush Company, Inc.
7. Tigerflow, Inc.
8. Tramco Pump Company.
9. <Insert manufacturer's name.>
C.
Description: Factory-assembled and -tested, packaged booster pump with pump, piping,
valves, sensors, hydropneumatic tank, and controls mounted on skids or base.
D.
System Working-Pressure Rating: [125 psig (860 kPa)] [150 psig (1035 kPa)] <Insert other>
minimum.
E.
Pump: Overhung impeller, close coupled, single stage, end suction, centrifugal. Comply with
UL 778 and with HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3.
1. Pump Construction: Bronze fitted.
a.
b.
c.
Casing: Radially split, cast iron.

Impeller: ASTM B 584, cast bronze; statically and dynamically balanced, closed,
and keyed to shaft.
Shaft and Shaft Sleeve: Steel shaft, with copper-alloy shaft sleeve.
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
d.
ODAC
Section 15444
Seal: Mechanical.
F.
Motor: Single speed, with oil-lubricated bearings, unless otherwise indicated; and directly
mounted to pump casing. Select motor that will not overload through full range of pump
performance curve. Comply with Division 15 Section "Motors."
G.
Control Valve: Adjustable, automatic, direct-acting pressure regulator on pump discharge.
H.
Relief Valve: Adjustable, pressure relief type on pump discharge.
I.
Piping: ASTM B 88, Type L (ASTM B 88M, Type B), drawn copper water tube; with copper
solder-joint pressure fittings, and brazed joints[ or ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40,
galvanized-steel pipe with threaded, cast-iron fittings and threaded joints].
J.
Valves: Include shutoff valve at each pump suction, and shutoff valve and check valve at each
pump discharge.
1. Shutoff Valves: MSS SP-80, Class 125, bronze, rising-stem gate valve or MSS SP-110,
600-psig (4135-kPa) minimum CWP, bronze ball valve with ends matching piping.
2. Check Valves: [Spring- or lever-loaded, ]MSS SP-80, Class 125, bronze, swing check
valve.
K.
Sensors: Pressure and flow switches.
L.
Dielectric Fittings: Factory-fabricated union assembly; with insulating material isolating joined
dissimilar metals to prevent galvanic action and to stop corrosion; rated for 250-psig (1725-kPa)
minimum working pressure at 180 deg F (82 deg C).
M.
Control Panel: NEMA ICS 2 and UL 508; automatic for single-pump, constant-speed operation,
with load control and protection functions.
1. Mounting and Wiring: Factory installed and connected as an integral part of unit.
2. Enclosure: [NEMA ICS 6] [NEMA 250], [Type 12] <Insert type>.
3. Motor Controller: Full-voltage, combination-magnetic type with undervoltage release
feature, motor-circuit-protector-type disconnect, and short-circuit protective device.
a.
Control Voltage: [24] [120]-V ac, with integral control power transformer.
4. Motor Overload Protection: Overload relay in each phase.

5. Starting Devices: Hand-off-automatic selector switch in cover of control panel, plus pilot
device for automatic control.
6. Instrumentation: Unit suction and discharge pressure gages.
7. Light: Running light for pump.
8. Alarm Signal Device: Sounds alarm when backup pumps are operating.
9. Three subparagraphs below are some available options. Delete those not required and
add others to suit Project.
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15444
10.
High-suction pressure cutout.
11.
High-discharge pressure cutout.
12.
Remote signal contacts.
N.
Hydropneumatic Tank: Precharged, diaphragm or bladder tank.
O.
Manufacturer's Preparation for Shipping: Clean flanges and exposed machined metal surfaces
and treat with anticorrosion compound after assembling and testing. Protect flanges, pipe
openings, and pump nozzles.
P.
Capacity and Characteristics:

1. Inlet Pressure: <Insert psig (kPa).>
2. Discharge Pressure: <Insert psig (kPa).>
3. Shutoff Pressure: <Insert psig (kPa).>
4. Inlet Size: <Insert NPS (DN).>
a.
Outlet Size: <Insert NPS (DN).>
5. Pump:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Capacity: <Insert gpm (L/s).>

Shutoff Pressure: <Insert psig (kPa).>
6. Control Valve:
a.
b.
Minimum Size: <Insert NPS (DN).>

Maximum Pressure Drop: <Insert psig (kPa).>
7. Motor Horsepower: <Insert value.>

8. Electrical Characteristics:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
Volts: [120] [240] [277] [480] <Insert value.>

Hertz: 60.
9. Hydropneumatic Tank:
a.
b.
Water Volume: <Insert gal. (L)> minimum water-volume capacity.

Air Precharge: <Insert psig (kPa)>.
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 03
ODAC
Section 15444
CONSTANT-SPEED, MULTIPLEX BOOSTER PUMPS
Q.
Description: Factory-assembled and -tested, packaged booster pump with multiple pumps,
piping, valves, sensors, and controls on skids or base.
R.
System Working-Pressure Rating: [150 psig (1035 kPa)] [175 psig (1200 kPa)] <Insert other>
minimum.
S.
Pump Arrangement: [Duplex, with two equal-size pumps] [Triplex, with one small lead and
two large equal-size lag main pumps] [Triplex, with three equal-size pumps] <Insert
other>.
T.
Pumps: Overhung impeller, close coupled, single stage, end suction, centrifugal. Comply with
UL 778 and HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3.
1. [Available ]Manufacturers:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
Alyan Pump Company.

Armstrong Darling, Inc.
Canariis Corporation.
Federal Pump Corp.
Flowtronex PSI, Inc.
Hydronic Modules Corporation.
Paco Pumps, Inc.
SynchroFlo, Inc.
Thrush Company, Inc.
Tigerflow, Inc.
Wood, The John Co.; Systems Div.
2. Each Pump:
a.
b.
Orientation: Mounted [horizontally] [horizontally or vertically] [vertically].

Construction: Bronze fitted.
1)
2)
3)
4)
U.

Impeller: ASTM B 584, cast bronze; statically and dynamically balanced,
closed, and keyed to shaft.
Seal: Mechanical.
Pumps: Overhung impeller assembly, separately coupled, vertically mounted, multistage, inline, centrifugal. Comply with UL 778 and HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3.
a.
b.
c.

6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
d.
e.
f.
ODAC
Section 15444
Paco Pumps, Inc.

Tigerflow, Inc.
2. Each Pump:
a.
Construction: Stainless-steel fitted.

1)
2)
3)
4)
b.
V.
Casing: Cast-iron base and head sections.

Impellers, Diffusers, and Discharge Sleeve: Stainless steel.
Shaft: Stainless steel.
Seal: Mechanical.
Coupling: Rigid type.
Pumps: Overhung impeller, close or rigid coupled, vertically mounted, single stage, in-line,
centrifugal. Comply with UL 778 and HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3.
a.
b.
c.
Armstrong Darling, Inc.

2. Each Pump:
a.

1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
W.
Casing: Radially split with wear rings.

Shaft and Shaft Sleeve: Stainless-steel[ or steel] shaft with copper-alloy
shaft sleeve.
Seal: Mechanical, with carbon-steel rotating ring, stainless-steel spring,
ceramic seat, and rubber bellows and gasket. Include water slinger on shaft
between motor and seal.
Bearings: Oil lubricated; bronze-journal or ball type.
Pumps: Impeller between bearings, separately coupled, horizontally mounted on baseplate,

single stage, axially split case, centrifugal. Comply with UL 778 and HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.

Tigerflow, Inc.
2. Each Pump:
a.
7
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
b.
X.
ODAC
Section 15444
Casing: Axially split.

Shaft and Shaft Sleeve: Stainless-steel[ or steel] shaft with copper-alloy
shaft sleeves.
Bearings: Ball type.
Seals: Mechanical.
Shaft Coupling: Flexible with guard.
Pumps: Vertical, multistage can. Comply with UL 778 and HI 2.1-2.2.

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.

Hydronic Modules Corporation.
Paco Pumps, Inc.
SynchroFlo, Inc.
Tigerflow, Inc.
2. Construction: Bronze fitted.

a.
b.
c.
d.
Casing: Coated steel.

Impellers: ASTM B 584, cast bronze; statically and dynamically balanced, closed
or semiopen, and keyed to shaft.
Bowls: Coated cast iron.
Shaft and Shaft Sleeve: Steel shaft with copper-alloy shaft sleeves.
3. Coupling: Spool type.

Y.
Motors: Single speed, with oil-lubricated bearings, unless otherwise indicated. Select motor
that will not overload through full range of pump performance curve. Comply with Division 15
Section "Motors."
Z.
Control Valves: Adjustable, automatic, [direct-acting] [pilot-operated] pressure regulator on

each pump discharge.
AA.
Relief Valves: Adjustable, pressure relief type on pump discharge.
BB.
Piping: ASME B31.9 for piping materials and installation.

1. NPS 4 (DN 100) and Smaller: ASTM B 88, Type L (ASTM B 88M, Type B), drawn
copper water tube; with copper solder-joint pressure fittings, and brazed joints[ or
ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, galvanized-steel pipe with threaded, cast-iron
fittings and threaded joints].
2. NPS 5 (DN 125) and Larger: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, galvanized-steel pipe with
threaded, cast-iron fittings and threaded joints.
8
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15444
3. Header End Connections:

a.
b.
NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded.

NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Flanged.
4. Piping Option: Piping, including valves and other components, may have grooved ends
for grooved joints.
CC.
Valves: Include shutoff valve at each pump suction, and shutoff valve and check valve at each
pump discharge.
1. Shutoff Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: MSS SP-80, Class 125, bronze rising-stem
gate valve or MSS SP-110, 600-psig (4135-kPa) minimum CWP, bronze ball valve with
ends matching piping.
2. Shutoff Valves, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: MSS SP-70, Class 125, bronze-trim,
OS&Y, cast-iron gate valve with flanged ends or MSS SP-67, Type I for tight shutoff, 175psig (1200-kPa) CWP, single-flanged, cast-iron butterfly valve.
3. Verify that option in first subparagraph below is available for selected check valves if
required.
4. Check Valves, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: [Spring- or lever-loaded, ]MSS SP-80,
Class 125, bronze, swing check valve.
5. Check Valves, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Spring- or lever-loaded, MSS SP-71,
Class 125, bronze-trim, cast-iron, swing check valve.
DD.
Sensors: Pressure and flow switches.
EE.
Dielectric Fittings: With insulating material isolating joined dissimilar metals to prevent galvanic
action and to stop corrosion.
1. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Factory-fabricated union assembly, for 250-psig (1725-kPa)
minimum working pressure at 180 deg F (82 deg C).
2. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Factory-fabricated, companion-flange assembly; for 150or 300-psig (1035- or 2070-kPa) minimum working pressure as required to suit system
pressures.
FF.
Control Panel: Factory installed and connected as an integral part of unit complying with
NEMA ICS 2 and UL 508; automatic for multiple-pump, constant-speed operation, with load
control and protection functions.
1. Enclosure: [NEMA ICS 6] [NEMA 250], [Type 12] <Insert type>.
2. Motor Controller: Full-voltage, combination-magnetic type with undervoltage release
feature, motor-circuit-protector-type disconnect, and short-circuit protective device.
a.
Control Voltage: [24] [120]-V ac, with integral control power transformer.
3. Motor Overload Protection: Overload relay in each phase.
9
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15444
4. Starting Devices: Hand-off-automatic selector switch in cover of control panel, plus pilot
device for automatic control.
a.
b.
Duplex, Automatic, Alternating Starter: Switches lead pump to lag main pump and
to two-pump operation.
Triplex, Sequence (Lead-Lag-Lag) Starter: Switches lead pump to one lag main
pump and to three-pump operation.
5. Instrumentation: Unit suction and discharge pressure gages.

6. Lights: Running light for each pump.
7. Alarm Signal Device: Sounds alarm when backup pumps are operating.
8. Three subparagraphs below are some available options. Delete those not required and
add others to suit Project.
9. High-suction pressure cutout.
10.
High-discharge pressure cutout.
11.
Remote signal contacts.
GG.
Manufacturer's Preparation for Shipping: Clean flanges and exposed machined metal surfaces
and treat with anticorrosion compound after assembling and testing. Protect flanges, pipe
openings, and pump nozzles.
HH.

1. System Capacity: <Insert gpm (L/s).>
2. Inlet Pressure: <Insert psig (kPa).>
3. Discharge Pressure: <Insert psig (kPa).>
4. Shutoff Pressure: <Insert psig (kPa).>
5. Inlet and Outlet Header Size: <Insert NPS (DN).>
6. Lead Pump:
a.
b.
c.
d.

Control Valve:
1)
2)
e.
f.


1)
2)

10
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
3)
ODAC
Section 15444
Hertz: 60.
7. Each of [Two] [Three] <Insert number> Lag Pumps:

a.
b.
c.
d.

Control Valve:
1)
2)
e.
f.


1)
2)
3)

Hertz: 60.
8. Unit Electrical Characteristics:

a.
b.
c.
2 04
II.
FLEXIBLE CONNECTORS
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
JJ.

Anamet, Inc.
Flex-Hose Co., Inc.
Flex-Pression, Ltd.
Flex-Weld, Inc.
Mercer Rubber.
Metraflex, Inc.
Unaflex Inc.
Description: Corrugated, bronze inner tubing covered with bronze wire braid. Include coppertube ends or bronze flanged ends, braze-welded to tubing. Include [150-psig (1035-kPa)] [175psig (1200-kPa)] <Insert other> minimum working-pressure rating and ends according to the
following:
1. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded. Provide flanged ends if pump has flanged
connections.
2. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Flanged.
11
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 05
KK.
ODAC
Section 15444
BUILDING-AUTOMATION-SYSTEM INTERFACE
Provide auxiliary contacts in pump controllers for interface to building automation system.
1. On-off status of each pump.
2. Alarm status.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 01
A.
3 02
B.
EXAMINATION
Examine roughing-in for packaged booster pumps to verify actual locations of connections
before booster pump installation.
CONCRETE BASES
Install concrete bases of dimensions indicated for packaged booster pumps. Refer to
Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods."
Revise subparagraphs below based on installed equipment. Indicate dowel-rod quantity, size, and
spacing on Drawings.
1. Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise
indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch (450-mm) centers around full perimeter of base.
2. For supported equipment, install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete
3. Place and secure anchorage devices. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams,
instructions, and directions furnished with items to be imbedded.
4. Install anchor bolts to elevation required for proper attachment to supported equipment.
C.
3 03
D.
BOOSTER PUMP INSTALLATION

Install packaged booster pumps level on concrete bases with access for periodic maintenance
including removal of pumps, motors, impellers, couplings, and accessories.
1. Do not dismantle packaged booster pumps or remove individual components.
E.
Vibration Isolation: Install on spring isolators with minimum deflection of <Insert deflection>.
Vibration isolation devices are specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and
Seismic Controls."
12
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
F.
3 04
ODAC
Section 15444
Support connected domestic water piping so weight of piping is not supported by packaged
booster pumps.
CONNECTIONS
G.
Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings indicate
general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
H.
Connect domestic water piping to packaged booster pumps. Install suction and discharge pipe
equal to or greater than size of unit suction and discharge [headers] [piping].
1. Install flexible connectors on piping connections to unit suction and discharge [headers]
[piping]. Install flexible connectors same size as piping.
2. Retain first subparagraph below if required.
3. Install shutoff valves on piping connections to each booster pump suction and discharge
[headers] [piping]. Install ball, butterfly, or gate valves same size as suction and
discharge [headers] [piping]. General-duty valves are specified in Division 15 Section
"Valves."
4. Install union or flanged connections on pump suction and discharge [headers] [piping] at
connection to domestic water piping.
5. Install piping adjacent to packaged booster pumps to allow service and maintenance.
I.
J.
3 05
K.
STARTUP SERVICE
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform the following startup service:
1. Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions.
2. Check piping connections for tightness.
3. Clean strainers if any.
4. Verify that pump controls are correct for required application.
5. <Insert additional startup steps if any.>
L.
Perform the following startup checks for each pump of packaged booster pump unit before
starting:
1. Verify bearing lubrication.
2. Prime pumps by opening suction valves and closing discharge valves, and prepare
pumps for operation.
13
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15444
3. Start motors.
4. Open discharge valves slowly.
5. Adjust settings.
6. <Insert additional startup checks if any.>
M.
3 06
N.
3 07
O.

provide on-site assistance in adjusting packaged booster pumps to suit actual occupied
conditions. Provide up to two visits to Project outside normal occupancy hours for this purpose.
LABELING AND IDENTIFICATION

Install identifying equipment markers and equipment signs on booster pumps. Labeling and
identification materials are specified in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Identification."
DEMONSTRATION
adjust, operate, and maintain packaged booster pumps. Refer to Division 1 Section "[Closeout
14
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15446
Davison 15 - Mechanical Work

Section 15446 - Sump Pumps
PART 1 - General
Related Documents
A.
1 01
B.
Summary
This Section includes the following sump pumps and accessories, inside the building, for
building storm drainage systems:
1.
2.
3.
4.
C.

1.
1 02
Wet-pit-mounted, vertical sump pumps.

Submersible sump pumps.
Sump pump [basins] [basins and pits] [pits].
Packaged, [pedestal] [pedestal and submersible] [submersible], drainage pump units.
Division 15 Section "Sewage Pumps" for application in sanitary drainage systems.
Submittals
D.
Product Data: For each type and size of sump pump specified. Include certified performance
curves with operating points plotted on curves, and rated capacities of selected models,
E.
Shop Drawings: Diagram power, signal, and control wiring.
F.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For each sump pump to include in emergency, operation,
and maintenance manuals.
1 03
G.
Quality Assurance
Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of sump
pumps and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division 1 Section "Product
Requirements."
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
H.
ODAC
Section 15446
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and marked for
intended use.
1 04
Delivery, Storage, And Handling
I.
Retain shipping flange protective covers and protective coatings during storage.
J.
Protect bearings and couplings against damage.
K.
Comply with pump manufacturer's written rigging instructions for handling.
1 05
L.
Coordination
Coordinate size and location of concrete [bases] [bases and pits] [pits]. Concrete,
PART 2 - Products
2 01
A.
Manufacturers
product selection:
1.

2.
2 02
B.
Wet-Pit-Mounted, Vertical Sump Pumps

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
Alyan Pump Company.

Armstrong Pumps Inc.
Federal Pump Corp.
Ingersoll-Dresser Pumps.
Paco Pumps, Inc.
Vertiflo Pump Company.
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
13.
14.
15.
16.
C.
ODAC
Section 15446

Description: Factory-assembled and -tested, single-stage, centrifugal, end-suction sump pumps

complying with UL 778. Vertical, separately coupled, suspended pumps complying with HI 1.11.2 and HI 1.3 for wet-pit-volute sump pumps.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Pump Arrangement: [Simplex] [Duplex] [Multiplex].

Casing: Cast iron, with screened inlet and threaded connection for NPS 2 (DN 50) and
smaller and flanged connection for NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger discharge piping.
Impeller: [ASTM A 48/A 48M, Class No. 25 A or higher cast iron] [ASTM A 532/A 532M,
abrasion-resistant cast iron] [ASTM B 584, cast bronze]; statically and dynamically
balanced[ nonclog design]; overhung, single suction, keyed and secured to shaft.
Pump Shaft and Sleeve Bearings: [Stainless-steel] [Stainless-steel or steel] [Steel] shaft
with bronze sleeve bearings. Include oil-lubricated, intermediate sleeve bearings at 48inch (1200-mm) maximum intervals if basin depth is more than 48 inches (1200 mm), and
grease-lubricated, ball-type thrust bearings.
Pump and Motor Shaft Coupling: Flexible, capable of absorbing torsional vibration and
shaft misalignment.
D.
Pump Discharge Piping: Manufacturer's standard galvanized-steel or bronze pipe.
E.
[Basin] [Pit] Cover: Cast iron or steel with bituminous coating and strong enough to support
pumps, motors, and controls. See Part 2 "Sump Pump [Basins] [Pits]" Article for requirements.
F.
Cover Shaft Seal: Stuffing box, with graphite-impregnated braided-yarn rings and bronze
packing gland.
G.
Motor: Single speed; grease-lubricated ball bearings. Comply with requirements in Division 15
Section "Motors" with built-in thermal-overload protection appropriate for motor size and duty.
1.
H.
Controls: NEMA 250, [Type 1] <Insert other> enclosure, pedestal-mounted float switches; with
floats, float rods, and rod buttons.[ Include automatic alternator to alternate operation of pump
units on successive cycles and to operate multiple units if one pump cannot handle load.]
1.
2.
I.
Mounting: On vertical, cast-iron pedestal.
inches (1500 mm).
High-Water Alarm: Cover-mounted, [compression-probe] [mechanical-float-switch]
[mercury-float-switch] [micropressure-switch] alarm, with electric bell; 120-V ac, with
transformer and contacts for remote alarm bell.

1.
2.
3.

Each Pump:
a.
b.
c.

3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
d.
e.
f.

1)
2)
3)
g.
2 03
J.

Hertz: 60.

1)
2)
3)
4.
ODAC
Section 15446

Submersible Sump Pumps

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
ABS Pumps, Inc.

BJM Corporation.
Federal Pump Corp.
Gorman-Rupp Company (The).
Liberty Pumps.
Paco Pumps, Inc.
Stancor, Inc.
Zoeller Company.
K.
Description: Factory-assembled and -tested, [simplex] [duplex] <Insert other>, single-stage,

centrifugal, end-suction, submersible, direct-connected sump pumps complying with UL 778
and HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3 for submersible sump pumps.
L.
Casing: Cast iron; with cast-iron inlet strainer, legs that elevate pump to permit flow into
impeller, and vertical discharge with companion flange for piping connection.
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15446
M.
Impeller: [ASTM A 48/A 48M, Class No. 25 A or higher cast iron] [ASTM A 532/A 532M,
abrasion-resistant cast iron] [ASTM B 584, cast bronze] [stainless steel]; statically and
dynamically balanced, semiopen nonclog design, overhung, single suction, keyed and secured
to shaft.
N.
Casing: Stainless steel; with stainless-steel inlet strainer, legs that elevate pump to permit flow
into impeller, and vertical discharge with companion flange suitable for piping connection.
O.
Impeller: Stainless steel or other corrosion-resistant material.
P.
Casing and Impeller: Cast-iron casing with metal inlet strainer and brass, bronze, or cast-iron
impeller.
Q.
Casing and Impeller: Cast-iron or plastic casing with inlet strainer and metal or plastic impeller.
R.
Pump and Motor Shaft: [Stainless steel] [Steel], with factory-sealed, grease-lubricated ball
bearings[ and double-mechanical seals].
S.
Motor: Hermetically sealed, capacitor-start type, with built-in overload protection; threeconductor waterproof power cable of length required, and with grounding plug and cable-sealing
assembly for connection at pump. Comply with requirements in Division 15 Section "Motors."
1.
Moisture-Sensing Probe: Internal moisture sensor with moisture alarm.
T.
Pump Discharge Piping: Factory or field fabricated, [ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40,
galvanized-steel pipe] [bronze pipe] [copper tube] <Insert other pipe material>.
U.
[Basin] [Pit] Cover: Cast iron or steel with bituminous coating and strong enough to support
controls. See Part 2 "Sump Pump [Basins] [Pits]" Article for other requirements.
V.
float, float rod, and rod buttons.
W.
float, float rod, and rod buttons. Include automatic alternator to alternate operation of pump
units on successive cycles and to operate multiple units if one pump cannot handle load.
X.
mounting is indicated; with two [mechanical- or mercury-float or micropressure] [mechanicalfloat] [mercury-float] [micropressure] switches in NEMA 250, Type 6 enclosures; mounting rod;
and electric cables.
Y.
mounting is indicated; with three [mechanical- or mercury-float or micropressure] [mechanicalfloat] [mercury-float] [micropressure] switches in NEMA 250, Type 6 enclosures; mounting rod;
and electric cables. Include automatic alternator to alternate operation of pump units on
successive cycles and to operate multiple units if one pump cannot handle load.
1.
2.
3.
inches (1500 mm).
High-Water Alarm: Cover-mounted, compression-probe alarm, with electric bell; 120-V
ac, with transformer and contacts for remote alarm bell.
High-Water Alarm: Rod-mounted, NEMA 250, Type 6 enclosure with [mechanical- or
mercury-float or micropressure] [mechanical-float] [mercury-float] [micropressure]-switch
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15446
alarm matching control and electric bell; 120-V ac, with transformer and contacts for
remote alarm bell.
Z.
Controls: NEMA 250, Type 6, 120-V ac, float switch, mounted on discharge piping.
AA.

1.
2.
3.

Each Pump:
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.

1)
2)
3)
g.

1)
2)
3)
4.
2 04

Hertz: 60.

Sump Pump Basins
BB.
Description: Factory fabricated basin with sump, pipe connections, and separate cover.
CC.
Sump: Fabricate watertight, with sidewall openings for pipe connections.

1.
2.
3.
DD.
Cover: Fabricate with openings having gaskets, seals, and bushings, for access to pumps,
pump shafts, control rods, discharge piping, vent connections, and power cables.
1.
2.
EE.
Material: [Cast iron] [Cast iron or fiberglass] [Fiberglass] <Insert other>.

Reinforcement: Mounting plates for pumps, fittings, and accessories.
Anchor Flange: Same material as or compatible with sump, cast in or attached to sump,
in location and of size required to anchor basin in concrete slab.
Material: [Cast iron] [Cast iron or steel with bituminous coating] [Steel with bituminous
coating].
Reinforcement: Steel or cast iron, capable of supporting foot traffic for basins installed in
foot-traffic areas.

1.
Material: [Cast iron] [Fiberglass] <Insert other>.
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2.
3.
4.
5.

Inlet No. 1:
a.
b.
c.
6.

Type: [Hubbed inside] [Hubbed outside] <Insert other>.
Cover:
a.
b.
c.
d.
2 05

Sidewall Outlet:
a.
b.
c.
9.

Type: [Flange] [Hubbed] [Threaded] outside.
Inlet No. 3:
a.
b.
c.
8.

Inlet No. 2:
a.
b.
c.
7.
ODAC
Section 15446
Material: [Cast iron] [Steel with bituminous coating].

Sump Pump Pits
FF.
Description: Concrete pit with sump, pipe connections, curb frame, and separate cover.
GG.
Sump: Construct of watertight, cast-in-place, reinforced concrete with sidewall openings for
pipe connections. Cast-in-place concrete, formwork, and reinforcement are specified in
Division 3 Section "[Cast-in-Place Concrete] [Cast-in-Place Concrete (Limited Applications)]."
1.
HH.
Pipe Connections: Sleeved openings large enough for mechanical sleeve seals for
drainage piping. Sleeves and mechanical sleeve seals are specified in Division 15
Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods," and drainage piping is specified in
Division 15 Section "Storm Drainage Piping."
Curb Frame and Cover:

1.
Curb Frame Material: Galvanized steel or steel with bituminous coating.
7
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
a.
2.
Pattern: [Angle-cross-section shape with flat top surface] [Z-cross-section shape

with raised outer rim of height matching cover, for recessed mounting having
installed cover flush with top of floor slab].
Cover: Fabricate with openings having gaskets, seals, and bushings, for access to
pumps, pump shafts, control rods, discharge piping, vent connections, and power cables.
a.
b.
II.
ODAC
Section 15446
Reinforcement: Steel or cast iron, capable of supporting foot traffic for pits
installed in foot-traffic areas.

1.
2.
3.
4.

Inside Dimensions: <Insert inches (mm).>
Inlet No. 1:
a.
b.
5.
Inlet No. 2:
a.
b.
6.

Curb Frame:
a.
b.
9.

Sidewall Outlet:
a.
b.
8.

Inlet No. 3:
a.
b.
7.

Material: [Galvanized] [Bituminous-coated] steel.

Pattern: <Insert pattern.>
Cover:
a.
b.
c.
d.
Material: [Cast iron] [Steel with bituminous coating].

Dimensions: <Insert inches (mm).>
8
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 06
JJ.
Packaged Drainage Pump Units

Pedestal Units: Factory-assembled and -tested, single-stage, centrifugal, end-suction,
automatic-operation, freestanding drainage pump unit.
1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
KK.
ODAC
Section 15446

American Machine & Tool Co.
Liberty Pumps.
Zoeller Company.
Pump Body: Corrosion-resistant material.

Impeller: [Aluminum or brass] [Aluminum, brass, or plastic].
Motor: With built-in overload protection and mounted vertically on sump pump column.
inches (1830 mm), with grounding plug and cable-sealing assembly for connection at
pump.
Submersible Units: Factory-assembled and -tested, single-stage, centrifugal, end-suction,

automatic-operation, submersible, drainage pump unit.
1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
ABS Pumps, Inc.

Liberty Pumps.
Zoeller Company.
Pump Body: Metal.

Impeller: Brass.
Pump Body: Plastic.
Impeller: Plastic.
Pump Seals: Mechanical type.
Motor: Hermetically sealed, capacitor-start type, with built-in overload protection.
inches (1830 mm), with grounding plug and cable-sealing assembly for connection at
pump.
Control: Motor-mounted float switch.
9
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
10.
Basin: Plastic.
a.
b.
LL.
ODAC
Section 15446

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
7.
Basin:
a.
b.
c.
2 07

Hertz: 60.
Material: Plastic.
Flexible Connectors
MM. [Available ]Manufacturers:

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
NN.
Anamet, Inc.
Flex-Hose Co., Inc.
Flex-Pression, Ltd.
Flex-Weld, Inc.
Mercer Rubber.
Metraflex, Inc.
Unaflex Inc.
Description: [125-psig (860-kPa)] <Insert other> minimum working-pressure rating and ends
matching pump connection:
1.
2.
Bronze Flexible Connectors: Corrugated, bronze inner tubing covered with bronze wire
braid. Include copper-tube ends or bronze flanged ends, braze welded to tubing.
Stainless-Steel Flexible Connectors: Corrugated, stainless-steel inner tubing covered
with stainless-steel wire braid. Include stainless-steel nipples or flanges, welded to
tubing.
10
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 08
OO.
ODAC
Section 15446
Building Automation System Interface

Provide auxiliary contacts in pump controllers for interface to building automation system.
1.
2.
On-off status of each pump.

Alarm status.
PART 3 - Execution
3 01
A.
Examination
Examine roughing-in of plumbing piping to verify actual locations of storm drainage piping
connections before sump pump installation.
3 02
B.
Concrete
Install concrete bases of dimensions indicated for pumps and controllers. Refer to Division 15
Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods."
1.
2.
3.
4.
C.
3 03
Install dowel rods to connect concrete base to concrete floor. Unless otherwise
For supported equipment, install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete
Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported equipment.
Sump Pump Installation
D.
Excavating, trenching, and backfilling are specified in Division 2 Section "Earthwork."
E.
Install sump pumps according to applicable requirements in HI 1.4.
F.
Install pumps and arrange to provide access for maintenance including removal of motors,
impellers, couplings, and accessories.
G.
Suspend wet-pit-mounted, vertical sump pumps from [basin] [basin and pit] [pit] covers. Make
direct connections to storm drainage piping.
H.
Set submersible sump pumps on [basin] [basin or pit] [pit] floor. Make direct connections to
storm drainage piping.
I.
Install sump pump basins and connect to drainage piping. Brace interior of basins according to
manufacturer's written instructions to prevent distortion or collapse during concrete placement.
11
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15446
Set basin cover and fasten to basin top flange. Install cover so top surface is flush with finished
floor.
J.
Construct sump pump pits and connect to drainage piping. Set pit curb frame recessed in and
anchored to concrete. Fasten pit cover to pit curb flange. Install cover so top surface is flush
with finished floor.
K.
Install packaged, pedestal, drainage pump units and make direct connection to storm drainage
piping.
L.
Install packaged, submersible, drainage pump unit basins on floor or concrete base unless
recessed installation is indicated. Make direct connections to storm drainage piping.
M.
Support piping so weight of piping is not supported by pumps.
3 04
Connections
N.
Piping installation requirements are specified in Division 15 Section "Storm Drainage Piping."
Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
O.
Install piping adjacent to sump pumps to allow service and maintenance.
P.
Connect storm drainage piping to pumps. Install discharge piping equal to or greater than size
of pump discharge piping. Refer to Division 15 Section "Storm Drainage Piping."
1.
2.
Install flexible connectors adjacent to pumps in discharge piping.

Install check and shutoff valves on discharge piping from each pump. Install unions on
pumps having threaded pipe connections. Install valves same size as connected piping.
Refer to Division 15 Section "Valves" for general-duty valves for drainage piping.
Q.
R.
3 05
S.
Startup Service
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
T.
Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written instructions.

Verify bearing lubrication.
Disconnect couplings and check motors for proper direction of rotation.
Verify that each pump is free to rotate by hand. If pump is bound or drags, do not
operate until cause of trouble is determined and corrected.
Verify that pump controls are correct for required application.
<Insert additional startup steps if any.>
Start pumps without exceeding safe motor power:

1.
2.
3.
Start motors.
Open discharge valves slowly.
Check general mechanical operation of pumps and motors.
12
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15446
U.
Test and adjust controls and safeties.
V.
Remove and replace damaged and malfunctioning components.

1.
2.
W.
3 06
X.
Pump Controls: Set pump controls for automatic start, stop, and alarm operation as
required for system application.
Set field-adjustable switches and circuit-breaker trip ranges as indicated, or if not
indicated, for normal operation.

provide on-site assistance in adjusting system to suit actual occupied conditions. Provide up to
two visits to Project outside normal occupancy hours for this purpose.
Demonstration
adjust, operate, and maintain[ controls and] pumps. Refer to Division 1 Section "[Closeout
13
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15450

Section 15450 Potable-Water Storage Tanks
PART 1 - GENERAL
1 01
A.
Related Documents
1 02
B.
SUMMARY
This Section includes potable-water storage tanks and related accessories for indoor
installation.
1 03
DEFINITIONS
C.
FRP: Fiberglass-reinforced plastic.
D.
HDPE: High-density polyethylene plastic.
E.
LDPE: Low-density polyethylene plastic.
F.
PE: Polyethylene plastic.
1 04
SUBMITTALS
G.
Product Data: Include rated capacities, operating characteristics, furnished specialties, and
accessories. Indicate dimensions, wall thickness, insulation, finishes and coatings, required
clearances, methods of assembly of components, and piping connections.
H.
Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that indicated steel,

potable-water storage tanks, accessories, and components will withstand seismic forces defined
in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls."
1.
Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual test of
assembled components or on calculation.
a.
parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified."
1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
b.
2.
3.
ODAC
Section 15450
parts from the device when subjected to the seismic forces specified and the unit
will be fully operational after the seismic event."
Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and locate
and describe mounting and anchorage provisions.
Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is based
and their installation requirements.
I.
Manufacturer Certificates: Signed by manufacturers certifying that potable-water storage tanks

comply with requirements.
J.
Source quality-control test reports.
K.
Purging and disinfecting reports.
1 05
QUALITY ASSURANCE
L.
Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of potablewater storage tanks and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to Division 1 Section
"Product Requirements."
M.
ASME Compliance for Steel Tanks: Fabricate and label steel, potable-water storage tanks to
comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section VIII, Division 1, where indicated.
N.
ASME Compliance for FRP Tanks: Fabricate and label FRP, potable-water storage tanks to
comply with ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section X, where indicated.
O.
Comply with NSF 14, "Plastics Piping Components and Related Materials," for plastic potablewater storage tanks and components. Include appropriate NSF marking.
P.
Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components--Health Effects, Sections 1 to 9," for
potable-water storage tanks. Include appropriate NSF marking.
1 06
Q.
COORDINATION
Coordinate size and location of concrete bases. Cast anchor-bolt inserts into bases. Concrete,
Part 2: PRODUCTS
2 01
R.
MANUFACTURERS
product selection:
2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
1.

2.
2 02
S.
ODAC
Section 15450
STEEL, PRESSURE, POTABLE-WATER STORAGE TANKS

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
Adamson Global Technology Corporation.

Aldrich Co.
Armstrong Pumps, Inc.
Cemline Corporation.
GSW Water Heating Company.
HESco Industries, Inc.
Lochinvar Corp.
Precision Parts Corp.
PVI Industries, LLC.
Raypak, Inc.
RBI Water Heaters; A Mestek, Inc. Company.
RECO USA.
Smith, A. O. Water Products Co.
State Industries, Inc.
Weben Jarco.
Wessels Co.
Wood, John Co.
T.
Description: Steel, [horizontal] [vertical] pressure-rated tank with cylindrical sidewalls.
U.
Fabricate supports and attachments to tank with reinforcement strong enough to resist tank
movement during seismic event when tank supports are anchored to building structure.
V.
Construction: [ASME code, steel] [Steel], constructed with nontoxic welded joints, for [125psig (860-kPa)] [150-psig (1035-kPa)] <Insert other> working pressure.
W.
Manhole: Watertight, for tank more than [36 inches (915 mm)] <Insert dimension> in
diameter; same pressure rating as tank.
X.
Tappings: Factory-fabricated[ stainless] steel, welded to tank[ before testing and labeling].
1.
2.
Y.
NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: ASME B1.20.1, with female thread.
NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: ASME B16.5, flanged.
Specialties and Accessories: Include tappings in tank and the following:

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Pressure relief valve.

Pressure gage.
Thermometer.
Air-charging connection.
Gage glass, brass fittings, compression stops, and gage-glass guard.
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15450
Z.
Horizontal Tank Supports: Factory-fabricated steel saddles, welded to tank[ before testing
and labeling].
AA.
Vertical Tank Supports: Factory-fabricated steel legs or steel skirt, welded to tank[ before
testing and labeling].
BB.
Tank Interior Finish: Materials and thicknesses complying with NSF 61 barrier materials for
potable-water tank linings. Extend finish into and through tank fittings and outlets.
1.
2.
CC.
Exterior Coating:
<Insert coating>.
2 03
DD.
Lining Material: [Cement] [Copper] <Insert material>.

Coating: [Epoxy resin] [Galvanized] [Glass] [Nickel] <Insert coating>.
[Galvanized] [Manufacturer's standard enamel paint] [Primer paint]
STEEL, NONPRESSURE, POTABLE-WATER STORAGE TANKS

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Adamson Global Technology Corporation.

Highland Tank & Mfg. Co.
Peabody TecTank, Inc.
RECO USA.
Steel Tank and Fabricating Co., Inc.
Wood, John Co.
EE.
Description: Steel, [horizontal] [vertical] nonpressure-rated tank with cylindrical sidewalls.
FF.
GG.
Construction: Steel, constructed with nontoxic welded joints.
HH.
Manhole:
diameter.
II.
Cover for Open Tank: [Plastic] [Steel, with lining same as or similar to tank lining and] with
shape that encloses top of tank.
JJ.
Tappings: Factory-fabricated[ stainless] steel, welded to tank.

1.
2.
KK.
Watertight, for tank more than [36 inches (915 mm)] <Insert dimension> in
Specialties and Accessories: Include tappings in the tank and the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
Vacuum relief valve.

Free air vent with insect screen.
Thermometer.
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
LL.
ODAC
Section 15450
Horizontal Tank Supports: Factory-fabricated steel saddles, welded to tank[ before testing
and labeling].
MM. Vertical Tank Supports: Factory-fabricated steel legs or steel skirt, welded to tank[ before
NN.
1.
2.
OO.

Exterior Coating:
<Insert coating>.
2 04
STEEL, FLOATING-WAFER, PRESSURE, POTABLE-WATER
STORAGE TANKS
PP.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Cemline Corporation.
Wood, John Co.
QQ.
Description: Steel, vertical, pressure-rated tank with cylindrical sidewalls and with floating-wafer
separator.
RR.
SS.
Construction: [ASME code, steel] [Steel], constructed with nontoxic welded joints, for [125psig (860-kPa)] [150-psig (1035-kPa)] <Insert other> working pressure.
TT.
Manhole: Watertight, for tank more than [36 inches (915 mm)] <Insert dimension> in
UU.
Floating Wafer: Nontoxic plastic, of diameter to match tank.
VV.
Tappings: Factory-fabricated[ stainless] steel, welded to tank[ before testing and labeling].
1.
2.
WW. Specialties and Accessories: Include tappings in tank and the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Pressure gage.
Thermometer.
5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15450
XX.
Vertical Tank Supports: Factory-fabricated steel legs or steel skirt, welded to tank[ before
YY.
1.
2.
ZZ.

Exterior Coating:
<Insert coating>.
2 05
STEEL, PRECHARGED, PRESSURE, POTABLE-WATER
STORAGE TANKS
AAA. Steel, Precharged, Diaphragm, Water Storage Tanks:
1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
2.
3.
4.
AMTROL, Inc.
Flexcon Industries; Plumbing & Heating Division.
Myers, F. E..
Smith, A. O.; Aqua-Air Div.
Taco, Inc.
Wessels Co.
Description: Steel, vertical, pressured-rated tank with cylindrical sidewalls and with aircharging valve and air precharge.
Fabricate supports and attachments to tank with reinforcement strong enough to resist
tank movement during seismic event when tank supports are anchored to building
structure.
Operation: Factory-installed, butyl-rubber diaphragm.
BBB. Steel, Precharged, Bladder, Water Storage Tanks:

1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2.
3.
4.

Taco, Inc.
Wessels Co.
Wood, John Co.
Description: Steel, vertical, pressured-rated tank with cylindrical sidewalls and with aircharging valve and air precharge.
Fabricate supports and attachments to tank with reinforcement strong enough to resist
tank movement during seismic event when tank supports are anchored to building
structure.
Operation: Factory-installed, butyl-rubber bladder.
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15450
CCC. Construction: [ASME code, steel] [Steel], constructed with nontoxic welded joints, for [125psig (860-kPa)] [150-psig (1035-kPa)] <Insert other> working pressure.
DDD. Tappings: Factory-fabricated[ stainless] steel, welded to tank[ before testing and labeling].
1.
2.
EEE. Specialties and Accessories: Include tappings in tank and the following:
1.
2.
Pressure gage.
<Insert required options.>
FFF. Vertical Tank Supports: Factory-fabricated steel legs or steel skirt, welded to tank[ before
GGG. Tank Interior Finish: Materials and thicknesses complying with NSF 61 barrier materials for
1.
2.

HHH. Exterior Coating:

<Insert coating>.
2 06
INSULATED,
STORAGE TANKS
III.
PRESSURE,
POTABLE-WATER
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
JJJ.
STEEL,
American Water Heater Company.

GSW Water Heating Company.
HESco Industries, Inc.
K-TAM Manufacturing, Inc.
Lochinvar Corp.
Precision Parts Corp.
PVI Industries, LLC.
RBI Water Heaters: A Mestek, Inc. Company.
Rheem Manufacturing Co.; Rheem Water Heater Div.
Smith, A. O. Water Products Co.
Teledyne Laars.
Wessels Co.
Description: Steel, vertical, pressure-rated tank with cylindrical sidewalls.
KKK. Fabricate supports and attachments to tank with reinforcement strong enough to resist tank
LLL. Construction: [ASME code, steel] [Steel], constructed with nontoxic welded joints, for [125psig (860-kPa)] [150-psig (1035-kPa)] <Insert other> working pressure.
7
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15450
MMM. Manhole: Watertight, for tank more than [36 inches (915 mm)] <Insert dimension> in
NNN. Tappings: Factory-fabricated[ stainless] steel, welded to tank[ before testing and labeling].
1.
2.
OOO. Specialties and Accessories: Include tappings in tank and the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Pressure gage.
Thermometer.
PPP. Vertical Tank Supports: Factory-fabricated steel legs or steel skirt, welded to tank[ before
QQQ. Tank Interior Finish: Materials and thicknesses complying with NSF 61 barrier materials for
1.
2.

RRR. Insulation: Factory-installed, fiberglass or polyurethane foam; surrounding entire tank except
connections and other openings; suitable for tank operating temperature; and complying with
ASHRAE/IESNA 90.1.
SSS. Jacket: Steel, with manufacturer's standard finish, unless otherwise indicated.
2 07
STEEL,
GRAVITY,
STORAGE TANKS
NONPRESSURE,
POTABLE-WATER
TTT. Description:
Steel, [horizontal] [vertical] nonpressure-rated tank with [cylindrical]
[rectangular] sidewalls.
UUU. Fabricate supports and attachments to tank with reinforcement strong enough to resist tank
VVV. Construction:
Nonpressure rated, [factory] [factory or field] [field] fabricated from
ASTM A 794 steel sheets, with nontoxic welded joints.
WWW. Reinforcement: ASTM A 36/A 36M, structural-steel shapes, welded to tank as required to
maintain tank shape.
XXX. Manhole: Watertight, for tank more than [36 inches (915 mm)] <Insert dimension> [in
diameter] [wide].
YYY. Tappings: Factory-fabricated[ stainless] steel, welded to tank.
1.
8
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2.
ODAC
Section 15450
ZZZ. Specialties and Accessories: Include tappings in tank and the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.

Thermometer.
AAAA.
Horizontal Tank Supports: Factory-fabricated steel saddles or legs, welded to tank.
BBBB.
Vertical Tank Supports: Factory-fabricated steel legs or steel skirt, welded to tank.
CCCC. Tank Interior Finish: Materials and thicknesses complying with NSF 61 barrier materials for
1.
2.

DDDD. Exterior Coating:

<Insert coating>.
2 08
PLASTIC, PRESSURE, POTABLE-WATER STORAGE TANKS
EEEE.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Park International Corp.
Structural North America.
Tankinetics, Inc.
FFFF. Description: FRP, vertical, pressure-rated tank with cylindrical sidewalls.

GGGG. Construction:
[ASME code, composite FRP] [Composite FRP], [contact-molded]
[contact-molded or filament-wound] [filament-wound], thermosetting-resin tank for [100psig (690-kPa)] [125-psig (860-kPa)] [150-psig (1035-kPa)] <Insert other> working pressure.
1.
Tank Lining Material: Nontoxic [HDPE] [LDPE] <Insert material> complying with
NSF 61 barrier materials for potable-water tanks.
HHHH. Manhole: Watertight, for tank more than [36 inches (915 mm)] <Insert dimension> in
IIII.
Tappings: Factory-fabricated, reinforced FRP flanged-end nozzle.

1.
2.
NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Include plastic-to-steel transition fitting from tank nozzle
flange to ASME B1.20.1, female thread.
JJJJ. Specialties and Accessories: Include tappings in tank and the following:
1.
2.

Pressure gage.
9
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
3.
ODAC
Section 15450
Thermometer.
KKKK. Vertical Tank Supports: Factory-fabricated steel legs or reinforced FRP skirt attached by
FRP brackets to tank sidewall.
LLLL. Tank Interior Finish: Materials and thicknesses complying with NSF 61 barrier materials for
2 09
PLASTIC,
TANKS
NONPRESSURE,
POTABLE-WATER
STORAGE
MMMM. FRP, Potable-Water Storage Tanks:

1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
2.
3.
4.
Associated Fiberglass Enterprises.

Belding Tank Technologies, Inc.
L. F. Manufacturing, Inc.
Palmer Manufacturing & Tank, Inc.
Raven Industries Inc.; Plastics Div.
Viatec Inc.
Description: FRP, vertical, nonpressure-rated water tank; complying with NSF 61 barrier
materials for potable-water tanks.
Construction: [ASTM D 3299, filament-wound] [ASTM D 3299, filament-wound or
ASTM D 4097, contact-molded] [ASTM D 4097, contact-molded] FRP.
Tappings: Factory-fabricated, FRP flanged-end nozzle.
a.
NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Include plastic-to-steel transition fitting from tank
nozzle flange to ASME B1.20.1, female thread.
1)
b.
5.
[Exception: Tappings may be threaded FRP coupling integral with

nozzle for connections for plastic piping.]
Vertical Tank Support: Separate factory-fabricated steel stand, capable of supporting

tank.
NNNN. PE, Potable-Water Storage Tanks:

1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
Assmann Corporation of America.

Chem-Tainer Industries.
Nalge Nunc International.
Poly Processing Company.
Premier Plastics Ltd.
Raven Industries Inc.; Plastics Div.
Steel Tank and Fabricating Co., Inc.
TolPlast Co., Inc.
10
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2.
3.
4.
Description: PE, vertical, flat-bottom, nonpressure-rated water tank; complying with

NSF 61 barrier materials for potable-water tanks.
Construction: ASTM D 1998, molded PE.
Tappings: Factory-fabricated bulkhead fittings, attached to tank.
a.
b.
5.
ODAC
Section 15450
NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: With female thread.

Vertical Tank Support: Separate factory-fabricated steel stand, capable of supporting

entire bottom of tank.
OOOO. Manhole:
diameter.
Watertight, for tank more than [36 inches (915 mm)] <Insert dimension> in
PPPP. Cover for Open Tank: Plastic, same as or similar to tank material and with shape that
encloses top of tank.
QQQQ. Specialties and Accessories: Include tappings in the tank and the following:
1.
2.
3.
4.
2 10

Thermometer.
SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
RRRR. Test and inspect potable-water storage tanks according to the following tests and inspections
and prepare test reports:
1.
2.
3.
Pressure Testing for ASME-Code, Potable-Water Storage Tanks: Hydrostatically test to

ensure structural integrity and freedom from leaks. Fill tanks with water, vent air,
pressurize to 1-1/2 times tank pressure rating, disconnect test equipment, hold pressure
for 30 minutes with no drop in pressure, and check for leaks. Replace tanks that fail test
with new tanks, and repeat until test is satisfactory.
Pressure Testing for Non-ASME-Code, Pressure, Potable-Water Storage Tanks:
Hydrostatically test to ensure structural integrity and freedom from leaks at pressure of
[50 psig (345 kPa)] <Insert measurement> above system operating pressure, but not
less than [150 psig (1035 kPa)] <Insert measurement>. Fill tanks with water, vent air,
pressurize tanks, disconnect test equipment, hold pressure for two hours with no drop in
pressure, and check for leaks. Repair or replace tanks that fail test with new tanks and
repeat until test is satisfactory.
Nonpressure Testing for Potable-Water Storage Tanks: Fill tanks to water operating level
to ensure structural integrity and freedom from leaks. Hold water level for two hours with
no drop in water level. Repair or replace tanks that fail test with new tanks, and repeat
until test is satisfactory.
11
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15450
Part 3: EXECUTION
3 01
CONCRETE BASES
SSSS. Install concrete bases of dimensions indicated for tanks. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic
Mechanical Materials and Methods."
1.
For supported tanks, install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that extend through concrete base
and anchor into structural concrete floor.
Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported tanks.
2.
3.
4.
TTTT. Cast-in-place concrete materials and placement requirements are specified in Division 3.
3 02
INSTALLATION
UUUU. Install water storage tanks on concrete bases, level and plumb, firmly anchored. Arrange so
devices needing servicing are accessible.
1.
VVVV.
Install horizontal tanks on [concrete piers and factory-fabricated] [fabricated steel

supports and] saddles.
Anchor tank supports and tanks to substrate.
1.
Use steel or FRP straps over or around plastic tanks.
WWWW.
Install tank seismic restraints.
XXXX. Install thermometers and pressure gages on water storage tanks and piping, if indicated.
Thermometers and pressure gages are specified in Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages."
YYYY.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Install the following devices on tanks where indicated:

Pressure relief valves.
Temperature and pressure relief valves.
Vacuum relief valves.
Tank vents on nonpressure tanks.
Connections to accessories.
ZZZZ. After installing tanks with factory finish, inspect finishes and repair damages to finishes.
3 03
CONNECTIONS
AAAAA. Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections.

indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
Drawings
12
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15450
BBBBB. Install piping adjacent to potable-water storage tanks to allow service and maintenance.
CCCCC. Connect water piping to water storage tanks with unions or flanges and with shutoff valves.
Connect tank drains with shutoff valves and discharge over closest floor drains.
1.
General-duty valves are specified in Division 15 Section "Valves."

a.
b.
c.
2.
3.
3 04
Valves NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Gate or ball.

Valves NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Gate or butterfly.
Drain Valves: NPS 3/4 (DN 20) gate or ball valve. Include outlet with, or nipple in
outlet with, ASME B1.20.7, 3/4-11.5NH thread for garden-hose service, threaded
cap, and chain.
Water Piping Connections: Make connections to dissimilar metals with dielectric fittings.
Dielectric fittings are specified in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and
Methods."
Connect air piping to hydropneumatic tanks with unions or flanges and gate or ball
valves. Make connections to dissimilar metals with dielectric fittings, which are specified
in Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods."
DDDDD. Perform the following final checks before filling:

1.
2.
3.
Verify that air precharge in precharged tanks is correct.

Test operation of tank accessories and devices.
Verify that pressure relief valves have correct setting.
a.
b.
4.
Manually operate pressure relief valves.

Adjust pressure settings.
Verify that vacuum relief valves are correct size.

a.
b.
Manually operate vacuum relief valves.

Adjust vacuum settings.
EEEEE. Filling Procedures:

operating level.
3 05
Follow manufacturer's written procedures.
Fill tanks with water to
CLEANING
FFFFF. Clean and disinfect potable-water storage tanks.

GGGGG.
Use purging and disinfecting procedure prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or, if
method is not prescribed, use procedure described in AWWA C652 or as described below:
1.
2.
Purge water storage tanks with potable water.

Disinfect tanks by one of the following methods:
a.
Fill tanks with water-chlorine solution containing at least 50 ppm (50 mg/L) of
chlorine. Isolate tanks and allow to stand for 24 hours.
13
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
b.
3.
4.
ODAC
Section 15450
Fill tanks with water-chlorine solution containing at least 200 ppm (200 mg/L) of
chlorine. Isolate tanks and allow to stand for three hours.
Flush tanks, after required standing time, with clean, potable water until chlorine is not
present in water coming from tank.
Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat
procedure if biological examination made by authorities having jurisdiction shows
evidence of contamination.
HHHHH. Prepare written reports for purging and disinfecting activities.
14
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15471
Division (15) mechanical work

SECTION 15471
WATER FILTRATION EQUIPMENT
PART 1 - General
1 01
A.
1 02
B.
RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and
Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
SUMMARY
This Section includes the following types of water filtration equipment for water
systems in buildings:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
C.

1.
2.
3.
4.
1 03
Bag-type filters.
Freestanding cartridge filters.
Off-floor cartridge filters.
Carbon filters.
Circulating sand filters.
Multimedia sand filters.
Greensand filters.
Separators.
Division 15 Section "Hydronic Piping" for hydronic piping strainers.

Division 15 Section "Steam and Condensate Piping" for steam piping system
strainers.
Division 15 Section "HVAC Water Treatment" for HVAC condenser water
filtration units and hot-water/chilled-water filtration units.
Division 15 Section "Plumbing Specialties" for small cartridge-type water filters
for plumbing fixtures and for plumbing piping strainers.
DEFINITIONS
D.
ABS: Acrylonitrile-butadiene-styrene plastic.
E.
FRP: Fiberglass-reinforced plastic.

1
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
F.
NBR: Acrylonitrile-butadiene rubber.
G.
PE: Polyethylene plastic.
H.
PP: Polypropylene plastic.
I.
ppm: Parts per million.
J.
PVC: Polyvinyl chloride plastic.
1 04
ODAC
Section 15471
SUBMITTALS
K.
Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
L.
Shop Drawings: Detail water filtration equipment assemblies and indicate dimensions,
weights, loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and
location and size of each field connection.
1.
Wiring Diagrams: Power, signal, and control wiring.
M.
Certificates of Shop Inspections and Data Reports: For products required to have
ASME label, signed by product manufacturer.
N.
Welding certificates.
O.
Manufacturer Seismic Qualification Certification: Submit certification that water

filtration equipment, accessories, and components will withstand seismic forces defined
in Division 15 Section "Mechanical Vibration and Seismic Controls." Include the
following:
1.
Basis for Certification: Indicate whether withstand certification is based on actual

test of assembled components or on calculation.
a.
b.
2.
3.
The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place

separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the
forces specified."
The term "withstand" means "the unit will remain in place
separation of any parts from the device when subjected to the
forces specified and the unit will be fully operational after the
event."
without
seismic
without
seismic
seismic
Dimensioned Outline Drawings of Equipment Unit: Identify center of gravity and

locate and describe mounting and anchorage provisions.
Detailed description of equipment anchorage devices on which the certification is
based and their installation requirements.
P.
Source quality-control test reports.
Q.
Field quality-control test reports.

2
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15471
R.
Startup service test reports.
S.
Operation and Maintenance Data: For water filtration equipment to include in

emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.
1 05
QUALITY ASSURANCE
T.
Source Limitations: Obtain each type of water filtration equipment through one source
from a single manufacturer.
U.
Product Options: Drawings indicate size, profiles, and dimensional requirements of

water filtration equipment and are based on the specific system indicated. Refer to
Division 1 Section "Product Requirements."
V.
Welding: Qualify processes and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure
Vessel Code: Section IX.
W.
Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in

NFPA 70, Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction,
and marked for intended use.
X.
Comply with NSF 61, "Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects; Sections 1
through 9," for all components that will be in contact with potable water.
1 06
Y.
PROJECT CONDITIONS
Interruption of Existing Water Service: Do not interrupt water service to facilities
occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then
only after arranging to provide temporary water service according to requirements
indicated:
1.
2.
Z.
Notify [Architect] [Construction Manager] [Owner] no fewer than [two] <Insert

number> days in advance of proposed interruption of water service.
Do not proceed with interruption of water service without [Architect's]
[Construction Manager's] [Owner's] written permission.
Feedwater Analysis:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Alkalinity: <Insert ppm (mg/L).>

Arsenic: <Insert ppm (mg/L).>
Calcium: <Insert ppm (mg/L).>
Chlorine: <Insert ppm (mg/L).>
Color: <Insert nephelometric turbidity units.>
Hydrogen-Ion Concentration: <Insert pH.>
Hardness: <Insert ppm (mg/L).>
Hydrogen Sulfide: <Insert ppm (mg/L).>
Iron: <Insert ppm (mg/L).>
Lead: <Insert ppm (mg/L).>
3
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
AA.
BB.
1 08
Magnesium: <Insert ppm (mg/L).>

Manganese: <Insert ppm (mg/L).>
Potassium: <Insert ppm (mg/L).>
Sand: <Insert ppm (mg/L).>
Silt: <Insert ppm (mg/L).>
Sodium: <Insert ppm (mg/L).>
Total Dissolved Solids: <Insert ppm (mg/L).>
Turbidity: <Insert ppm (mg/L).>
<Insert characteristic>: <Insert value.>
Feedwater Properties:
1.
2.
1 07
ODAC
Section 15471
Inlet Water Pressure: <Insert psig (kPa).>

Water Temperature: <Insert deg F (deg C).>
COORDINATION
Coordinate size and location of concrete bases with Architectural and Structural
Drawings.
EXTRA MATERIALS
CC. Furnish extra materials described below that match products installed and that are
packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing
contents.
1.
2.
Bag-Type Filter Bags: Bags for bag-type filters equal to [200] [400] <Insert
number> percent of amount installed for each size and media indicated.
Cartridge-Filter Elements: Elements for cartridge filters equal to [200] [400]
<Insert number> percent of amount installed for each size and media indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2 01
A.
MANUFACTURERS
In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements
apply to product selection:
1.
2.
Available Manufacturers:
Subject to compliance with requirements,
manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include,
but are not limited to, manufacturers specified.
Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by
one of the manufacturers specified.
4
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 02
B.
ODAC
Section 15471
BAG-TYPE FILTERS
Single-Bag-Type Filters:
1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
2.
Cycron Corporation.
Eden Equipment Co.
Filter Specialists, Inc.
Filtration Systems; div. of Mechanical Mfg. Corporation.
Hayward Industrial Products, Inc.
Krystal Klear Technologies, Inc.; a div. of Geyer's Mfr. & Design, Inc.
Parker Hannifin Corporation; Process Filtration Div.
PEP Filters, Inc.
Rosedale Products, Inc.
RPA Process Technologies.
Shelco Filters; division of Tinny Corp.
USFilter.
Description: Simplex, floor-mounting housing with filter bag for removing

suspended particles from water.
a.
Housing: Corrosion resistant; designed to separate feedwater from filtrate

and to direct feedwater through one bag-type water filter; with bag support
and base, feet, or skirt.
1)
2)
3)
b.
3.
Pipe Connections NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded according

to ASME B1.20.1.
Steel Housing Pipe Connections NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger:
Steel, Class 150 flanges according to ASME B16.5 or grooved
according to AWWA C606. Provide stainless-steel flanges if housing
is stainless steel.
Plastic Housing Pipe Connections NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger:
150-psig (1035-kPa) plastic flanges.
Bag: Replaceable; of shape to fit housing.

a.
Filtrate Design Concentrations:

1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)

5
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
9)
10)
b.
4)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
Material: [Carbon steel with NSF 61 lining material] [Plastic]

[Stainless steel].
Pressure Rating: <Insert psig (kPa).>
Seals: [NBR] <Insert material>.
Height or Length: <Insert inches (mm).>
Inlet and Outlet Size: <Insert NPS (DN).>
Drain Size: [Not applicable] <Insert NPS (DN)>.
Bag Support: Top lock ring and perforated [stainless-steel] <Insert
material> basket.
Bag:
1)
2)
3)
C.
Continuous Flow: <Insert gpm (L/s).>

Peak Flow: <Insert gpm (L/s).>
Filtration Efficiency: [98] <Insert number> percent retention of
suspended particles [10] [20] <Insert size> micrometers and larger
from feedwater of listed filtrate design concentrations.
Pressure Drop: Not to exceed [2 psig (14 kPa)] <Insert value> at
filter design flow rate when clean[, and <Insert value> when dirty].
Housing:
1)
d.

Filter Design:
1)
2)
3)
c.
ODAC
Section 15471
Nominal Diameter: <Insert inches (mm).>

Nominal Length: <Insert inches (mm).>
Media: [Cotton] [Polyester] [PP] <Insert material>; [felt, filament,
or mesh] [felt] [filament] [mesh] construction.
Multiple-Bag-Type Filters:
1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
2.

Hayward Industrial Products, Inc.
PEP Filters, Inc.
RPA Process Technologies.
Description: Simplex, floor-mounting housing with multiple filter bags for

removing suspended particles from water.
6
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
a.

and to direct feedwater through bag-type water filters; with bag supports
and base, feet, or skirt.
1)
2)
3)
b.
3.
ODAC
Section 15471

to ASME B1.20.1.
Steel Tank Pipe Connections NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Steel,
Class 150 flanges according to ASME B16.5 or grooved according to
AWWA C606. Provide stainless-steel flanges if housing is stainless
steel.
Bags: Replaceable; of shape to fit housing.

a.

1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
b.
Filter Design:
1)
2)
3)
4)
c.


Housing:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
Material: [Carbon steel with NSF 61 lining material] [Plastic]

[Stainless steel].
7
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
8)
d.
ODAC
Section 15471
Bag Support(s): Top lock rings and perforated [stainless-steel]

<Insert material> basket(s).
Bags:
1)
2)
3)
4)
Number Required: <Insert number.>

Media: [Cotton] [Polyester] [PP] <Insert material>; [felt, filament,
or mesh] [felt] [filament] [mesh] construction.
2 03
CARTRIDGE FILTERS
D.
Freestanding Cartridge Filters:

1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
s.
t.
u.
v.
2.
Campbell Manufacturing, Inc.

Cycron Corporation.
Diamond Water Conditioning.
Eden Equipment Co.
Filterspun; a div. of Service Filtration Corp.
Filtrine Manufacturing Company; Drinking Water Division.
Flowmatic Systems, Inc.
Graver Technologies; Liquid Filter Products.
Harmsco Filtration Products.
Hydro Systems International.
Keystone Filter Div.; Met-Pro Corporation.
Osmonics, Inc.; Hytrex Filters Div.
PEP Filters, Inc.
Serfilco, Ltd.
USFilter.
WET Products and Systems.
Description: Simplex, floor-mounting housing with replaceable element(s) for

removing suspended particles from water.
a.

and to direct feedwater through water filter element(s); with element
support(s) and base, feet, or skirt.
8
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
1)
2)
3)
4)
b.
3.
ODAC
Section 15471
Fabricate supports and base, feet, or skirt and attachment to housing

with reinforcement strong enough to resist filter movement during a
seismic event when filter base is anchored to building structure.
to ASME B1.20.1.
AWWA C606. Provide stainless-steel flanges if housing is stainless
steel.
Element(s): Replaceable; of shape to fit housing.

a.

1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
b.
Filter Design:
1)
2)
3)
4)
c.

suspended particles [1] [10] [20] <Insert size> micrometers and
larger from feedwater of listed filtrate design concentrations.
Housing:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
d.

Material: [Plastic] [Stainless steel] <Insert material>.

Elements:
9
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
1)
2)
3)
4)
E.
ODAC
Section 15471
Number Required: [One] [Two] <Insert number>.

Media: [Activated charcoal] [Activated or ground charcoal]
[Ground charcoal] [Pleated polyester] [Pleated polyester or PP]
[Pleated PP] [Wound polyester] [Wound polyester or PP] [Wound
PP] <Insert material>.
Off-Floor Cartridge Filters:

1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
s.
t.
u.
v.
w.
x.
y.
z.
aa.
bb.
cc.
2.
Alamo Water Treatment.

Campbell Manufacturing, Inc.
Culligan International Company.
Eagle Spring Filtration, Inc.
Eden Equipment Co.
Everpure, Inc.
Fairey Industrial Ceramics Ltd.
Filpro Corporation.
Filterspun; a div. of Service Filtration Corp.
Filtrine Manufacturing Company; Drinking Water Division.
Flint & Walling, Inc.; Subsidiary of Zoeller Co.
Flowmatic Systems, Inc.
Graver Technologies; Liquid Filter Products.
Harmsco Filtration Products.
Hydro Systems International.
Hydrotech, Inc.
Keystone Filter Div.; Met-Pro Corporation.
Matterhorn Filter Corporation.
Omnipure Filter Company.
Osmonics, Inc.; Hytrex Filters Div.
Plymouth Products, Inc.
Topway Global, Inc.
USFilter.
WET Products and Systems.
WaterSoft; a div. of AMTROL Inc.
Watts Premier.
Description:
Simplex, [in-line] [wall-mounting] housing with replaceable
element for removing suspended particles from water.
a.

and to direct feedwater through water filter element; with element support.
1)
2)
Pipe Connections: Threaded according to ASME B1.20.1.

Support: Wall bracket.
10
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
b.
3.
ODAC
Section 15471
Element: Replaceable; of shape to fit housing.

a.

1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
b.
Filter Design:
1)
2)
3)
4)
c.

Housing:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
d.

Material: [PE or PP] [Plastic] [Stainless steel] <Insert material>.

Element:
1)
2)
3)

Media: [Activated charcoal] [Activated or ground charcoal]
[Ground charcoal] [Pleated polyester] [Pleated polyester or PP]
[Pleated PP] [Wound polyester] [Wound polyester or PP] [Wound
PP] <Insert material>.
11
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 04
F.
ODAC
Section 15471
CARBON FILTERS
Description: Simplex carbon filter, with media tank, media, and automatic backwash
for [removing chlorine from] [and] [improving color, odor, and taste of] <Insert
application> water.
1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
2.

CSI; a division of Chandler Systems, Inc.
CUNO Incorporated.
EcoWater Systems, Inc.
Environmental Dynamics Corporation.
Marlo Incorporated.
PEP Filters, Inc.
RainSoft Div.; Aquion Partners L. P.
Separmatic Fluid Systems.
Springsoft International, Inc.
USFilter.
Water & Power Technologies, Inc.
Water Right.
Media Tank: Corrosion resistant with distribution system and media.

a.
Construction:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
Fabricate and label steel filter tanks to comply with ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1.
Fabricate and label FRP filter tanks to comply with ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code: Section X, if indicated.
Fabricate supports and base and attachment to tank with
reinforcement strong enough to resist filter movement during a
to ASME B1.20.1.
AWWA C606. Provide stainless-steel flanges if tank is stainless
steel.
FRP Tank Pipe Connections NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Type A,
integral; Designation [E, 125-psig (0.862-MPa)] [or] [F, 150-psig
(1.034-MPa)]pressure category flanges of grade same as tank
material according to ASTM D 5421.
Support: Base, feet, or skirt.
12
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
3.
Controls: Automatic for control of backwash; factory wired for single, external
electrical connection.
a.
b.
4.
ODAC
Section 15471
Panel: NEMA 250, Type [4] <Insert type> enclosure.

Backwash Initiation Device: [Differential pressure gages] [Electric time
clock] [Water meter].

a.

1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
10)
b.
Filter Design:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
c.
d.
e.
f.

Hydrogen-Ion Concentration: <Insert pH.>

Flow Rate: <Insert gpm/sq. ft. (L/s per sq. m)> of media crosssectional area.
Backwash Flow: <Insert gpm (L/s).>
Filter Backwash Interval: <Insert psig (kPa)> pressure drop measured by

differential pressure gages.
Filter Backwash Interval: <Insert number> days measured by time clock.
Filter Backwash Interval: <Insert gal. (cu. m)> measured by water meter.
Media Tank:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
Material:
[Carbon steel with NSF 61 lining material] [FRP]
[Stainless steel].
Media: [Activated charcoal] [Ground charcoal] <Insert material>.
Media Quantity: <Insert cu. ft. (cu. m).>
Height: <Insert inches (mm).>
13
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
g.

1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
2 05
G.
ODAC
Section 15471
Volts: [120] [240] [277] [480] <Insert value> V.

Phase: [Single] [Three].
Hertz: [60] <Insert value> Hz.
Full-Load Amperes: <Insert value> A.
Minimum Circuit Ampacity: <Insert value> A.
Maximum Overcurrent Protection: <Insert value> A.
SAND FILTERS
Circulating Sand Filters:
1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
2.
Diamond Water Systems, Inc.

Everfilt.
Griswold Controls.
LAKOS; a div. of Claude Laval Corporation.
Miami Filter LLC.
PEP Filters, Inc.
Puroflux Corporation.
United Industries, Inc.
Description: Factory-fabricated and -tested, simplex, sand-filter system of filter

tank, media, strainer, circulating pump, piping, and controls for removing
sediment particles from water.
a.
Filter Tank: Corrosion resistant with distribution system and media.

1)
Construction:
a)
b)
c)
2)
3)
4)
Fabricate and label steel filter tanks to comply with ASME

Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1.
Fabricate and label FRP filter tanks to comply with ASME
Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section X, if indicated.

to ASME B1.20.1.
AWWA C606.
integral; Designation [E, 125-psig (0.862-MPa)] [or] [F, 150-psig
14
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
ODAC
Section 15471
(1.034-MPa)] pressure category flanges of grade same as tank

material according to ASTM D 5421.
b.
Strainer: Basket type.

1)
Pipe Connections:
a)
b)
c.
d.
e.
f.
Piping:
[Galvanized steel pipe, galvanized cast-iron fittings]
[Stainless-steel pipe, stainless-steel fittings], and flanged, grooved, or
threaded joints.
Piping: ASTM B 88, Type L (ASTM B 88M, Type B) copper water tube,
copper-alloy solder-joint fittings, and brazed, flanged, or grooved joints.
Safety Valves: Automatic and manual pressure relief.
Circulating Pump: Overhung impeller, close coupled, single stage, end
suction, centrifugal. Comply with UL 778 and with HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3.
1)
Pump Construction: Bronze fitted.

a)
b)
c)
d)
e)
2)
g.
2)
3)
4)
3.

Pressure Rating: [125 psig (860 kPa)] [150 psig (1035 kPa)]
minimum.
Impeller: ASTM B 584, cast bronze; statically and dynamically
balanced, closed, and keyed to shaft.
Shaft and Shaft Sleeve: Steel shaft, with copper-alloy shaft
sleeve.
Seal: Mechanical.
Motor: General requirements for motors are specified in Division 15

Section "Motors."
Controls: Automatic for control of circulating pump and tank backwash;

factory wired for single, external electrical connection.
1)
h.
Connections NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded according

to ASME B1.20.1.
Connections NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger:
Cast-iron,
Class 125 flanges according to ASME B16.1.
Panel: NEMA 250, Type [4] <Insert type> enclosure with time clock
and pressure gages.
Pump: Automatic and manual.
Backwash: Automatic; with [time-clock] [differential-pressureswitch] initiation device.
Backwash Valve: Tank mounted.
Support: Skid mounting.

a.

15
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
1)
2)
3)
b.
2)
3)
4)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
f.
g.

Inlet Size: <Insert NPS (DN).>
Pump Motor Size and Characteristics:

1)
2)
3)
4)
i.
Material: [Carbon steel with NSF 61 lining material] [FRP] <Insert

material>.
Purge Size: <Insert NPS (DN).>
Filter Media: [Graded silica sand] <Insert media>.

Filter Backwash Interval: <Insert psig (kPa)> pressure drop measured by
differential pressure gages.
Filter Backwash Interval: <Insert number> days measured by time clock.
Circulating Pump:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
h.
Continuous Flow: <Insert gpm (L/s)> at [5 psig (34.5 kPa)] <Insert

value> pressure drop.
Flow Rate: <Insert gpm/sq. ft. (L/s per sq. m)> of media crosssectional area.
Filtration Efficiency: [98] <Insert number> percent removal of [1.8]
<Insert number> minimum, specific-gravity suspended particles [5]
[10] [20] [45] <Insert size> micrometers and larger from feedwater of
listed filtrate design concentrations.
Filter Tank: With internal distribution piping.

1)
d.
e.

Filter Design:
1)
c.
ODAC
Section 15471
Horsepower: <Insert value.>

Volts: [120] [208] [240] [277] [480] <Insert value> V.

1)
2)
3)

16
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
H.
ODAC
Section 15471
Multimedia Sand Filters:

1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
r.
s.
t.
u.
v.
w.
x.
y.
z.
aa.
bb.
2.

Columbia Water Conditioning Systems, Inc.
CUNO Incorporated.
Diamond Water Systems, Inc.
Everfilt.
Filtronics, Inc.
Hungerford & Terry, Inc.
Industrial Filter & Pump Mfg. Co.
Ion Exchange Products, Inc.
Marlo Incorporated.
Mer-Made Filter, Inc.
Miami Filter LLC.
PEP Filters, Inc.
Smith & Loveless, Inc.
Springsoft International, Inc.
USFilter/Whittier, Inc.
Water & Power Technologies, Inc.
Water King.
Description:
Factory-fabricated and -tested, [simplex] [duplex] [triplex],
multimedia, sand-filter system of filter tank(s), media, piping, and controls for
removing sediment particles from water.
a.
Tank Construction:
1)
2)
3)
b.
Pipe Connections NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller:

ASME B1.20.1.
Threaded according to
17
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
3.
ODAC
Section 15471
AWWA C606.
integral; Designation [E, 125-psig (0.862-MPa)] [or] [F, 150-psig (1.034MPa)] pressure category flanges of grade same as tank material according
to ASTM D 5421.
Service Valve(s):
Diaphragm-type [hydraulically] [pneumatically]
operated.
Piping:
threaded joints.
Piping: Schedule 80 ABS or PVC pipe and fittings with solvent-cemented
joints.
Safety Valves: Automatic air vent.
Controls for Simplex Tank System: Automatic, electric time clock for
control of filter system flow and backwash cycles; factory wired for single,
external electrical connection.
Controls for [Duplex] [Triplex] Tank System: Automatic, electric time clock
for control of filter system flow and backwash cycles; factory wired for
single, external electrical connection.
System operation shall be
continuous with bypass piping and not more than one tank in backwash
cycle at same time.

a.

1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
b.

Filter Design:
1)
2)
3)
4)
Continuous Flow: <Insert gpm (L/s)> at <Insert psig (kPa)>

pressure drop.
Peak Flow: <Insert gpm (L/s)> at <Insert psig (kPa)> pressure
drop.
Filtration Efficiency: [98] <Insert number> percent removal of
Backwash Flow: <Insert gpm (L/s)> at <Insert psig (kPa)>
pressure drop.
18
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
c.
d.
e.
Media Tank: Single with controls.

Media Tanks: [Two] [Three] with manifolded inlet, outlet, and drain piping
and controls.
Each Media Tank:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
f.
I.
ODAC
Section 15471

material>.
Pressure Rating: <Insert psig (kPa)> minimum.
Distribution System: Factory-installed plastic.
Temperature Rating: <Insert deg F (deg C)> minimum.
Service Valve Size: <Insert NPS (DN).>
Drain Size: <Insert NPS (DN).>
Greensand Filters:
1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
2.

CUNO Incorporated.
Filtronics, Inc.
Hungerford & Terry, Inc.
Ion Exchange Products, Inc.
Marlo Incorporated.
PEP Filters, Inc.
Description: Greensand-filter system of piping, and controls for removing [iron]

[iron and manganese] [manganese] from water.
a.
Tank Construction:
1)
2)
19
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
3)
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
3.
ODAC
Section 15471

Pipe Connections NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded according to

ASME B1.20.1.
AWWA C606.
integral; Designation [E, 125-psig (0.862-MPa)] [or] [F, 150-psig (1.034MPa)] pressure category flanges of grade same as tank material according
to ASTM D 5421.
Service Valve(s):
Diaphragm-type [hydraulically] [pneumatically]
operated.
Piping:
threaded joints.
Piping: Schedule 80 ABS or PVC pipe and fittings with solvent-cemented
joints.
Safety Valves: Automatic air vent.
Controls for Simplex Tank System: Automatic, electric time clock for
control of filter system flow and backwash cycles; factory wired for single,
external electrical connection.
Controls for [Duplex] [Triplex] Tank System: Automatic, electric time clock
for control of filter system flow and backwash cycles; factory wired for
single, external electrical connection.
System operation shall be
continuous with bypass piping and not more than one tank in backwash
cycle at same time.

a.

1)
2)
3)
b.

Filter Design:
1)
2)
3)
Continuous Flow: <Insert gpm (L/s)> at <Insert psig (kPa)>

pressure drop.
Peak Flow: <Insert gpm (L/s)> at <Insert psig (kPa)> pressure
drop.
Filtration Efficiency: [98] <Insert number> percent removal of
20
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
4)
c.
d.
e.
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
7)
8)
9)
2 06
Backwash Flow:
pressure drop.
<Insert gpm (L/s)> at <Insert psig (kPa)>
Media Tank: Single with controls.

Media Tanks: [Two] [Three] with manifolded inlet, outlet, and drain piping
and controls.
Each Media Tank:
1)
f.
ODAC
Section 15471

material>.
Pressure Rating: <Insert psig (kPa)> minimum.
Distribution System: Factory-installed plastic.
Temperature Rating: <Insert deg F (deg C)> minimum.
Service Valve Size: <Insert NPS (DN).>
Drain Size: <Insert NPS (DN).>
SEPARATORS
J.
Description: Simplex separator housing with baffles and chambers for removing
sediment particles from water by centrifugal action and gravity.
K.
Description: Factory-fabricated and -tested, simplex separator system of housing with

baffles and chambers, strainer, circulating pump, piping, and controls for removing
sediment particles from water by centrifugal action and gravity.
1.
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
2.

Griswold Controls.
PEP Filters, Inc.
Housing: With manufacturer's proprietary system of baffles and chambers.

a.
Construction:
1)
Fabricate and label steel separator housing to comply with ASME

Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII, Division 1.
21
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2)
b.
c.
d.
e.
f.
g.
h.
3.
b.
5.
6.
7.
Inlet: Designed with tangential entry to produce centrifugal flow of

feedwater.
Vortex Chamber:
Designed for downward vortex flow and gravity
separation of particles.
Collection Chamber: Designed to hold separated particles.
Outlet: Near top of unit.
Purge: At bottom of collection chamber.
ASME B1.20.1.
Pipe Connections NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: ASME B16.1; steel,
AWWA C606. Provide stainless-steel flanges if tank is stainless steel.

ASME B1.20.1.
Pipe Connections NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger: Cast-iron, Class 125
flanges according to ASME B16.1.
Piping: [Galvanized steel pipe, galvanized cast-iron fittings] [Stainless-steel

pipe, stainless-steel fittings], and flanged, grooved, or threaded joints.
Piping: ASTM B 88, Type L (ASTM B 88M, Type B) copper water tube, copperalloy solder-joint fittings, and brazed, flanged, or grooved joints.
Safety Valves: Automatic and manual pressure relief.
Circulating Pump: Overhung impeller, close coupled, single stage, end suction,
centrifugal. Comply with UL 778 and with HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3.
a.
Pump Construction: Bronze fitted.

1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
b.
8.
Fabricate supports and base and attachment to separator housing

with reinforcement strong enough to resist separator movement
during a seismic event when separator base is anchored to building
structure.
Strainer: Basket type.

a.
4.
ODAC
Section 15471

Pressure Rating: [125 psig (860 kPa)] [150 psig (1035 kPa)]
minimum.
Impeller: ASTM B 584, cast bronze; statically and dynamically
balanced, closed, and keyed to shaft.
Seal: Mechanical.
Motor: General requirements for motors are specified in Division 15

Section "Motors."
Controls: Automatic for control of circulating pump and separator purge; factory
wired for single, external electrical connection.
a.
Panel: NEMA 250, Type [4] <Insert type> enclosure.

22
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
b.
c.
9.
10.
ODAC
Section 15471
Pump: Automatic and manual.

Separator Purge: Automatic and manual.

a.

1)
2)
3)
b.
Separator Design:
1)
2)
3)
c.

Inlet Size: <Insert NPS (DN).>
Pump Motor Size and Characteristics:

1)
2)
3)
4)
f.
Material: [Carbon] [Stainless] steel.

Purge Size: <Insert NPS (DN).>
Circulating Pump:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
e.
Continuous Flow: <Insert gpm (L/s)> at [5-psig (34.5-kPa)] <Insert

value> pressure drop.
Separator Efficiency: [98] <Insert number> percent removal of listed
[1.8] <Insert number> minimum, specific-gravity suspended particles
[5] [10] [20] [45] <Insert size> micrometers and larger from
feedwater of listed filtrate design concentrations.
Housing:
1)
2)
3)
4)
5)
6)
d.

Horsepower: <Insert value.>

Volts: [120] [208] [240] [277] [480] <Insert value> V.

1)
2)
3)

23
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
2 07
ODAC
Section 15471
SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
L.
Hydrostatically test before shipment to minimum of one and one-half times pressure
rating.
M.
Prepare test reports.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3 01
EXAMINATION
A.
Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements
for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of [filters] [and]
[separators].
B.
Examine roughing-in for piping systems to verify actual locations of piping connections
before equipment installation.
C.
Examine walls and floors for suitable conditions where [filters] [and] [separators] will
be installed.
D.
Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3 02
E.
CONCRETE BASES
Anchor [filters] [and] [separators] to concrete bases.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
3 03
F.
indicated, install dowel rods on 18-inch (450-mm) centers around full perimeter of
base.
For supported equipment, install epoxy-coated anchor bolts that extend through
concrete base and anchor into structural concrete floor.
Place and secure anchorage devices.
Use setting drawings, templates,
diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.
Install anchor bolts to elevations required for proper attachment to supported
equipment.
Concrete base construction requirements are specified in Division 15 Section
"Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods."
Cast-in-place concrete materials and placement requirements are specified in
Division 3.
BAG-TYPE FILTER INSTALLATION

Install bag-type filters on concrete bases.
24
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
1.
G.
3 04
Exception: Omit concrete bases if installation directly on floor is indicated.
Install bag-type filters level and plumb, according to layout drawings, original design,
and referenced standards.
Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances.
Arrange units so controls and devices needing service are accessible.
1.
H.
ODAC
Section 15471
Install filter media bags secured in filter housings.
Install seismic restraints for bag-type filter housings and anchor to building structure.
CARTRIDGE-FILTER INSTALLATION
I.
Install cartridge filters level and plumb, according to layout drawings, original design,
and referenced standards.
Maintain manufacturer's recommended clearances.
Arrange units so controls and devices needing service are accessible.
J.
Install freestanding cartridge filters on concrete bases.

1.
Exception: Omit concrete bases if installation directly on floor is indicated.
K.
Attach wall brackets for off-floor, wall-mounting, cartridge filter to vertical surface.
Attach housing(s), and base if any, to wall bracket.
L.
Install housings for off-floor, in-line, cartridge filters in piping.
M.
Install filter elements in cartridges.
N.
Install seismic restraints for freestanding cartridge-filter housings and anchor to

building structure.
3 05
O.
CARBON-FILTER INSTALLATION
Install carbon filters on concrete bases, level and plumb.
1.
P.
3 06
Q.
Prepare carbon-filter tank distribution system and underbed, if any, for filter
media and place specified media into tanks.
Install seismic restraints for carbon-filter housings and anchor to building structure.
SAND-FILTER INSTALLATION
Install sand-filter tanks on concrete bases, level and plumb.
1.
Prepare sand-filter tank distribution system and underbed for filter media and
place specified sand and other media into tanks.
25
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
R.
3 07
ODAC
Section 15471
Install seismic restraints for sand-filter tanks and accessories and anchor to building
structure.
SEPARATOR INSTALLATION
S.
Install separators on concrete bases, level and plumb.
T.
Install seismic restraints for separators and accessories and anchor to building
structure.
3 08
CONNECTIONS
U.
Piping installation requirements are specified in other Division 15 Sections. Drawings

indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.
V.
Install piping adjacent to equipment to allow service and maintenance.
W.
Make piping connections between water filtration equipment and dissimilar-metal water
piping with dielectric fittings. Dielectric fittings are specified in Division 15 Section
"Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods."
X.
Install shutoff valves on feedwater-inlet and filtrate-outlet piping of each water filtration
equipment [filter] [and] [separator] [, and on inlet and outlet headers].
1.
2.
3.
Y.
Install pressure gages on feedwater-inlet and filtrate-outlet piping of each water

filtration equipment [filter] [and] [separator]. Pressure gages are specified in
Division 15 Section "Meters and Gages."
1.
2.
Z.
Exception: Water filtration equipment with factory-installed pressure gages at

locations indicated.
Exception: Cartridge water filters.
Install valved bypass water piping around each water filtration equipment [filter] [and]
[separator].
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
AA.
Metal general-duty valves are specified in Division 15 Section "Valves."

Plastic valves are specified in Division 15 Section "Domestic Water Piping."
Exception: Water filtration equipment with factory-installed shutoff valves at
locations indicated.
Metal general-duty valves are specified in Division 15 Section "Valves."

Plastic valves are specified in Division 15 Section "Domestic Water Piping."
Water piping is specified in Division 15 Section "Domestic Water Piping."
Exception: Bag-type water filtration equipment.
Exception: Cartridge water filtration equipment.
Install drains as indirect wastes to spill into open drains or over floor drains.
26
AL FATEH UNIVERSITY
BB.
ODAC
Section 15471
CC. Connect wiring according to Division 16 Section "Conductors and Cables."
3 09
DD. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to

inspect[, test, and adjust] field-assembled components and equipment installation,
including connections[, and to assist in field testing]. Report results in writing.
EE.
Perform the following field tests and inspections and prepare test reports:
1.
2.
3.
FF.
310
Leak Test: After installation, charge system and test for leaks. Repair leaks and
retest until no leaks exist.
Operational Test: After electrical circuitry has been energized, start units to
confirm proper unit operation.
Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning
controls and equipment.
Remove and replace water filtration equipment that does not pass tests and
inspections and retest as specified above.
STARTUP SERVICE
GG. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to perform startup service for

[carbon-] [and] [sand-] filter water filtration equipment.
1.
2.
Complete installation and startup checks according to manufacturer's written

instructions.
<Insert startup steps if any.>
HH. Sample [filter] [and] [separator] filtrate after startup and at three consecutive sevenday intervals (total of four samples), and prepare certified test reports for required
water performance characteristics.
311
II.
DEMONSTRATION
Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance
personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain [carbon-] [and] [sand-] filter water filtration
equipment. Refer to Division 1 Section " Demonstration and Training."
27

Division 15 Mechanical IBS PLUMB

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Division 15 Mechanical IBS PLUMB

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

AL FATEH UNIVERSITY

DIVISION 15: MECHANICAL

PLUMBING AND FIRE FIGHTING

Basic Requirements For Plumbing And Fire Fighting.

Electrical Requirements For Plumbing And Fire

Builders Work For Plumbing And Fir Fighting

Pipes And Pipe Fittings

Meters And Gauges

Hangers And Supports

Water Distribution System

Soil And Waste System

Storm Water System

Packaged booster pump

Potable water storage tanks

Water filteration equipment

Preamble and Definitions

Division 15- Mechanical work

15960 - Preamble & Definitions

1 03 Preparation of Contractor 'S Drawings

1 04 Commissioning And Performance Testing

1 05 Conditions Relating To Suppliers

1 06 System Maintenance Contract

German Standard Institute.

That part of the project dependent upon or subsequent to the

2.2 Definition Of "Agreement", Acceptance" And "Approval"

- Acceptance" and "Approval" shall have the following meanings:

- Agreed by or agreement of the consultant in writing

- Accepted or acceptance by the consultant in writing

- Approved by or approval of the consultant in writing

15- Mechanical Work

15965 - General Conditions

Part 1: Scope of Work

Part 2: Examination of Site and Documents

Part 3: Factory Test

Part 5: Standard Products

Part 7: Submission Of Samples

Part 8: Shop Drawings

Part 10: Time Schedule And Execution Program

Part 11: As Built Drawings

Part 12: Operating Instructions And Maintenance Manuals

Part 13: Guarantee

Part 14: Valve Identification/Supervisor

Part 15: Welding

Standards, Qualifications And General Requirements

Part 16: Protective Coating And Painting

Part 17: Cleaning and Adjustment

Part 18: Protection

Part 19: Site Safety and Fire Protection

Part 20: Tests

Division 15- Mechanical Work

Fire water pump capacity & total discharged as per design.

Part 2: Fire Water Pumps Specifications

Impellers shall be of the enclosed type and shall be of vacuum cast

The pump shaft shall be made of stainless steel to ASTM-A296-CF-8M or equal ,

Each pumping unit shall include the following accessories:

Part 3: Jockey Pump Specifications

Part 4: Spare Parts For Fire And Jockey Pumps

Other spares as recommended by the suppliers shall be submitted to the Engineer

Part 5: In-Line Strainers

Part 6: Flexible Couplings

Part 7: Direct Reading Flow Meter And Test Connection

Division 15 - Mechanical Work

Water Flow Switch

Part 3: Pressure Switch